TM

Introduction to Thickness MonitoringCertain types of equipment in your plant may be particularly prone to corrosion. For example, a pipe that transports corrosive liquid or a tank that stores corrosive material may break down over time from exposure to the corrosive substances. As this equipment deteriorates over time, the risk for a corrosion failure increases. Because corrosion failures can be expensive and dangerous, you will want to inspect these pieces of equipment regularly so that you can monitor the corrosion rate and repair or replace the equipment before a failure occurs.

Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring (TM) is a tool that allows you to document, manage, and analyze corrosion data for equipment. It provides the tools that you need to monitor the corrosion of equipment in your plant, and take preventive actions that will help you avoid the economic, environmental, and human costs of corrosion failures.

Conducting a corrosion analysis on equipment involves the following general procedure:

1. Determine which types of equipment in your plant need to be monitored. You will want to select types of equipment that are likely to corrode over time.

2. For each type of equipment that will be monitored, identify one or more thickness measurement locations (TMLs). A TML is a location on the piece of equipment where you will periodically measure the thickness. In Meridium APM, the information for each unique TML is stored in a Thickness Measurement Location record.

3. After you have identified the TMLs, record thickness measurements for each TML. The number of measurements that you record will depend upon the inspection frequency and the life of the piece of equipment. Each piece of equipment will have a base, or first, measurement, which can be taken physically or might be determined based on a published standard, such as the manufacturer's design specification for a new piece of equipment. In Meridium APM, measurements are stored in Thickness Measurement records.

After you begin recording measurements for the TMLs, the Meridium APM system can begin performing calculations based upon those measurements. Using the measurement data, Meridium APM can calculate the corrosion rate for the equipment and additional values. The calculations can help you decide when to repair or replace the equipment.

In addition to facilitating the basic analysis workflow described above, Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring also provides other tools and features that help you manage your corrosion data and monitor your equipment, including:

The Minimum Thickness (T-Min) Calculator , which is designed to calculate the minimum thickness for certain types of components. The T-Min value is used to determine the component’s corrosion rate, remaining life, and next inspection

date. The T-Min Calculator is available for piping, pressure vessels, and tanks and is compliant with ANSI B31 (for piping), API 653 (for tanks), and ASME Section VIII DIV 1 and NBIC NB23, API 510 (for pressure vessels).

An interface for handheld data recorders manufactured by Krautkramer Branson and Panametrics. This allows measurement readings that have been recorded in the field to be uploaded automatically to Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring. In addition, data stored in Meridium APM can be downloaded to handheld devices. D

IMPORTANT: With the exception of the section of the documentation on configuring Thickness Monitoring, this documentation assumes that you are following the Thickness Monitoring Best Practice.

V3.6.0.0.0 - Copyright © 1993-2014 Meridium, Inc. All rights reserved.

TM System RequirementsThe Thickness Monitoring license is required to take advantage of TM functionality. In addition, your system must contain the basic Meridium APM system architecture and the files that support certain devices that you may use to collect and transfer data to the Meridium APM system.

After you have installed and configured the basic architecture, you will need to perform some configuration tasks specifically for the TM feature.


TM Data ModelThe following diagram illustrates how families are related to one another within the TM data model. In the following image, boxes represent entity families, and arrows represent relationship families that are configured in the baseline database.

installation.chm::/Directory_of_Additional_Meridium_APM_Components.htm

installation.chm::/Directory_of_Additional_Meridium_APM_Components.htm

installation.chm::/The_Basic_Meridium_System_Architecture.htm

installation.chm::/about_module_activation.htm


About Equipment and Locations in TMThe Thickness Monitoring Best Practice specifies that you will create TM Analyses for equipment only. You will not create TM Analyses for locations. If you are following the Meridium APM Best Practice, your equipment information will be stored in Equipment records, which will serve as the root records for your TM Analyses.

Additionally, the TM Best Practice specifies that you can organize your equipment at a level below the equipment to define components of the equipment . TML Group records should be used to organize your equipment at this level. If you choose to include TML Group records in your TM Analyses, it is important to understand what TML Group records can represent.


What Is a TM Analysis?As described in the Thickness Monitoring overview, to conduct a corrosion analysis on a piece of equipment you must:

1. Identify a piece of equipment to analyze.2. Establish TMLs on the piece of equipment.

3. Collect measurement data for those TMLs.

In the Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring module, you will complete these tasks by creating records, populating them with the desired information, and linking them together to establish relationships between them. As you complete these tasks, other records will be created by the Meridium APM system automatically to store calculations based upon the records that you created. Throughout this documentation, we refer to all these records and links collectively as a TM Analysis.

The following topics provide illustrations of the two possible structures for a TM Analysis:

TM Analyses That Include TML Group Records TM Analyses That Exclude TML Group Records


TM Analyses That Include TML Group RecordsThe following diagram illustrates the structure of TM Analyses that include TML Group records. Specifically, this diagram illustrates the records and links that would exist if a TM Analysis included one Equipment record, which is linked to three TML Group records. The boxes in the diagram are labeled according to the records that they represent, and the lines connecting the boxes represent the links between these records in a TM Analysis.

The following table provides information on how the records that are illustrated in the diagram are created manually or automatically.

Record Notes

Corrosion Analysis Settings

Manually for Equipment records.

-and-

Automatically for TML Group records that you create and link to those Equipment records.

Asset Corrosion Analysis

Automatically for Equipment and TML Group records, but at different points in the TM Analysis workflow.

Equipment Manually.

Thickness Measurement

Manually.

Thickness Measurement Location

Manually.

Thickness Automatically (when a Corrosion

Monitoring Task Analysis Settings record is created).

TML Corrosion Analysis

Automatically (when a Thickness Measurement Location record is saved).


TM Analyses That Exclude TML Group RecordsThe following diagram illustrates the structure of TM Analyses that do not include TML Group records. The boxes in the diagram are labeled according to the records that they represent, and the lines connecting the boxes represent links between these records in a TM Analysis.

The following table provides information on how the records illustrated in the diagram are created manually or automatically.

Record Notes

Corrosion Analysis Settings

Manually.

Asset Corrosion Analysis

Automatically (when a Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created for an Equipment record).

Equipment Manually.


Manually.


Manually.

Thickness Monitoring Task

Automatically (when a Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created).

TML Corrosion Analysis

Automatically (when a Thickness Measurement Location record is saved).


Equipment and TML GroupsEach TM Analysis begins with a piece of equipment whose corrosion you want to monitor. The pieces of equipment that you want to analyze may be standalone pieces of equipment or pieces of equipment that are made up of components.

Before you can conduct a TM Analysis on a piece of equipment, an Equipment record must exist in the Meridium APM database to represent the piece of equipment on which you want to perform the corrosion analysis. The types of records that you create in your TM Analyses will depend upon what your Equipment records represent.

Consider, for example, a piping circuit that contains three piping lines. You might want:

One Equipment record to store all of the information for the piping circuit and the three piping lines.

-or-

One Equipment record to store information for the piping circuit and three TML Group records to store information for the individual piping lines (one TML Group record for each piping line). These TML Group records would be linked directly to the Equipment record that stores information for the piping circuit.

To support these two options for organizing your equipment, the Thickness Monitoring Best Practice provides two options for creating your TM Analyses:

All of your TM Analyses can contain TML Group records. You should use this option if any of the equipment that you will analyze in TM contains components or you want to analyze corrosion data for certain groups of TMLs on a piece of equipment or component. What the TML Group records that you create represent will depend upon whether the associated Equipment record represents a standalone piece of equipment or a piece of equipment that contains components.

If you set your TM Analyses up in this way:

o You must configure preferences for the Equipment family.

Each TML Group record that you create will be linked to an Equipment

record through the Has TML Group relationship.

All Thickness Measurement Location records that you create should be linked directly to a TML Group record. Thickness Measurement Location records should never be linked directly to an Equipment record in your TM Analyses.

One Corrosion Analysis Settings record will be created and linked to the Equipment record, and one Corrosion Analysis Settings record will be created and linked to each TML Group record that is linked to that Equipment record.

One Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be created and linked to the Equipment record, and one Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be created and linked to each TML Group record that is linked to that Equipment record.

-or-

None of your TM Analyses can contain TML Group records. You should use this option if none of the equipment that you will analyze in TM contains components or you do not want to analyze corrosion data for certain groups of TMLs on a piece of equipment.

If you set your TM Analyses up in this way:

o

o All Thickness Measurement Location records that you create should be linked directly to an Equipment record.

o One Corrosion Analysis Settings record will be created and linked to each Equipment record in your TM Analyses.

o One Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be created and linked to each Equipment record in your TM Analyses.

You must create the necessary Equipment or TML Group records before you can begin conducting corrosion analyses. Equipment records can be created manually via the Meridium APM Record Manager, or they might be loaded into Meridium APM from

datamanagement.chm::/Creating_a_New_Record_From_Scratch.htm

another data source (e.g., SAP). TML Group records can created in TM via the TM TMLs/Measurements page .

Note: This documentation assumes that you will not use the Record Manager to create or manage TML Group records.

Although this documentation assumes that you follow the Thickness Monitoring Best Practice, and that you set up your TM Analyses in one of the two ways described above, the section of the documentation that provides details on configuring Thickness Monitoring provides information on configuring Thickness Monitoring using non-baseline families that store equipment data and/or component data.


Overview of TML GroupsA TML Group is a group of TMLs that exist on a piece of equipment. TML Group records are used to store information about groups of TMLs. If your TM Analyses are set up to include TML Group records, it is important to understand the options for organizing TMLs within TML Group records.

The following explanation provides information about the options for organizing TMLs within TML Group records. The examples within the explanation assume that you have a piece of equipment, Piping Circuit 101, which contains three components, Line A, Line B, and Line C. On those components, there are multiple TMLs. The following image illustrates this example, where the components are represented by blue, green, and orange shaded regions, and the TMLs are represented by blue, green, and orange stars.

For a given piece of equipment, a TML Group record can represent:

All TMLs that exist on that piece of equipment. You would create a TML Group record to represent all TMLs that exist on an entire piece of equipment if the piece of equipment is a standalone piece of equipment. Using the previous Piping Circuit 101 example, you would create one TML Group record to represent all of the blue, green, and orange stars.

A subset of TMLs that exist on one or more components that belong to the piece of equipment. Using this option, you could create:

o One TML Group record per component, where the TML Group record represents all TMLs that exist on that component. In other words, if the piece of equipment contains three components, you would create three corresponding TML Group records. Using the previous Piping Circuit 101 example, you would create three TML Group records, where one represents the blue stars, one represents the green stars, and one represents the orange stars.

-or-

o One TML Group record for multiple components, where the TML Group record represents all TMLs that exist on those components. Using the previous Piping Circuit 101 example, you could create two TML Group records, where one represents the blue and green stars and one represents the orange stars.

Additionally, throughout the course of your TM Analysis, you might identify one or more groups of TMLs on one or more components that you want to analyze separately from other TMLs. In this case, you can create additional TML Group records to represent any subdivision of a group of TMLs.

For example, suppose that an Equipment record that you are analyzing in TM represents a shell and tube heat exchanger. The shell and tube heat exchanger has two components, the shell side and the tube side, each with its own process flow. Since the corrosion environments of these components will differ, you might create the following TML Group records:

TML Group - Shell Side

TML Group - Tube Side

When you first begin analysis on the shell and tube heat exchanger, you are not sure what the TM corrosion data will show, (i.e., whether TML Group - Shell Side or TML Group - Tube Side will have more aggressive corrosion). After you completed some analysis on the shell and tube heat exchanger, you noticed that a subset of TMLs on the shell side near the nozzle have very high corrosion rates. At this point, you create a third TML Group record, TML Group - Shell Nozzle to represent this component, and you move the Thickness Measurement Location

records associated with this component from TML Group - Shell Side to TML Group - Shell Nozzle.

Regardless of what they represent, all TML Group records in a TM Analysis will be linked directly to a single Equipment record. All Thickness Measurement Location records in your TM Analyses should be linked directly to TML Group records (rather than the Equipment record to which the TML Group record is linked).

You can create and manage TML Group records via the TM TMLs/Measurements page .


About Managing TML Group RecordsIf you include TML Group records in your TM Analyses, you should create and manage those TML Group records using the TM module rather than the Record Manager. After you have created TML Group records, you can perform the following tasks:

Modify TML Group records . Delete TML Group records .

Specify a Criticality Calculator RBI Components record to which you want to link a TML Group record.

Note: To perform this task, the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) license must also be active.


Thickness Measurement LocationsA thickness measurement location (TML) is a specific place on a piece of equipment or component where thickness measurement readings will be taken and for which various calculations, including minimum thickness, can be performed. In Meridium APM, each thickness measurement location is recorded in a Thickness Measurement Location record. Depending upon how you set up your TM Analyses, you will link Thickness Measurement Location records to Equipment or TML Group records through the Has Datapoints relationship. Each Equipment or TML Group record can have multiple Thickness Measurement Location records associated with it.

Each Thickness Measurement Location record will store identifying information for a given TML. Each Thickness Measurement Location record can, in turn, be linked to one or more Thickness Measurement records, which record measurements taken at that location.


Overview of Thickness MeasurementsAn Equipment or TML Group record can be linked to one or more Thickness Measurement Location records, which identify the locations on the piece of equipment where thickness measurements will be taken. A thickness measurement is a value that quantifies the thickness in inches of a given TML at a specific point in time. Thickness measurements and the properties associated with them are stored in Thickness Measurement records.

Each TML will have various types of thickness measurements, including:

Base Measurement: The first measurement taken for a TML. Near Measurement: The second-most-recently-recorded measurement for a TML.

Last Measurement: The most-recently-recorded measurement for a TML.

These measurement designations are not recorded in the Thickness Measurement records themselves but rather are determined for the TML Corrosion Analysis by evaluating how many Thickness Measurement records exist and when they were created. After you create a new Thickness Measurement Location record, you will want to record the base measurement, which represents the first thickness reading recorded for that TML. Additional Thickness Measurement records will be created later, as measurement readings are taken throughout the life of the equipment.

Three primary interfaces are available in the Meridium APM Framework for working with Thickness Measurement records:

TM TMLs/Measurements page : Lets you view all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to an Equipment or TML Group record, along with any Thickness Measurement records that are linked to those Thickness Measurement Location records.

TM Measurement Data Entry page : Lets you create new Thickness Measurement records for all the TMLs associated with a selected Equipment or TML Group record.

TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page : Lets you record new Thickness Measurement records for any Thickness Measurement Location records that are not yet linked to a Thickness Measurement record.

In addition, you may want to use the Datalogger to upload readings that were collected using a handheld data recorder.

IMPORTANT: Thickness Measurement records should be created and modified using only the interfaces in the preceding list. New Thickness Measurement records cannot be created via the Record Manager. Existing Thickness Measurement records should be managed with Thickness Monitoring to ensure data integrity.


How Measurement Values are Determined from ReadingsThe value associated with a specific thickness measurement is stored in the Measurement Value field of a given Thickness Measurement record. Values are not, however, entered directly into the Measurement Value field itself. Instead, values will be entered into the Readings field.

To obtain the measurement value for a Thickness Measurement record, one or more readings will be collected at a given thickness measurement location. A reading is a single, numeric value that is obtained by measuring the thickness of a TML. To account for the margin of error associated with user error, equipment malfunction, or environmental conditions, you may wish to collect multiple readings for each thickness measurement. The number of readings that you take for a measurement will depend upon various factors, including your company's policies, the attributes of the TML, and the method that you are using to collect the readings. The number of readings that you must take for each measurement is determined by the value in the Number of Readings field in Thickness Measurement Location records to which the Thickness Measurement record is linked.

After you have determined how many readings you must take for a specific measurement and you have collected those readings, you will create a Thickness Measurement record and log the reading values in the Readings field. A calculation will be performed against the values in the Readings field, based upon the settings that you have defined for measurement readings. Then, the Uncorrected Measurement field will be populated with the result of that calculation. Finally, the Measurement Value field will be populated with

the value in the Uncorrected Measurement field. The Measurement Value field will then contain a value representing the final, corrected thickness measurement value.

Note: The Uncorrected Measurement field is meant to serve as an intermediate storage location between the Readings and Measurement Value fields. In the baseline TM product, the Measurement Value field is simply populated with the value in the Uncorrected Measurement field. If desired, however, you can create custom rules for the Measurement Value field so that the Uncorrected Measurement value is adjusted based upon additional factors and the result of that calculation becomes the value in the Measurement Value field.


Nominal Versus Actual Thickness MeasurementsEach thickness measurement can be classified as either nominal or actual via the Nominal field in Thickness Measurement records.

A nominal measurement represents a reading that is not taken physically but is recorded from some other source, such as a design specification. For nominal measurements, the Nominal field in the Thickness Measurement record is set to True.

An actual measurement represents a reading that is taken manually at the physical thickness measurement location on the equipment. For actual measurements, the Nominal field in the Thickness Measurement record is set to False.

Actual measurements are typically more accurate and result in calculations that are more representative of the actual piece of equipment. Nominal measurements may not be as accurate but provide an efficient mechanism for recording initial measurement data when you are setting up a new TM Analysis.

Any Thickness Measurement record can be designated as a nominal measurement via the Nominal field. Typically, however, nominal measurements are used only for the base measurement (i.e., the first measurement). As such, nominal measurement for new or newly renewed Thickness Measurement Location records should be created using the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page. Actual measurements can also be created via the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page, but the way in which they are created is different. On the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page:

Measurement data will be populated automatically for Thickness Measurement records that are linked to Thickness Measurement Location records configured for nominal base measurements.

Measurement data must be entered manually for Thickness Measurement records that are linked to Thickness Measurement Location records that are not configured for nominal base measurements.

Note: If you create Thickness Measurement records via any interface other than the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page, the Readings field will not be populated automatically with the Thickness Measurement Location record's Nominal Thickness value, even if one exists. Instead, the Readings field will be populated with whatever value you specify manually at creation time, and the Nominal field will be set to False by default. You can specify any Thickness Measurement record created in this way as a nominal measurement by manually setting the Nominal field to True.

The Meridium APM system will use all active thickness measurements for performing TML Corrosion Analysis calculations; no distinction is made between nominal and actual measurements. Nominal measurements, however, will become inactive measurement automatically after two, subsequent actual measurements have been recorded. In other words, if the Measurement Taken Date of any two actual measurements is after the Measurement Taken Date of a nominal measurement, the nominal measurement will become an inactive measurement.


TML Corrosion AnalysesA TML Corrosion Analysis record is created automatically and linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record when the Thickness Measurement Location record is first created. Each TML Corrosion Analysis record stores summary information and calculations that are determined using the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Equipment or TML Group records will be linked indirectly to one or more TML Corrosion Analysis records, one for each Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Equipment or TML Group record. Together, the TML Corrosion Analysis records provide the information that is represented in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record, which serves as an overview or summary of the corrosion information that has been gathered for each Thickness Measurement Location record.

While the Asset Corrosion Analysis record provides a useful summary of the corrosion status of a given piece of equipment, you will want to examine the individual TML

Corrosion Analysis records to get a more detailed perspective of the corrosion of the equipment. In addition, because values in the Asset Corrosion Analysis are determined directly using values stored in individual TML Corrosion Analysis records, you may need to review the TML Corrosion Analyses in order to understand what you are seeing in the Equipment record's Corrosion Analysis Summary.


About Asset Analysis SettingsAnalysis settings let you choose certain options that will control how various values will be calculated in Asset Corrosion Analysis and TML Corrosion Analysis records. You will need to configure the analysis settings based upon your organization's preferences and to ensure that the analysis yields results that are useful and meaningful to you and your organization.

In a TM Analysis that includes both Equipment and TML Group records, analysis settings must be defined for each Equipment and TML Group record and will be used for the Asset Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to the Equipment and TML Group records.

Analysis settings are stored in Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked the Equipment and TML Group records in a TM Analysis. Different settings can be defined for each TML Analysis Type and will be used for the Asset Corrosion Analysis records that are associated with the appropriate type. This means that when you create or access the analysis settings for an Equipment or TML Group record, you will need to choose the TML Analysis Type for which you want to configure settings. You will first create Corrosion Analysis Settings records manually for Equipment records. The analysis settings that you create at the Equipment level can then be spread to the TML Group level (i.e., a Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created and linked automatically to the TML Group record) in the following scenarios:

When you create a new TML Group record for an Equipment record.

When you create for an Equipment record analysis settings of a TML Analysis Type of which analysis settings do not yet exist for a TML Group record that is linked to that Equipment record.

Asset Analysis Settings for TML Group records can be modified on an as-needed basis.

The analysis settings that are defined in a Corrosion Analysis Settings record will be used to calculate fields in Asset Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to the same

Equipment or TML Group record. They are also used to populate fields in Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record and to determine values in the TML Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to those Thickness Measurement Location records. Values that apply at the TML level can be defined at the Equipment or TML Group level and customized at the TML level.

IMPORTANT: Analysis settings must be defined for each Equipment and TML Group record before you can begin creating Thickness Measurement Location records of a given TML Analysis Type and linking them to TML Group records.


About TML Analysis SettingsTML Analysis Settings let you choose options that will control how various values will be calculated in the TML Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record. TML Analysis Settings are stored in Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked to Thickness Measurement Location records.

When you create a Thickness Measurement Location record, a Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created automatically and linked to that Thickness Measurement Location record. The Corrosion Analysis Settings record for a TML is created using the analysis settings defined for the Equipment or TML Group record to which that Thickness Measurement Location record is linked.

Most analysis settings are defined at the Equipment or TML Group level. A few settings, however, can be defined at the TML level and apply to the specific Thickness Measurement Location record for which they are defined. After a Corrosion Analysis Settings record exists for a TML, you can modify the TML-specific analysis settings via the TML Analysis Settings window .


Overview of Asset Corrosion AnalysesAn Asset Corrosion Analysis record is created automatically and linked to an Equipment record when you create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for that Equipment record. In a TM Analysis that includes TML Group records, an Asset Corrosion Analysis record

will be created automatically and linked to any TML Group record that is included in the TM Analysis. An Asset Corrosion Analysis record represents a summary of the calculations that are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record for each Thickness Measurement Location that is linked to that Equipment or TML Group record. By viewing an Asset Corrosion Analysis record, you can analyze the overall corrosion of a piece of equipment and make decisions about the actions that should be taken based upon the analysis results.

An Asset Corrosion Analysis record represents:

An Equipment or TML Group record. All the Thickness Measurement Location records of a given TML Analysis Type

(UT, RT, or TML) that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record.

All the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location records.

All the calculations that are performed based upon the values in the Thickness Measurement Location records and the Thickness Measurement records.

Because the baseline Thickness Monitoring module supports the use of three TML Analysis Types (UT, RT, and TML), each Equipment or TML Group record can have up to three Asset Corrosion Analyses linked to it. The TML Analysis Types UT and RT are provided for customers who want to classify TMLs according to measurement-collection method (ultrasonic thickness or radiographic thickness) and then perform calculations on each set of Thickness Measurement Location records. The TML Analysis Type TML is provided for customers who do not want to classify Thickness Measurement Location records according to measurement-collection method and instead prefer to analyze all Thickness Measurement Location records together. Typically, you will use both UT and RT or only TML; most customers will not use all three. Therefore, most Equipment or TML Group records will have either one or two Asset Corrosion Analyses linked to them.

While you can view Asset Corrosion Analysis records in the Record Manager just like you view any other record, Thickness Monitoring offers a customized view of analysis records: the TM Analysis page . This page is designed to provide a summary of the analysis and to provide access to other features associated with the analysis, such as plots. We recommend that you use the Thickness Monitoring workflow to view and manage all the records in a TM Analysis.


How Equipment-Level Analysis Information Is DerivedIn most cases, the values stored in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record represent calculations that are performed for Thickness Measurement Location records (values that are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record) that have been summarized for the Equipment or TML Group record based upon settings defined for the analysis. For example, you can specify in the Asset Analysis Settings whether you want the Asset Controlling Corrosion Rate to be the maximum corrosion rate for all Thickness Measurement Location records or an average of the corrosion rates that have been calculated for the Thickness Measurement Location records.

In other words, Asset Corrosion Analysis values are typically not unique to the Asset Corrosion Analysis itself but, rather, are representative of the calculations that have been performed for the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to that Equipment or TML Group record.

In corrosion analyses that include both Equipment and TML Group records, the Asset Corrosion Analysis record will contain information that is derived from the information stored in the Asset Corrosion Analysis records for the Equipment records and the TML Group record.

Consider, for example, a piping circuit that contains three piping lines where the information for the piping circuit is stored in four records:

Equipment A - Piping Circuit TML Group 1 - Piping Line 1

TML Group 2 - Piping Line 2

TML Group 3 - Piping Line 3

Additionally, assume that Thickness Measurement Location records exist for each TML Group record, where each of those Thickness Measurement Location records has its own TML Corrosion Analysis record. Each TML Group will have its own Asset Corrosion Analysis record that stores summary information about the calculations stored in the corresponding TML Corrosion Analysis records. In addition, the Equipment record will also be linked to its own Asset Corrosion Analysis record that stores summary information that is derived by evaluating the information in the Asset Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to each TML Group record.


Accessing Thickness MonitoringTo access Thickness Monitoring:

On the Meridium APM Framework main menu, click Go To, point to Mechanical Integrity, and then click Thickness Monitoring.

The Thickness Monitoring Functions page appears.


Aspects of the Thickness Monitoring Functions PageThe Thickness Monitoring Functions page serves as the starting point for the tasks that you can perform in Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring. You can access each task via a link on the Thickness Monitoring Functions page. Note that the links on this page do not suggest a recommended workflow but allow you to access certain features that you will need to use as part of conducting a TM Analysis.

The following links are available on the Thickness Monitoring Functions page:

Corrosion Analysis Summary: Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate one or more Equipment or TML Group records and view TM Analysis summary information on the TM Analysis page .

TMLs/Measurements: Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate one or more Equipment or TML Group records and view the related Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records on the TM TMLs/Measurements page .

Measurement Data Entry: Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate one or more Equipment or TML Group records and view the associated TM Measurement Data Entry page .

Bulk Analyze: Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate one or more Equipment or TML Group records for which you want to perform a bulk analysis.

Datalogger: Displays the Select a Device and Properties dialog box , from which you can send TM data to a device or receive TM data from a device.

Quick View: Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate one or more Equipment or TML Group records and open them on the TM Quick View page .

T-min Calculator: Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate one or more Equipment or TML Group records and then open them on the T-Min Calculations page .

Administrative Tasks: Displays the TM Administrative Tasks page , where you can configure Thickness Monitoring preferences.


First-Time Deployment WorkflowDeploying and configuring the TM module for the first time includes completing multiple steps, which are outlined in the table in this topic. The steps in this section of the documentation provide all the information that you need to deploy and configure TM on top of the basic Meridium APM system architecture.

Whether a step is required or optional is indicated in the Required/Optional cell. Steps are marked as Required if you must perform the step to take advantage of TM functionality.

The person responsible for completing each task may vary within your organization. We recommend, however, that the steps be performed in relatively the same order in which they are listed in the table.

Step Task Required/Optional Notes

1Install the supporting files for the following devices on all of the Meridium APM Framework machines that will connect to these

Optional This step is necessary only if you will use these devices to collect data that you transfer to the Meridium APM

installation.chm::/The_Basic_Meridium_System_Architecture.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/About_the_Select_a_Device_and_Properties_Dialog_Box_TOC.htm

devices:

Krautkramer Branson DMS Instrument

Krautkramer Branson DMS2 Instrument

GE DMS Go

GE DMS Go+

system.

2 Apply V3.6.0.4.0. Optional

This step is necessary only if you want to use the GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device to collect data that you transfer to the Meridium APM system.

For more information, see the V3.6.0.4.0 Release Notes.

3

Review the TM data model to determine which relationship definitions you will need to modify to include your custom equipment families. Modify any relationship definitions as needed. Modify any relationship definitions as needed via the Configuration Manager application.

Optional

This task is necessary only if you store equipment information in families other than the baseline Equipment and TML Group families.

4

Assign the desired Security Users to one or more TM Security Groups via the Configuration Manager application.

RequiredUser must have permissions to the TM families in order to use the TM functionality.

5

Configure settings for the Equipment and TML Group families via the Meridium APM Framework application.

Required

This task is necessary regardless of whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice. If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, you must configure settings for the families that will be used to store equipment data in Thickness Monitoring.

6Configure global settings via the Meridium APM Framework application.

Optional

Default reading preferences and Nominal T-Min preferences exist in the baseline Meridium APM database. These will be used if you do not define your own. You can also define additional, optional global preferences that are not defined in the baseline Meridium APM database.

7

Configure the system to use custom TML Types via the Configuration Manager application.

Optional

Default TML Types exist in the baseline Meridium APM database. You can define additional TML Types to use in your TM Analyses.

8

Grant the TM Technician role to individuals responsible for taking readings. You can accomplish this task using the Meridium APM Framework application.

Optional

You can grant the TM Technical role to individuals for which Human Resource records exist but Security User records do not exists if you want to specify their names in the Measurement Taken By field in Thickness Measurement records.

9Modify the default color-coding settings via the Meridium APM Framework application.

Optional

Default color-coding settings exist in the baseline Meridium APM database. These settings will be used if you do not define your own.

10

Manage Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records via the Meridium APM Framework application.

Optional

You can complete this task if you want to view or modify Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records whose values are used to perform certain TM calculations.

11 Define additional fields that will be displayed in the header section of the TM Measurement Data Entry and TM Initial Measurement

Optional Default Thickness Measurement fields are displayed in the header section of these pages in the

Data Entry pages . You can accomplish this task using the Meridium APM Framework application.

baseline Meridium APM database. You can specify that additional fields be displayed in the header section of these pages.

12Disable the Auto Manage Tasks setting via the Meridium APM Framework application.

OptionalThis step is necessary only if are using both the RBI and the TM modules.

13

Assign additional fields to improve bulk data measurement entry. You can accomplish this task using the Meridium APM Framework application.

Optional None

14Import PV Stress and Tank Stress records using the Configuration Manager application.

Optional

You can import the PV Stress and Tank Stress records that Meridium, Inc. provides, or you can create your own PV Stress and Tank Stress records.


Upgrade WorkflowYou can upgrade to V3.6.0.0.0 using the instructions that are provided in this section of the documentation. To access these instructions, click the starting version from which you are upgrading:

V3.5.1 V3.5.0 SP1 LP

V3.5.0

V3.4.5


Upgrading TM from V3.5.1 to V3.6.0.0.0The following table lists the steps that are required to upgrade and configure Thickness Monitoring for V3.6.0. These steps assume that you have completed the steps for upgrading the components of the basic Meridium APM system architecture.


1Apply V3.6.0.4.0.

Optional




Upgrading TM from V3.5.0 SP1 LP to V3.6.0.0.0The following table lists the steps that are required to upgrade and configure Thickness Monitoring for V3.6.0. These steps assume that you have completed the steps for upgrading the components of the basic Meridium APM system architecture.


1Apply V3.6.0.4.0.

Optional




Upgrading TM from V3.5.0 to V3.6.0.0.0

installation.chm::/I_Am_Upgrading_From_V3.5.0_SP1_LP_to_V3.5.1.htm

installation.chm::/I_Am_Upgrading_From_V3.5.0_SP1_LP_to_V3.5.1.htm

The following table lists the step that is required to upgrade and configure Thickness Monitoring for V3.6.0.0.0. This step assumes that you have completed the steps for upgrading the basic Meridium APM system architecture.


1Manually update TM Analyses for which you used custom corrosion rates. To do so:

1. Locate the records that you will need to update by running the following query:

SELECT [MI_EQUIP000].[MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C] "Equipment ID", [MI_TMLGROUP].[MI_TMLGROUP_ID_C] "TML Group ID", [MI Thickness Measurement Location].[MI_DP_ASSET_ID_CHR] "TML Asset ID", [MI Thickness Measurement Location].[MI_DP_ID_CHR] "TML ID", [MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_A_CR_N] "Custom Calculation A Corros", [MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_B_CR_N] "Custom Calculation B Corros" FROM [MI_EQUIP000] JOIN_SUCC [MI_TMLGROUP] JOIN_SUCC [MI Thickness Measurement Location] JOIN_SUCC [MI TML Corrosion Analysis] ON {MI Has Corrosion Analyses} ON {MI Has Datapoints} ON {MIR_HSTMLGP} WHERE ([MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_A_CR_N] > 0 AND [MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_B_CR_N] > 0)

2. Use the Bulk Analyze tool to update TM Analyses associated with the Equipment and TML Group records returned by this query.

Note that these instructions assume that you are using the baseline Equipment and TML Group families. If you use custom equipment families, you must replace the following values before running the query in order to identify the records requiring update:

Optional In previous versions of Meridium APM, if you used custom corrosion rates in your TM Analyses, certain fields in the associated TML Corrosion Analysis records were populated with values using the unit of measure (UOM) inches per day instead of IN/YR (TM) (i.e., inches per year), which is the UOM that is specified in the properties of the fields. In order to correct this issue in existing records, you must perform this step to

installation.chm::/I_Am_Upgrading_From_V3.5.0_to_V3.5.0_SP1_LP.htm

MI_EQUIP000 and MI_TMLGROUP with your custom family IDs.

MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C and MI_TMLGROUP_ID_C with the field IDs used to identify these custom equipment records.

Then, run the Bulk Analyze tool using your custom records.

manually update TM Analyses. For more information about this issue, see the V3.5.1 Release Notes.

2 Apply V3.6.0.4.0. Optional




Upgrading TM from V3.4.5 to V3.6.0.0.0The following table lists the steps that are required to upgrade and configure Thickness Monitoring for V3.6.0.0.0. These steps assume that you have completed the steps for upgrading the components in the basic Meridium APM system architecture.


1Update certain TM Analyses to correct TML Corrosion Analysis records for which you Optional In previous

installation.chm::/I_Am_Upgrading_From_V3.4.5_or_Earlier_to_V3.5.0_SP1_LP.htm

performed measurement variance evaluation prior to V3.5.1. To do so:

1. Locate the records that you will need to update by creating a query that returns TML Corrosion Analysis records whose:

Short Term Corrosion Rate field contains the value 0 (zero).

Allowable Measurement Variance Applied field is set to True.

2. Use the Bulk Analyze tool to update the TM Analysis that is associated with every TML Corrosion Analysis record returned by the query you created in step 1.

versions of Meridium APM, in certain circumstances, TML Corrosion Analysis records for which you performed measurement variance evaluation contained incorrect values in the Short Term Corrosion Rate and Allowable Measurement Variance Applied fields. In order to correct this issue in existing records, you must perform this step to manually update TM Analyses.

2Manually update TM Analyses for which you used custom corrosion rates. To do so:

1. Locate the records that you will need to update by running the following query:

SELECT [MI_EQUIP000].[MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C] "Equipment ID", [MI_TMLGROUP].[MI_TMLGROUP_ID_C] "TML Group ID", [MI Thickness Measurement Location].[MI_DP_ASSET_ID_CHR] "TML

Optional In previous versions of Meridium APM, if you used custom corrosion rates in your TM Analyses, certain fields in the

Asset ID", [MI Thickness Measurement Location].[MI_DP_ID_CHR] "TML ID", [MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_A_CR_N] "Custom Calculation A Corros", [MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_B_CR_N] "Custom Calculation B Corros" FROM [MI_EQUIP000] JOIN_SUCC [MI_TMLGROUP] JOIN_SUCC [MI Thickness Measurement Location] JOIN_SUCC [MI TML Corrosion Analysis] ON {MI Has Corrosion Analyses} ON {MI Has Datapoints} ON {MIR_HSTMLGP} WHERE ([MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_A_CR_N] > 0 AND [MI TML Corrosion Analysis].[MI_TML_CA_B_CR_N] > 0)

2. Use the Bulk Analyze tool to update TM Analyses associated with the Equipment and TML Group records returned by this query.

Note that these instructions assume that you are using the baseline Equipment and TML Group families. If you use custom equipment families, you must replace the following values before running the query in order to identify the records requiring update:

MI_EQUIP000 and MI_TMLGROUP with your custom family IDs.

MI_EQUIP000_EQUIP_ID_C and MI_TMLGROUP_ID_C with the field IDs used to identify these custom equipment records.

Then, run the Bulk Analyze tool using your custom records.

associated TML Corrosion Analysis records were populated with values using the unit of measure (UOM) inches per day instead of IN/YR (TM) (i.e., inches per year), which is the UOM that is specified in the properties of the fields. In order to correct this issue in existing records, you must perform this step to manually update TM Analyses. For more information about this issue, see the V3.5.1 Release Notes.

3 Apply V3.6.0.4.0. OptionalThis step is necessary only if you want to use the GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device to collect data

that you transfer to the Meridium APM system.



Applying V3.6.0.4.0Note: These steps assume that you have already applied V3.6.0.4.0 to the basic Meridium APM system architecture.


1

Install the supporting files for the GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device.

Optional


If you are using a Citrix platform, to use the devices listed, you must first install drivers for the devices on your Citrix platform.

If you are deploying V3.6.0 for the first time, you may have already completed this step.

2

Upgrade the supporting firmware for the GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device.

Required

You can download the firmware update from GE here:

http://www.ge-mcs.com/en/ultrasound/thickness-gauges/dms-go.html

About Thickness Monitoring Security Groups



Meridium APM provides the following baseline Security Groups for use with Thickness Monitoring and provides baseline family-level privileges for these groups:

MI Thickness Monitoring Administrator MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector

MI Thickness Monitoring User

Access to certain functions in the Meridium APM Framework application is determined by membership in these Security Groups. Note that in addition to the baseline family-level privileges that exist for these Security Groups, users will also need at least View privileges for all customer-defined predecessor or successor families that participate in the Thickness Monitoring relationships. Keep in mind that:

Users who will need to create new records in TM will need Insert privileges to these families.

Users who will need to modify records will need Update privileges to these families.

Any user who should be allowed to delete TM records will need Delete privileges to these families.

The following table summarizes the functional privileges associated with each group.

Function

Can be done by members of the MI Thickness Monitoring Administrator Group?

Can be done by members of the MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector Group?

Can be done by members of the MI Thickness Monitoring User Group?

Configure Global Preferences

Yes No No

Configure Family Preferences

Yes No No

Use the T-Min Calculator

No Yes No

Archive Corrosion Rates

No Yes No

Reset the Yes No No

Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate

Exclude TMLs No Yes No

Renew TMLs No Yes No

Reset User Preferences

Yes No No

Set Color-Coding Preferences

Yes No No

Note: If the Risk Based Inspection license is active and you use TM Analysis values to calculate corrosion rate values used in RBI, RBI users who are responsible for completing the steps necessary to use TM Analysis values to calculate RBI corrosion rates or who should be able to navigate to the TM module via the RBI module must be a member of at least one TM Security Group.


Thickness Monitoring Security GroupsThe baseline Meridium APM database contains three Security Groups specifically for Thickness Monitoring:

MI Thickness Monitoring Administrator MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector

MI Thickness Monitoring User

The following table lists the baseline family-level privileges that exist for these Security Groups.

Family MI Thickness MI Thickness MI Thickness

rbi.chm::/How_do_RBI_and_TM_Work_Together_.htm


Monitoring Administrator

Monitoring Inspector

Monitoring User

Entity Family

Corrosion View, Update, InsertView, Update, Insert

View, Update, Insert

Datapoint View, Update, InsertView, Update, Insert


Datapoint MeasurementView, Update, Insert, Delete

View, Update, Insert, Delete


Equipment View View View

Human ResourceView, Update, Insert, Delete

View View

Inspection Task None View, Update None

Materials of Construction None None View

Meridium Reference Tables


View View

Resource RoleView, Update, Insert, Delete

View View

Security Group View View View

Security User View View View

Settings View, Update, InsertView, Update, Insert

View

Task Execution View, Insert View, Insert None

Thickness Monitoring Task




TML GroupView, Update, Insert, Delete


View

Relationship Family

Belongs to a UnitView, Update, Insert, Delete



Equipment Has Equipment View View View

Group Assignment View View View

Has Archived Corrosion Analyses




Has Archived Corrosion Analysis Settings




Has Archived Subcomponent Analysis Settings




Has Archived Subcomponent Corrosion Analyses




Has Corrosion AnalysesView, Update, Insert, Delete



Has Corrosion Analysis Settings




Has DatapointsView, Update, Insert, Delete



Has MeasurementsView, Update, Insert, Delete



Has RolesView, Update, Insert, Delete

View View

Has Task Execution View, Insert View, Insert None

Has Task Revision View, Insert View, Insert None

Has Tasks View, Insert View, Insert View, Insert

Has TML GroupView, Update, Insert, Delete


View

Is a User View View View

User Assignment View View View V3.6.0.0.0 - Copyright © 1993-2014 Meridium, Inc. All rights reserved.

About Importing PV Stress RecordsThe Thickness Monitoring (TM) module uses values in PV Stress records when you create Thickness Measurement Location records and define the Allowable Stress value. The baseline database does not, however, contain any PV Stress records. If desired, you can import them using the Import/Export Metadata Tool. The records are provided in a set of XML files, which are available on the Meridium APM Application Server machine.

You are not required to import the PV Stress records that Meridium, Inc. provides. If you are upgrading from a previous version of Meridium APM in which you created PV Stress records manually, you might choose not to import the records that are distributed by Meridium, Inc. so that you can maintain your existing records and their values.

If you choose to import the PV Stress records that are provided by Meridium, Inc. and your database already contains PV Stress records, the import procedure will update existing records if they contain the same values as the Meridium APM records in the following fields:

Design Code Code Year

Material Specification

Material Grade

Metal Temperature

For example, suppose that your database contains a PV Stress record with the following field values:

Design Code: Section VIII Div 1 Code Year: 1998

Material Specification: SA/CSA-G40

Material Grade: 38W

Metal Temperature: -20

Minimum Tensile Strength: 40

One of the XML files contains a PV Stress record with the following field values, where the values in blue match those in your existing record:

Design Code: Section VIII Div 1 Code Year: 1998

Material Specification: SA/CSA-G40

Material Grade: 38W

Metal Temperature: -20


In this case, although the value in the Minimum Tensile Strength field in your PV Stress record does not match the value in the Meridium APM PV Stress record, this record would be updated during the import procedure. So, after the import procedure is complete, the updated PV Stress record would contain the value 45 instead of 40 in the Minimum Tensile Strength field.

If any of your existing PV Stress records are updated during the import procedure, existing Thickness Measurement Location records will not be updated. If needed, you can update them manually.

If you have existing PV Stress records, the decision to import the Meridium APM PV Stress records should be made only after you have carefully evaluated your existing records. The Meridium APM documentation does not provide a list of the values that will exist in the PV Stress records that will be imported. You may need to work with your Meridium, Inc. representative to make an informed decision.

Note: The values in the Meridium APM PV Stress records adhere to the American Petroleum Institute API-650 (storage tanks), ASME Section II Part D tables 1A and 1B (pressure vessels), and the ASME B31.3 (piping circuits) specifications.


About Importing Tank Stress RecordsThe Thickness Monitoring (TM) module uses values in Tank Stress records when you create Thickness Measurement Location records and define the Allowable Stress value. The baseline database does not, however, contain any Tank Stress records. If desired, you can import them using the Import/Export Metadata Tool. The records are provided in a set of XML files, which are available on the Meridium APM Application Server machine.

You are not required to import the Tank Stress records that Meridium, Inc. provides. If you are upgrading from a previous version of Meridium APM in which you created Tank Stress records manually, you might choose not to import the records that are distributed by Meridium, Inc. so that you can maintain your existing records and their values.

If you choose to import the Tank Stress records that are provided by Meridium, Inc. and your database already contains Tank Stress records, the import procedure will update existing records if they contain the same values as the Meridium APM records in the following fields:

Material Specification Design Code

Code Year

Allowable Stress

Minimum Tensile Strength

Minimum Yield Strength

For example, suppose that your database contains a Tank Stress record with the following field values:

Material Grade: C Material Specification: A10

Design Code: API 650

Code Year: 2008

Allowable Stress: 23600


Minimum Yield Strength: 30000

The XML file contains a Tank Stress record with the following field values, where the values in blue match those in your existing record:

Material Grade: None. This value is not populated in the imported Tank Stress records.

Material Specification: A10

Design Code: API 650

Code Year: 2008

Allowable Stress: 23600


Minimum Yield Strength: 30000

In this case, although the value in the Material Grade field in your Tank Stress record is different than the value in the Meridium APM PV Stress record (which is null), this record would be updated during the import procedure. So, after the import procedure is complete, the updated Tank Stress record would not contain a value in the Material Grade field.

If any of your existing Tank Stress records are updated during the import procedure, existing Thickness Measurement Location records will not be updated. If needed, you can update them manually.

If you have existing Tank Stress records, the decision to import the Meridium APM Tank Stress records should be made only after you have carefully evaluated your existing records. The Meridium APM documentation does not provide a list of the values that will exist in the Tank Stress records that will be imported. You may need to work with your Meridium, Inc. representative to make an informed decision.

Note: The values in the Meridium APM Tank Stress records adhere to the American Petroleum Institute API-650 (storage tanks) specifications.


Performing the Import ProcedureThe baseline database does not contain any PV Stress or Tank Stress records. You can import them, however, using the Import/Export Metadata Tool. The records are provided

installation.chm::/Overview_of_the_Import_Export_Tool.htm

in a set of XML files, which are available on the Meridium APM Application Server machine. The following instructions for importing these files assume that you have already installed the Meridium APM Application Server software.

To import PV Stress and Tank Stress records:

1. Using the Import/Export Metadata window , navigate to the following location on the Meridium APM Application Server machine: C:\Meridium\DbUpg\Versions\<database version>\_IEU_ManualImports\Stress Records, where <database version> is the database version that is currently installed.

2. Import the XML files , one at a time. You can import them in any order.

The files are imported, and the appropriate PV Stress and Tank Stress records are created.


Using Custom TML Analysis TypesThe baseline Meridium APM database includes the Thickness Measurement Location family, which contains the TML Analysis Type field. This field is used to classify TMLs based upon the collection method that will be used for recording Thickness Measurements at that location.

The TML Analysis Type field contains a list of values that is populated with the Corrosion Inspection Type values from all Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are associated with the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness Measurement Location record is linked.

The values that are used to populate the Corrosion Inspection Type field in the Corrosion Analysis Settings family are stored in the System Code Table CITP (Corrosion Inspection Type). In the baseline Meridium APM database, this table contains three System Codes: UT, RT, and TML. You can only create Thickness Measurement Location records with a given TML Analysis Type value if an associated Corrosion Analysis Settings record contains the same value in the Corrosion Inspection Type field.

Using the baseline functionality, you can separate TM Analysis calculations into groups based upon TML Analysis Type. If you want to use this functionality, you will want to classify your TMLs as UT (measurements collected using ultrasonic thickness) or RT (measurements collected using radiographic thickness). This separation will be desirable for some implementations. Other implementations will prefer not to separate TMLs according to collection method and instead perform calculations on the entire group of

installation.chm::/Importing_Metadata.htm

installation.chm::/Aspects_of_the_Import_Export_Metadata_Window.htm

TMLs that exists for a piece of equipment. For these implementations, you will want to classify all TMLs using the TML Analysis Type TML.

Depending upon your preferred implementation, you may choose to make one or more of the following changes to the System Code Table CITP (Corrosion Inspection Type):

Add System Codes if you want to classify TMLs using methods in addition to UT and RT.

Delete System Codes that you do not want to use.

Modify the IDs and descriptions of the System Codes so that the classification options are more intuitive to your users.

If you make changes to this System Code Table, keep in mind that the analysis types that are stored in the System Code Table CITP (Corrosion Inspection Type) will be used when you create Corrosion Analysis Settings records, and therefore, will determine the analysis types for which you can create Thickness Measurement Location records.

Additionally, in Thickness Measurement Location records, the TML Analysis Type field has a baseline Default Value rule that is coded to present UT as the default value when you have defined the UT TML Analysis Type in your TM Analysis (i.e., you have created a Corrosion Analysis Settings record with a Corrosion Inspection Type of UT). You could modify this rule if, for example, you wanted RT to be presented as the default value when you have defined the RT TML Analysis Type in your TM Analysis (i.e., you have created a Corrosion Analysis Settings record with a Corrosion Inspection Type of RT). To do this, you would modify the MI_TML_TYPE_CHR class as follows:

<MetadataField("MI_TML_TYPE_CHR")> _

Public Class MI_TML_TYPE_CHR

Inherits Baseline.MI_Thickness_Measurement_Location.MI_TML_TYPE_CHR

Public Sub New(ByVal record As Meridium.Core.DataManager.DataRecord, ByVal field As Meridium.Core.DataManager.DataField)

MyBase.New(record, field)

End Sub

Public Overrides Function GetDefaultInitialValue() As Object

Return CStr("RT")

End Function

End Class

For more information on customizing baseline rules, click here.


Accessing the TM Administrative Tasks PageThe TM Administrative Tasks page displays links to pages where you can perform certain administrative tasks for Thickness Monitoring.

Note: To perform administrative tasks, you must be a Super User or a member of the MI Thickness Monitoring Administrator Security Group.

To access the TM Administrative Tasks page:

In the Meridium APM Framework, on the Thickness Monitoring Functions page , click the Administrative Tasks link.

The TM Administrative Tasks page appears.


Aspects of the TM Administrative Tasks PageThe TM Administrative Tasks page displays links to pages where you can perform administrative tasks for Thickness Monitoring.

foundationconfiguration.chm::/Levels_of_Customization.htm

The following links are displayed on the TM Administrative Tasks page:

Family Preferences: Displays the Asset Family Selection dialog box, where you can select the Equipment, TML Group, or other families that you use to store equipment or component data, and then configure settings for that family on the Asset Family Preferences page.

Global Preferences: Displays the Global Preferences page, where you can configure settings that apply throughout Thickness Monitoring.

Reset User Preferences: Displays the Reset User Preferences page, where you can reset grid preferences for one or more Security Users.

Color-Coding Preferences: Displays the TM Color-Coding Preferences page, where you can change the color-coding settings for Thickness Monitoring.

Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup: Displays the Bulk Data Form page, where you can view and manage all the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records that exist in the database.

Common Measurement Data Field Mappings: Displays the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page, where you can define which Thickness Measurement fields will appear in the Common Measurement section of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page and the TM Measurement Data Entry page.


About Asset SettingsYou will use the Asset Family Preferences page to define settings for families that are used in Thickness Monitoring.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, you can define settings for the Equipment or TML Group families via this page. If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, you can define settings for families that store equipment or component data. Regardless of whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice, these settings must be configured at the level where records will actually be stored.

The settings that you define on the Asset Family Preferences page will define the field in the following records that will be used to populate the following fields in Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Monitoring Task records in your TM Analysis.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, these settings will determine the field in the Equipment or TML Group record that should be used to:

o Populate the TML Asset ID field in the Thickness Measurement Location

records that are linked to Equipment or TML Group records.

o Populate the Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records that are created automatically and linked to Equipment or TML Group records.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, these settings will determine field in the record stores equipment or component data that should be used to:

o Populate the TML Asset ID field in the Thickness Measurement Location

records that are linked to records that store equipment or component data.

o Populate the Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records that are created automatically and linked to records that store equipment or component data.

Additionally, if your TM Analyses will contain TML Group records or other records that store component data, you will also need to define the relationship between certain families via the Asset Family Preferences page.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, you should define the relationship between the Equipment family and the TML Group family via this page.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, you should define the relationship between the family that stores equipment data and the family that stores component data via this page.


Accessing the Asset Family Preferences PageThe Asset Family Preferences page lets you configure settings for the Equipment or TML Group families, or any other family that you use to store equipment or component data. To access the Asset Family Preferences page, you will need to select the family for which you want to configure settings. Each instance of the Asset Family Preferences page is specific to one family and allows you to configure settings for that specific family. You

will need to access the Asset Family Preferences page multiple times if you want to configure settings for more than one family.

Note: To configure Asset settings, you must be a Super User or a member of the MI Thickness Monitoring Administrator Security Group.

To access the Asset Family Preferences page:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the TM Administrative Tasks page .2. Click the Family Preferences link.

The Asset Family Selection dialog box appears.

3. In the list, select the family whose settings you want to configure.

4. Click OK.

The Asset Family Preferences page appears. The following image shows the Asset Family Preferences page when assessed for the Equipment family.


Overview of the Asset Family Preferences PageOn the Asset Family Preferences page, you can change the settings that apply to the Equipment or TML Group families, or any other family that you use to store equipment or component data.

The Asset Family Preferences page contains the following items:

Subcomponent Relationship area : Contains options that allow you to specify the relationship definition that is used to link families that are used in Thickness Monitoring. If you follow the TM Best Practice, in the Subcomponent Relationship area, you should specify the Has TML Group relationship definition that is used to link Equipment and TML Group records. If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, in the Subcomponent Relationship area, you should specify the relationship definitions that link records that store equipment data and records that store component data.

In the Subcomponent Relationship area, you can define the:

Asset-to-Subcomponent Relationship

Subcomponent to Asset Relationship

Component ID Field area : Contains the Component ID Field list, where you can define the fields in records that are used to populate fields in Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Monitoring Task records in your TM Analysis.

Task menu pane: Contains task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the Asset Family Preferences page. The following task menus are available on the Asset Family Preferences page:

Preference Tasks

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


Preference Tasks

The Preferences Tasks menu on the Asset Family Preferences page contains the following links:

Pick Another Family: Displays the Asset Family Selection dialog box, where you can select a family for which to configure settings.

Reload: Populates the cells on the Asset Family Preferences page with the settings that were last saved for the family for which you accessed the Asset Family Preferences page .

Save: Saves any changes that you have made on the Asset Family Preferences page.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Asset Family Preferences page contains the following links:

Print: This link is always disabled on the Asset Family Preferences page. Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to the

current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email message, or on a Home Page.

Documents: This link is always disabled on the Asset Family Preferences page.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Asset Family Preferences page.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the Asset Family Preferences page does not display any links. It is not possible to configure the Associated Pages menu to display links on the Asset Family Preferences page.


About Subcomponent Relationship SettingsIf your TM Analysis includes TML Group records or other records that store component data, you will need to define Subcomponent Relationship settings for certain families. These settings determine which records the Meridium APM system will include in a TM Analysis and which families will be included in the configured explorers that are used throughout Thickness Monitoring.

Note: The TM Best Practice assumes that your TM Analyses include TML Group records.

gettingstarted.chm::/About_the_Send_To_Feature.htm



For example, if your TM Analysis contains TML Group records, and you are analyzing a piping circuit that contains three piping lines, you would store information for the piping circuit in the following four records:

Equipment (piping circuit) TML Group (piping line 1)

TML Group (piping line 2)

TML Group (piping line 3)

In this case, the TML Group records would be linked to the Equipment record through the Has TML Group relationship that is defined for the purpose of linking TML Group records to Equipment records.

Continuing with the example, if you do not use TML Group records (i.e., you do not follow the TM Best Practice), but your TM Analysis contains records that store component data, and you are analyzing the same piping circuit, you would store information in four records, one that stores equipment data and three that store component data. In this case, you would need to specify the relationship that links the records that store equipment data to the records that store component data.

The Subcomponent Relationship section on the Asset Family Preferences page contains the following lists that allow you to define these settings.

Asset-to-Subcomponent Relationship: Specifies the relationship family that links certain records used in a TM Analysis, depending upon whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies

how Equipment records will be linked to TML Group records. You should select Has TML Group in this list.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies how records that store equipment data will be linked to records that store component data.

The following image shows an example of the Subcomponent Relationship setting defined for the Equipment family, according to the TM Best Practice.

If a component represented by a TML Group record or another record that stores component data can contain additional components in a multi-tier record hierarchy, this

setting should also be defined for TML Group family or the family that stores component data.

Subcomponent-to-Asset Relationship: Specifies the relationship family that links certain records used in a TM Analysis, depending upon whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies

how TML Group records will be linked to Equipment records. You should select Has TML Group in this list.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies how records that store component data will be linked to records that store equipment data.

The following image shows an example of the Subcomponent Relationship setting defined for the TML Group family, according to the TM Best Practice.


Defining the Asset-to-Subcomponent RelationshipYour selection in the Asset-to-Subcomponent Relationship list in the Subcomponent Relationship section on the Asset Family Preferences page specifies the relationship family that is used to link certain records in your TM Analyses, depending upon whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies how Equipment records will be linked to TML Group records. You should select Has TML Group in this list.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies how records that store equipment data will be linked to records that store component data.

To define the Asset-to-Subcomponent relationship:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Asset Family Preferences page for the family for which you want to specify the Asset-to-Subcomponent relationship.

2. In the Subcomponent Relationship section, in the Asset-to-Subcomponent Relationship list, select the relationship definition that should be used to link the given families. The following image shows an example of this setting for the Equipment family, according to the TM Best Practice.

3. On the Preferences Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The relationship family setting is saved for the family for which you accessed the Asset Family Preferences page.


Defining the Subcomponent to Asset RelationshipYour selection in the Subcomponent-to-Asset Relationship list in the Subcomponent Relationship section on the Asset Family Preferences page specifies the relationship family that is used to link certain records used in a TM Analysis, depending upon whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies how TML Group records will be linked to Equipment records. You should select Has TML Group in this list.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, your selection in this list specifies how records that store component data will be linked to records that store equipment data.

To define the Subcomponent-to-Asset relationship:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Asset Family Preferences page for the family for which you want to specify the Subcomonent-to-Asset Relationship.

2. In the Subcomponent Relationship section, in the Subcomponent-to-Asset Relationship list, select the relationship definition that should be used to link the given families. The following image shows an example of this setting for the TML Group family, according to the TM Best Practice.


The relationship family setting is saved for the family for which you accessed the Asset Family Preferences page.


Defining the Component ID Field SettingWhen you create a Thickness Measurement Location record, the Meridium APM system executes a rule to populate the TML Asset ID field in the Thickness Measurement Location record. For this rule to work properly, the Meridium APM system must know which field in which record to use. The field in the record that is used depends upon the Component ID Field setting.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, the TML Asset ID field is populated with the value specified by the Component ID Field setting in the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness Measurement Location record is directly linked.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, the TML Asset ID field is populated with the value specified by the Component ID Field setting in the record that stores equipment or component data to which the Thickness Measurement Location is directly linked.

In addition, if you specify via the Global Preferences page that you want the Meridium APM system to create and update Thickness Monitoring Task records automatically, the Task ID of those Thickness Monitoring Task records will be populated with the value <Task Type> - <Component ID>, where <Task Type> is the Task Type in the Thickness Monitoring Task record and <Component ID> is the value in the Component ID Field setting.

Whether or not you follow the TM Best Practice, and whether or not your TM Analyses contain TML Group records or other records that store component data will determine the families for which you should configure the Component ID Field setting.

If you follow the TM Best Practice, and your TM Analyses:

o Include TML Group records , you should define these settings for the Equipment and TML Group families. The following table lists the fields in the Equipment and TML Group families that you should specify when defining this setting, and the fields in the records that will be populated with these values.

For this family:

...you should select this field in Component ID Field list. The value in this field will be used to populate the value in...

...the following fields in the following records:

Equipment Equipment ID

The Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked directly to Equipment records.

TML Group

TML Group ID

The Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked directly to TML Group records.

The TML Asset ID field in Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to TML Group records.

o Do not include TML Group records, you should define these settings for

the Equipment family only. Specifically, you should select Equipment ID in the Component ID Field list. With this configuration, the value in the Equipment ID field in Equipment records will be used to populate the value in the TML Asset ID field in associated Thickness Measurement Location records, and the Task ID field in associated Thickness Monitoring Task records.

If you do not follow the TM Best Practice and your TM Analyses:

o Contain records that store component data, you should configure the Component ID Field setting for the family that stores equipment data and the family that stores component data. With this configuration:

o

o The Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked directly to records that store equipment data will be populated with the value in the field specified by the Component ID Field setting for the family whose records store equipment data.

o The Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records, and the TML Asset ID field in Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked directly to records that store component data will be populated with the value in the field specified by the Component ID Field setting for the family whose records store component data.

Do not contain records that store component data, you should configure the Component ID Field setting for the family that stores equipment data only. With this configuration, the TML Asset ID field in associated Thickness Measurement Location records, and the Task ID field in associated Thickness Monitoring Task records will be populated with the value in the specified field in the record that stores equipment data.

Note that:

The Component ID Field setting must be defined before you can create Thickness Measurement Location or define Asset Corrosion Analysis Settings for Equipment or TML Group records, or the records that store equipment or component data. If this setting is not defined for these families, when you try to create a Thickness Measurement Location record or a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for one of these records, a message appears, indicating that the Component ID Field setting has not been configured.

The Component ID setting must also be defined before Meridium APM can create Thickness Monitoring Task records automatically for Thickness Measurement Location records.

To define the Component ID Field setting:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Asset Family Preferences page for the family whose Component ID Field setting you want to define.

2. In the Component ID Field area, in the Component ID Field list, select the field that will be used to populate the TML Asset ID field in Thickness Measurement

Location records and the Task ID field in Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked directly to the record in the family for which you accessed the Asset Family Preferences page . The list contains all the fields defined for the current family. In the following image, the Asset Family Preferences page has been accessed for the Equipment family, and Equipment ID has been selected in the Component ID Field list.

3. On the Preference Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The Component ID Field setting is saved for the family for which you accessed the Asset Family Preferences page .


Reloading Family PreferencesAfter you have made changes to the settings on the Asset Family Preferences page, you can reload the settings to restore the most recently saved values.

To reload family preferences:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Asset Family Preferences page .

2. On the Preference Tasks menu, click the Reload link.

The family settings revert back to their most recently saved values.


Accessing the Global Preferences PageYou can use the Global Preferences page to configure settings that will be used throughout Thickness Monitoring.

To access the Global Preferences page:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the TM Administrative Tasks page .2. Click the Global Preferences link.

The Global Preferences page appears.


Overview of the Global Preferences PageThe Global Preferences page lets you configure settings that apply throughout Thickness Monitoring. The Global Preferences page consists of the following items:

T-Min Calculator Preferences section: Contains the Use Interpolation for Stress Reference Tables check box, where you can choose whether or not to use interpolation for Stress Reference Tables.

Tasks Setting section: Contains the Auto Manage Tasks check box, where you can define the auto manage tasks setting.

Custom Corrosion Rate Options section: Contains options that let you define settings for using custom corrosion rate calculations.

Readings Preferences section: Contains options that let you determine how the Meridium APM system will handle values that are entered into the Readings field in Thickness Measurement records.

Nominal T-Min Preferences section: Contains a list of fields that exist in the Piping Nominal T-Min family that you can specify to be used for retrieving the Nominal T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to Equipment or TML Group records that represent pipes, or records that store equipment or component data for pipes.

Measurement Preferences section: Contains the following check boxes: o Allow Measurements to be Skipped: You can select this check box if you

want to create Measurement Not Taken records and use them in your TM Analyses.

o Allow Consecutive Skipped Measurements: If you selected the Allow Measurements to be Skipped check box, you can optionally select this check box to create back-to-back Measurement Not Taken records.

The Meridium APM recommended best practice for Thickness Monitoring is to not create and use Measurement Not Taken records in your TM Analyses. These check boxes are cleared by default.

Task menu pane: Contains task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the Global Preferences page. The following task menus are available on the Global Preferences page:

o Preference Tasks

o Common Tasks

o Associated Pages


Preference Tasks

The Preferences Tasks menu on the Global Preferences page contains the following links:

Pick Another Family: This link is always disabled on the Global Preferences page.

Reload: Updates the settings on the Global Preferences page with the values that were last saved.

Save: Saves any changes that you have made on the Global Preferences page.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Global Preferences page contains the following links:

Print: This link is always disabled on the Global Preferences page. Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to the


Documents: This link is disabled on the Global Preferences page.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Global Preferences page.





Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the Global Preferences page does not display any links. It is not possible to configure the Associated Pages menu to display links on the Global Preferences page.


Choosing Whether to Use Interpolation for Allowable StressMeridium APM uses reference tables to look up the Allowable Stress values for performing T-Min calculations and for calculating Maximum Allowable Working Pressure. You have two choices regarding how the stress reference tables will be used to determine Allowable Stress when an exact match cannot be found:

You can specify that the lowest temperature in the established range should be used.

You can specify that Meridium APM should use linear interpolation to determine the Allowable Stress.

To specify whether or not you want to use interpolation for retrieving Allowable Stress values:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Global Preferences page .2. In the T-Min Calculator Preferences section, select the Use Interpolation for

Stress Reference Tables check box if you want to enable the use of interpolation.

Hint: You can clear the check box if you want to disable the use of interpolation.


The interpolation setting is saved, along with any other changes you have made to the preferences on the Global Preferences page.


About the Auto Manage Tasks SettingThickness Monitoring Task records will be created automatically when you create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for an Equipment or TML Group record, or a record that stores equipment or component data in a TM Analysis. The Meridium APM system provides an option that allows Thickness Monitoring Task records to be updated automatically when you make changes to a Thickness Measurement Location record.

The Auto Manage Tasks setting is disabled by default. If the Risk Based Inspection license is active, you should accept the default setting because you will use the Task records generated from RBI, rather than TM, to determine your inspection intervals. If the Risk Based Inspection license is not active, you should enable the Auto Manage Tasks setting.

Note: The Meridium APM system will create and update Thickness Monitoring Task records automatically only if the Component ID setting is defined for family to which the Thickness Measurement Location record is directly linked. If this setting is not defined, an error message will appear when the Meridium APM system attempts to create the Thickness Monitoring Task record.


Defining the Auto Manage Tasks SettingTo specify that you want the Meridium APM system to manage Thickness Monitoring Task records automatically:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Global Preferences page .2. In the Tasks Setting section, select the Auto Manage Tasks check box.

Hint: You can clear the check box if you want to disable this functionality.


The setting is saved along with any other changes you have made to the settings on the Global Preferences page.


Thickness Monitoring Task Fields Updated Automatically by the Auto Manage Tasks SettingWhen the Auto Manage Tasks setting is enabled, the following fields in Thickness Monitoring Task records will be updated when you make changes to a Thickness Measurement Location record. The following list is not comprehensive.

Last Date: The value in the Last Date field is populated with the most recent measurement date that is associated with the first Thickness Measurement Location record referenced in the NID TMLs field in the associated Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

For example, if the NID TMLs field contained the Entity Keys of the following Thickness Measurement Location records in the following order, the most recent measurement date (value in the Measurement Taken Date field in the linked Thickness Measurement records) associated with TML 03 would be used to populate the Last Date field in the Thickness Monitoring Task record:

TML 03

TML 14

TML 01

Desired Interval: The value in the Desired Interval field is populated with the difference, in days, between the values in the Next Date and Last Date fields in the Thickness Monitoring Task record.

For example, if the value in the Next Date field is 9/5/2038 and the value in the Last Date field is 3/6/2012, the Desired Interval field would be populated with the value 9,679.


About Custom TML Corrosion RatesThe baseline Thickness Monitoring product includes several baseline TML-level corrosion rates that you can choose to calculate for TML Corrosion Analyses. In addition to using these baseline corrosion rates, you can optionally define custom corrosion rate calculations to use within Thickness Monitoring. Using the options on the Global Preferences page, you can define up to two custom calculations.

Before you can enable the use of custom corrosion rates, you must first create rules that define those corrosion rates. Rules can be defined in the Rules Library in the Configuration Manager application. This documentation assumes that the necessary rules have already been defined.

When custom TML corrosion rate settings have been defined, you will see various changes throughout Thickness Monitoring with respect to the baseline product where custom corrosion rates are not enabled.


What Happens When Custom Corrosion Rate Calculations Are in Use?When custom TML corrosion rates are in place, you will see various changes throughout Thickness Monitoring with respect to the baseline TM product.

Analysis Settings

When custom corrosion rate calculations are defined, they will appear in the Corrosion Rate Options section of the Asset Analysis Settings window . For example, in the following image, the calculations Custom Corrosion Rate A and Custom Corrosion Rate B have been defined. The labels that you define for the custom calculations via the TM global preferences will be displayed on the Asset Analysis Settings window.

Custom corrosion rate options will also appear on the TML Analysis Settings window . These options are disabled on the TML Analysis Settings window because these options are not defined at the TML-level.

TML Corrosion Analysis Record

When custom corrosion rate calculations have been defined, and the associated Corrosion Analysis Settings record specifies that they should be calculated, the following fields will be populated in all TML Corrosion Analysis records that are associated with that Equipment or TML Group record, or the record that stores equipment or component data:

Custom Calculation A Corrosion Rate Custom Calculation A Loss

Custom Calculation B Corrosion Rate

Custom Calculation B Loss

These fields always exist in TML Corrosion Analysis records and are included by default on the TML Analysis datasheet.

You can remove these fields from the datasheet via the Configuration Manager application if you do not plan to use custom corrosion rate calculations. If you do plan to use custom calculations, you can modify the baseline field and datasheet captions to correspond to the labels that you have defined in the global preferences. The labels that you define via the global preferences will not be applied to the family field and datasheet captions automatically.

TML Analysis Plots

When custom corrosion rate calculations have been defined, and the associated Corrosion Analysis Settings record specify that they should be calculated, the custom corrosion rates will be displayed on the TML Analysis Plot page, except when:

The values in the Custom Calculation A Corrosion Rate and Custom Calculation B Corrosion Rate fields are set to 0, and the value in the Minimum Corrosion Rate field in the TML Analysis Settings record is set to 0. In this case, no corrosion rate line will be displayed.

The value in one Custom Calculation Corrosion Rate field is set to 0, the other Custom Calculation Corrosion Rate field is set to a value greater than 0, and the value in the Minimum Corrosion Rate field in the TML Analysis Settings record is set to 0. In this case, only the corrosion rate line corresponding to the Custom Calculation Corrosion Rate with a non-zero value will be plotted. For example, if you set the value in the Custom Calculation A Corrosion Rate field to 0 and the Custom Calculation B Corrosion Rate field to any value greater than 0, and assuming the Minimum Corrosion Rate field in the linked TML Analysis Settings record is set to 0, then only one corrosion rate line, corresponding to the value in Custom Calculation B Corrosion Rate, will be plotted.

Points corresponding to measurements will be plotted regardless of whether any corrosion rate line is displayed.

In the following example, in the following image, Custom Corrosion Rate A and Custom Corrosion Rate B are displayed. The custom corrosion rates will be identified in the legend using the labels that were defined in the TM global preferences.


Defining Custom Corrosion Rate SettingsTo define settings for custom corrosion rates:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Global Preferences page .2. In the Custom Corrosion Rate Options section, under the Custom Corrosion Rate

A heading, in the Label text box, type the label that you want to use for this

custom corrosion rate. You can click the button to the right of the text box if you want manage translations for that string.

3. To the right of the Calculation Rule text box, click the button.

localization.chm::/Overview_of_the_Localize_Caption_Dialog_Box.htm

The Select Corrosion Rate Rule window appears.

4. In the left section of the window, navigate to and select the Rules Library folder containing the project in which the desired rule is defined.

The middle section of the window is populated with a list of projects that exist in the folder that you selected.

5. In the list of projects, select the project that containing the method that you want to use for the corrosion rate rule.

The right section of the window is populated with a list of valid methods.

6. In the list of methods, select the one that contains the desired rule.

7. Click OK.

The Select Corrosion Rate Rule window closes.

8. If you want to define a second custom corrosion rate calculation, under the Custom Corrosion Rate B heading, repeat the steps that you completed to define custom corrosion rate A.


The custom corrosion rate settings are saved along with any other changes you have made to the settings on the Global Preferences page.


About Settings for Measurement ReadingsThe settings in the Readings Preferences section on the Global Preferences page allow you to determine how the Meridium APM system will handle values entered into the Readings field in Thickness Measurement records.

The Readings Preferences section contains the following settings:

Reading Tolerance: Determines how much variation is allowed between values in the Readings field. When values are entered in the Readings field, they are averaged. Then, the Reading Tolerance value is used to determine which values fall within an acceptable range of the average value. If any of the values fall outside of the acceptable range, the value in the Readings Pass/Fail field will be set to Fail.

Note: The baseline TM product uses inches as the unit of measure for this setting. If you are using a UOM Conversion Set that converts inches to another unit of measure, that conversion will be applied to this setting.

Reading Calculation Method: Determines how values in the Readings field will be used to populate the Thickness Measurement field. You can choose one of the following calculation methods:

Average: The Uncorrected Measurement field will be populated with the

calculated average value of all the values that exist in the Readings field.

Minimum: The Uncorrected Measurement field will be populated with the minimum value of all the values that exist in the Readings field.

Maximum: The Uncorrected Measurement field will be populated with the maximum value of all the values that exist in the Readings field.

Custom: The Uncorrected Measurement field will be populated with the value that is calculated according to the calculation defined by the Custom Rule for Readings Calculation setting.

Note: The value in the Uncorrected Measurement field is used to populate the Thickness Measurement field.

Custom Rule for Readings Calculations: Specifies the rule that will be used to calculate the Thickness Measurement value when the Reading Calculation Method setting is set to Custom. To use a custom readings calculation, you must first create a rule that defines the calculation that will be applied. Rules can be defined in the Rules Library in the Configuration Manager application. This documentation assumes that the necessary rules have already been defined.


Defining Settings for Measurement ReadingsTo define settings for measurement readings:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Global Preferences page .2. In the Readings Preferences section, in the Reading Tolerance text box, type the

value that defines the range within which readings must fall in order to pass evaluation.

3. In the Readings Calculation Method list, select the value that indicates how you want Thickness Measurement values to be calculated based upon the values in the Readings field. You can choose Average, Minimum, Maximum, or Custom.

4. If you selected Custom in the Readings Calculation Method list, to the right of the

Custom Rule for Readings Calculation text box, click the button.

The Select Readings Calculation rule window appears.

5. In the left section of the window, navigate to and select the Rules Library folder containing the project in which the desired rule is defined.

The middle section of the window is populated with a list of projects that exist in the folder that you selected.

6. In the list of projects, select the project that containing the method that you want to use for the corrosion rate rule.

The right section of the window is populated with a list of valid methods.

7. In the list of methods, select the one that contains the desired rule.

8. Click OK.

The Select Readings Calculation rule window closes.


The custom corrosion rate settings are saved along with any other changes you have made to the settings on the Global Preferences page.


Configuring Nominal T-Min LookupNominal T-Min is a value that represents the minimum thickness of a pipe based upon accepted industry standards. The Nominal T-Min value takes into account various design specifications and determines the minimum thickness associated with that criteria. The Nominal T-Min value is retrieved using values from Thickness Measurement Location records and records in the Piping Nominal T-Min reference table. Via the Nominal T-Min Lookup settings, you can configure which fields you want to use for retrieving the Nominal T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to Equipment or TML Group records that represent pipes, or records that store equipment or component data for pipes.

On the Global Preferences page, the Fields for Nominal T-Min Lookup list contains a list of all these fields that exist in the Piping Nominal T-Min family.

Each field in the Piping Nominal T-Min family corresponds to a field in the Thickness Measurement Location family. By selecting a field in the Fields for Nominal T-Min Lookup list, you are indicating that you want to use that field for looking up Nominal T-Min values. This means that values in the associated fields in Thickness Measurement Location records will be compared to values in the Piping Nominal T-Min reference table and that a Nominal T-Min value will be returned only if a match is found. Any field that is not selected in the Fields for Nominal T-Min Lookup list will not be used for looking up the Nominal T-Min value. In other words, values in those fields of Thickness Measurement Location records are not required to match values in corresponding field in the Piping Nominal T-Min reference table.

Note: If no fields are selected in the Fields for Nominal T-Min Lookup list, the Nominal T-Min lookup feature will be disabled. In other words, a Nominal T-Min value will never be retrieved automatically for any Thickness Measurement Location record.

To define Nominal T-Min Lookup settings:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Global Preferences page .

2. In the Nominal T-Min Preferences section, in the Fields for Nominal T-Min Lookup list, select the fields that you want to use for retrieving Nominal T-Min values.


The Nominal T-Min settings are saved along with any other changes you have made to the settings on the Global Preferences page.


Reloading Global SettingsAfter you have made changes to the settings on the Global Preferences page, you can reload the settings to restore the most recently saved values.

To reload global settings:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Global Preferences page .

2. On the Preferences Tasks menu, click the Reload link.

The global settings revert back to the most recently saved values.


Accessing the TM Color-Coding Preferences PageOn various pages throughout Thickness Monitoring, Thickness Measurement records and Thickness Measurement Location records will be color-coded if they meet certain criteria. If desired, via the TM Color-Coding Preferences page, you can change the colors that will be applied.

To access the TM Color-Coding Preferences page:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the TM Administrative Tasks page .2. Click the Color-Coding Preferences link.

The TM Color-Coding Preferences page appears.


Aspects of the TM Color-Coding Preferences PageThe TM Color-Coding Preferences page displays four color-coding settings:

Below T-Min: Determines the color that will be used to identify Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records with a Measurement Value that is below the Minimum Thickness value.

Overview Inspection Date or Retirement Date: Determines the color that will be used to identify Thickness Measurement Location records in which the Next Inspection Date or Retirement Date is past due.

High Loss: Determines the color that will be used to identify Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records that meet High Loss criteria and the loss percentage that defines High Loss criteria.

Growth: Determines the color that will be used to identify Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records that meet Growth criteria.

For each of these settings, two columns are displayed:

TML Color: Displays a colored square representing the color that will be used to identify Thickness Measurement Location records that meet the color-coding criteria.

Measurement Color: Displays a colored square representing the color that will be used to identify Thickness Measurement records that meet the color-coding criteria.

Note: The text N/A is displayed in the Measurement Color column for the Overdue Inspection Date or Retirement Date setting since this condition does not apply to Thickness Measurement records.


Color-Coding Tasks

The Color-Coding Tasks menu on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page contains the following links:

Save: Save the current color-coding settings. Reset Color Code: Resets the color-coding settings to the default colors.

Reload Color Code: Resets the color-coding settings to the most recently saved values.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page contains the following links:

Print: Displays the Print preview window, where you can print a table displaying the color code.

Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to the current page on your desktop (create shortcut), in an email message, or on a Home Page.

Documents: This link is disabled on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page does not contain any links. It is not possible to configure the Associated Pages menu to display links on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.


Changing Color-CodesTo change the color-coding settings for Thickness Monitoring:

1. In the Meridium, APM Framework, access the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.

2. In the TML Color or Measurement Color column, click the colored square for the color that you want to modify.

The Color window appears.




3. In the Basic colors area, click the color that you want to use.

-or-

Click the Define Custom Colors button to define a custom color.

4. Click OK.

The color that you selected is now displayed on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page for the entity family and condition that you selected. This color will be used for all records that meet that condition. In the following image, the color for identifying growth for Thickness Measurement Location records has been changed from blue to black.

5. On the Color-Coding Tasks menu, click the Save link.

The color-coding preferences that you have defined are saved, along with any other changes to preferences that you have made on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.


Changing the High Loss Value

To change the high loss value:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.

2. In the High Loss text box, type a numeric value that represents the percentage of loss from one measurement to the next that constitutes high loss. In the following image, the high loss value has been set to 45%.


The new high loss value is saved, along with any other changes to preferences that you have made on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.


Resetting Color-Coding Settings to Default ValuesOn the TM Color-Coding Preferences page, you can reset the color-coding settings to their default values, which are:

Below T-Min: Red. Overdue Inspection Date or Retirement Date: Yellow.

High Loss: Magenta and 30%.

Growth: Blue.

To reset the color-coding settings:


2. On the Color-Coding Tasks menu, click the Reset Color Code link.

The color-coding settings are reset to their default value as shown in the following image.


The color-coding settings are saved.


Reloading the Most Recent Color-Coding SettingsAfter you have made changes to the preferences on the TM Color-Coding Preferences page, you can reload the most recently saved settings.

To reload the most recently saved color-coding settings:


2. On the Color-Coding Tasks menu, click the Reset Color Code link.

The color-coding settings are reset to the most recently saved values.


The color-coding settings are saved.


Managing Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup RecordsThickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records create a reference table of values that are used by Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring for performing certain calculations. Like all reference table records, Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records can be viewed most easily in the Bulk Data Form or through a query. For your convenience, the TM Administrative Tasks page contains a link that allows you to open Thickness Monitoring

Rules Lookup records in the Bulk Data Form, where you can view and modify the reference table values as needed.

To open Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records in the Bulk Data Form:

In the Meridium APM Framework, on the TM Administrative Tasks page , click the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup link.

The Bulk Data Form page appears, displaying all the records that exist in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup family.


Granting the TM Technician RoleWhen you record measurements in Thickness Measurement records, in the Measurement Taken By list, you will need to select the name of the person who took the measurement. Only people who have been granted the TM Technician role will appear in the Measurement Taken By list.

To grant the TM Technician role to someone, you will need to:

Make sure that a Human Resource record exists to store that person's name.

-and-

Link the Human Resource record to a Resource Role record that contains the following values in the following fields.

Field Value

Category Inspection

Role TM Technician

Note: You can link Resource Role records to Human Resource records using the baseline Human Resource with Role Details datasheet, which is defined for the Human Resource family.

Keep in mind that Human Resource records can store information about people who are not Meridium APM users and, therefore, do not have an associated Security User record in the Meridium APM database. In some cases, the people who take measurements in the field are not Meridium APM users. As long as those people have an associated Human Resource record that meets the preceding criteria, they can still be selected in the Measurement Taken By list as the person who took the measurement.

Note: When you create a Thickness Measurement record, if you have been granted the TM Technician role, the value is set by default to your name. You can change the value by selecting another name in the list.

Consider an example where John Smith takes measurements in the field but is not a Meridium APM user. Therefore, no Security User record exists in the Meridium APM database to store information about John Smith. A Human Resource record exists, however, to record information about John Smith, including the fact that he takes measurements in the field. The Human Resource record:

Contains the value John in the First Name field and the value Smith in the Last Name field.

Is linked to a Resource Role record with the value Inspection in the Category field and the value TM Technician in the Role field.

Using this example, the Human Resource and Resource Role records would look like this:

Note: The Role list displays the System Codes that belong to the MI_RESOURCE_ROLE System Code Table. The values are displayed using the ID and the Description of the System Codes. Only the ID of the selected System Code, however, is stored in the field.

Because these records exist, the TM Technician role has been granted successfully to John Smith, and the Measurement Taken By list would contain the following value.

Note: Duncan, Amy appears by default because it is the name of the Security User who is currently logged in to the Meridium APM system.


About Defining Fields for Measurement Data EntryBy default, on the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page and TM Measurement Data Entry pages, the Common Measurement Data section displays the following fields:

Measurement Taken Date Temperature (Degrees Fahrenheit)

Measurement Taken By

When you enter values in these fields, the corresponding fields will be populated automatically with those values in all new Thickness Measurement records that are created on these pages.

Via the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page, you can add up to three additional fields to the Common Measurement Data section of both these pages. In the same way that values entered into the standard fields will be used to populate fields in new Thickness Measurement records, the values that you enter in to any additional fields will also be used to populate fields in the new records. Therefore, you will want to add fields that store data that is common to all Thickness Measurement records. A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight three fields that have been added to the Common Measurement Data section of the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

Note: The Common Measurement Data section of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry and TM Measurement Data Entry pages cannot be configured independently of one another, meaning that whatever fields you select on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page will appear in the Common Measurement Data section of both pages.

With a few exceptions, you can add to the Common Measurement Data section any baseline or custom Thickness Measurement field of the following type:

Character Date

Logical

Numeric

Text

The following baseline fields cannot be added to the Common Measurement Data section, as their baseline behavior makes them inappropriate for use as common data fields: Historical Sequence Number, Corroded Area Measurement Values, Measurement ID, and Measurement Value.


Accessing the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings Measurement PageTo access the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings Measurements page:

In the Meridium APM Framework, on the TM Administrative Tasks page, click the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings link.

The Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page appears.


Overview of the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings PageThe Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page allows you to define which fields will appear in the Common Measurement Data section of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry and TM Measurement Data Entry pages.

The Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page consists of the following items:

Common Measurement Data Field Mappings workspace: Contains of three lists of fields that belong to the Thickness Measurement family and can be added to the Common Measurement Data section of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry and TM Measurement Data Entry pages.

Common Measurement Data Field lists: Contain Thickness Measurement fields that you can select to add to the Common Measurement Data section. Each list

contains all character, date, text, and numeric fields that exist in the Thickness Measurement family and have not already been added to the Common Measurement Data section.

For example, if you select the fields as shown in the following image.

When you access either the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry or TM Measurement Data Entry page, the Common Measurement Data section of that page will look like the following image. Red numbers have been added to the image to show the relationship between the Common Measurement Data Field lists and the Common Measurement Data section.

Task menu pane: Contains task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page. The following task menus are available on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page:

o Preference Tasks

o Common Tasks

o Associated Pages


Preference Tasks

The Preferences Tasks menu on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page contains the following links:

Pick Another Family: This link is always disabled on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page.

Reload: Reloads the field mapping configuration that was last saved.

Save: Saves the field mapping settings so that the selected fields will appear the next time you access either the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry or TM Measurement Data Entry page.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page contains the following links:

Print: This link is always disabled on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page.


Documents: This link is always disabled on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page.

Help: This link is not functional.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page does not display any links. It is not possible to configure the Associated Pages menu to display links on the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page.


Adding Fields to the Common Measurement Data Section




The following instructions provide details on adding fields to the Common Measurement Data section of the TM Measurement Data Entry and TM Initial Measurement Data Entry pages.

To add fields to the Common Measurement Data section:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page .

2. In the Common Measurement Data Field lists that correspond to the locations in which you want to add a field, select the names of the fields that you want to add to the Common Measurement Data section.

You can select a value in any or all of the three lists. The following image shows a field selected in each of the three Common Measurement Data Field lists.

Note: For any list where you do not select a value, the corresponding location will be empty on the Common Measurement Data section.


The field mapping settings are saved.


Removing Fields from the Common Measurement Data SectionThe following instruction provide details on removing a field that has previously been added to the Common Measurement Data section of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry and TM Measurement Data Entry page.

Note: The Common Measurement Data section automatically includes the Measurement Taken Date, Temperature (Degrees Fahrenheit), and Measurement Taken By fields. These fields cannot be removed. Only fields that have been added via the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page can be removed.

To delete fields from the Common Measurement Data section:


2. In the Common Measurement Data Field list that corresponds to the location from which you want to remove a field, select the blank value.

For example, the following image shows the blank value selected in the Common Measurement Data Field 1 list.

3. Select blank values in additional lists, if desired.

4. On the Preference Tasks menu, click the Save button.

The field mapping settings are saved. The next time you access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry or TM Measurement Data Entry page, the fields you removed will no longer be displayed.


Modifying the Fields on the Common Measurement Data SectionNote: The Common Measurement Data section automatically includes the Measurement Taken Date, Temperature (Degrees Fahrenheit), and Measurement Taken By fields. These fields cannot be modified. Only fields that have been added via the Common Measurement Data Field Mappings page can be modified.

To modify the fields that appear in the Common Measurement Data section:


2. In any Common Measurement Field Mapping list where a value is already selected, select the name of the field that you want to appear instead.

3. On the Preference Tasks menu, click the Save button.

The field mapping configuration is saved. The next time you access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry or TM Measurement Data Entry page, the updated field mapping will be used.


Installing Supporting Files for Devices on Meridium APM Framework MachinesIf you will use one of the following supported devices to collect data that you will transfer to the Meridium APM system, you must first install the supporting files on the Meridium APM Framework machines that will connect to these devices:

Krautkramer Branson DMS Instrument Krautkramer Branson DMS2 Instrument

GE DMS Go

GE DMS Go+

You can install the supporting files using the Meridium APM Drivers installer.

To install the supporting files for supported devices on a Meridium APM Framework machine:

1. On the Meridium APM Framework machine that will connect to the device, insert the 3rd party DVD, and navigate to the folder \\Third Party Drivers for APM\Meridium APM Drivers.

2. Double-click the file setup.exe.

A message appears, asking if you want to allow the installer to make changes to your machine.

3. Click the Yes button.

The Meridium APM Drivers dialog box appears, which contains a progress bar.

After the progress bar reaches the end, the Meridium APM Drivers installer appears, displaying the Welcome screen.

4. Click the Next button.

The License Agreement screen appears.

5. Read the entire license agreement, and then select one of the following options:o I accept the terms of the license agreement, if you agree to the terms of the

license agreement and want to continue. These instructions assume that you want to continue.

o I do not accept the terms of the license agreement, if you do not agree to the terms of the license agreement and do not want to continue. This option is selected by default. If you want to accept this selection, click the Cancel button to exit the installer.

The Next button becomes enabled.


The Ready to Install the Program screen appears.

7. Click the Install button.

The Installing Meridium APM Drivers screen appears, displaying a progress bar that indicates the status of the installation process.

After the progress bar reaches the end, the InstallShield Wizard Completed screen appears.

8. Click the Finish button.

The Meridium APM Drivers installer closes. The supporting files for the following devices are now installed on the Meridium APM Framework machine:

o Krautkramer Branson DMS Instrumento Krautkramer Branson DMS2 Instrument

o GE DMS Go

o GE DMS Go+


The Navigation MenuThe Navigation menu appears throughout Thickness Monitoring and provides access to features that are available in the Thickness Monitoring module.

When you are viewing an equipment-specific page in Thickness Monitoring, the Navigation menu offers quick access to other features within the context of the Equipment or TML Group records that you are currently viewing. For example, if you access the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the Equipment record with the Record ID Pump A39-5, you can click the Analysis Summary link on the Navigation menu to view the TM Analysis page for the Equipment record with the Record ID Pump A39-5.

If you access a page in Thickness Monitoring for more than one Equipment record to which TML Group records are linked (i.e., multiple Equipment nodes are displayed in the TM Explorer pane), when you select an Equipment node in the TM Explorer pane and then use the Navigation menu to go to a different page, that Equipment node will be selected in the TM Explorer pane when the new page appears. If, however, the TM Explorer pane includes multiple Equipment and TML Group nodes, and you select a TML Group node and click a link on the Navigation menu, the node for the Equipment record to which the TML Group record is linked will be selected in the TM Explorer pane when the new page appears.

Note: The link for the page that you are currently viewing will always be disabled on the Navigation menu. For example, when you are on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, the TMLs and Measurements link will be disabled.

The Navigation menu in Thickness Monitoring contains the following links:

TM Start Page: Displays the Thickness Monitoring Functions page . Analysis Summary: Displays the TM Analysis page, where you can view TM

Analysis summary information for the Equipment or TML Group records whose nodes appear in the TM Explorer pane.

TMLs and Measurements: Displays the TM TMLs/Measurements page, where you can manage all the Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group records whose nodes appear in the TM Explorer pane.

Measurement Data Entry: Displays the TM Measurement Data Entry page, where you can record measurements for the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group records whose nodes appear in the TM Explorer pane.

Initial Measurement Data Entry: Displays the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page, where you can quickly enter base measurements for the Thickness Measurement Location records that:

o Are linked to the Equipment or TML Group records whose nodes appear in the TM Explorer pane.

-but-

o Are not yet linked to a Thickness Measurement record. DataLogger: Displays the Select a Device and Properties dialog box, from which

you can send data to or receive data from that device.

Quick View: Displays the TM Quick View page. This link is disabled if no Thickness Measurement Location records are linked to the Equipment or TML Group records whose nodes appear in the TM Explorer pane.

T-Min Calculator: After displaying a disclaimer explaining that the calculator is not intended to be a comprehensive tool for calculating the T-Min value, displays the T-Min Calculations page for the Equipment or TML Group records whose nodes appear in the TM Explorer pane.


TM ExplorersThe TM Explorer pane appears on various pages throughout Thickness Monitoring and displays nodes in a tree that represent a hierarchy of the records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group records for which you accessed the page.

The TM Explorer pane is displayed using a configured explorer that displays nodes representing the following records:

The Equipment and/or TML Group record for which you accessed the page.

If the Equipment record for which you accessed the page is linked to TML Group records, the TM Explorer pane will also display nodes for any TML Group records that are linked to that Equipment record.

If you accessed the page for a TML Group record, the TM Explorer pane will also display a node for the Equipment record to which the TML Group record is linked.

datamanagement.chm::/About_Configured_Explorers.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Receiving_Data_from_the_Device.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Sending_Data_to_the_Device.htm

The Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group records.

The Thickness Measurement records that are linked to those Thickness Measurement Location records.

Note the following information about the TM Explorer pane:

Thickness Measurement nodes are displayed in the TM Explorer pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page only.

The TM Explorer pane on all pages in TM displays a maximum 20 levels of TML Group nodes for a single Equipment node.

The configured explorers that are used to determine the content of the TM Explorer pane are stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers. These configured explorers are created automatically when:

A user accesses any page in Thickness Monitoring and the configured explorers do not already exist.

A user updates the Family Preferences for the Equipment or TML Group family. If any of the configured explorers already exist, they will be overwritten with an updated copy.

The following table provides a list of the configured explorers that are created and updated automatically and identifies the page where each one is used.

This configured explorer: ...Is used on this page:

Archived Corrosion Analysis TM Archived Analysis

Measurement Data Entry

TM Measurement Data Entry

TM Initial Measurement Data Entry

Quick View TM Quick View

Summary Analysis TM Analysis

T-Min Calculator T-Min Calculations

TMLs and Measurements TM TMLs/Measurements

All TM users should be granted create permissions to the folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers so that the TM Explorer pane can be created and updated as needed as your users navigate throughout the TM product. TM users also need View/Execute permissions on the folder \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring and all its subfolders.

Because the TM configured explorers are created and updated automatically, you should not modify them manually. Any changes that you make to the configured explorers will be overwritten each time they are updated. In addition, you should not delete the \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers folder. If you do so, error messages will appear when you try to access any page on which the configured explorers are used.


About the Task Menu Pane in Thickness MonitoringThe task menu pane in Thickness Monitoring differs from the task menu pane that is used throughout the rest of the Meridium APM Framework application by offering options that are not available in the rest of the product. In Thickness Monitoring, you can:

Hide the task menu pane . View the task menus while the task menu pane is hidden .

Display the task menu pane after it has been hidden .

Change the width of the task menu pane .


Hiding the Task Menu PaneIn Thickness Monitoring, you can hide the task menu pane, providing a larger workspace. This is especially useful on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, where the TMLs pane and the Measurements pane contain many fields spread horizontally across the page.

To hide the task menu pane:

Click the button in the upper-right side of the task menu pane.

In the following image, the button is outlined in red.

The task menu pane collapses to the left side of the screen, and the button is

displayed. In the following image, the button is outlined in red.

Note that after you have hidden the task menu pane, you can view its contents by pausing

on the button. In addition, you can choose to display the task menu pane again.


Viewing the Task Menus While the Task Menu Pane is HiddenWhile the task menu pane is hidden, if you need to access a function that is available on one of the task menus, you can view the task menus.

To view the task menus while the task menu pane is hidden:

Click the button on the left side of the page.

The task menu pane expands over the contents of the page that you are currently viewing. When you click a link on a task menu that displays another page or dialog box or click outside the task menu pane itself, the task menu pane will return automatically to the hidden position.


Displaying the Task Menu Pane After it Has Been HiddenAfter the task menu pane has been hidden, you can return it to its original position on the left side of the page.

To re-display the hidden task menu pane:

1. Click the button on the left of the page.

The task menu pane will expand over the current screen contents on the left side of the page.

2. Click the button.

The task menu pane returns to its default position on the page.


Changing the Width of the Task Menu PaneThroughout the Meridium APM Framework application, a default width is used to determine the amount of space in which the task menu pane is displayed. In Thickness Monitoring, you can change the width of the task menu pane to make it larger or smaller than the default width. Expanding the task menu pane can be useful on pages where the labels for one or more task menu links exceed the default display width.

Note that you can specify how wide the task menu pane should be when it appears in the default position, and you can specify how wide the task menu pane should be when a user displays it briefly while it is in the hidden position.

To change the width of the displayed task menu pane:

With the task menu pane is in the default display position, click the divider on the right side of the task menu pane that separates it from the rest of the page, and drag it until the task menu pane is the desired width.

To change the width of the hidden task menu pane:

1. With the task menu pane hidden, click the button on the left side of the page to display the task menu pane.

The task menu pane appears.

2. Click the divider on the right side of the task menu pane, and drag it until the task menu pane is the desired width.

The width that you select will be used when the task menu pane is visible from the hidden position.


How is Color-Coding Applied?Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records can be color-coded for the conditions described in the following list, each of with has a default color that can be modified via the TM Color-Coding Preferences page .

Below T-Min: Indicates that the Last Measurement Value is less than or equal to the Minimum Thickness value for the Thickness Measurement Location record. The default color for this condition is red and can be applied to both Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records.

Note: Any Measurement Value that is less than or equal to the Minimum Thickness value will be colored, including those taken prior to the Last Measurement. The TML ID for the Thickness Measurement Location record, however, will be colored only if the Last Measurement Value is less than or equal to the Minimum Thickness value.

Overdue Inspection Date or Retirement Date: Indicates that the Thickness Measurement Location has a past-due Scheduled Next Inspection Date or Retirement Date. The default color for this condition is yellow and applies only to Thickness Measurement Location records.

High Loss: Indicates that the Last Measurement Value is at least 30% less than the Near Measurement Value. The default color for this condition is magenta and applies to both Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records.

Growth: Indicates that the Last Measurement Value is greater than the Near Measurement Value. The default color for this condition is blue and applies to both Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records.

Note: The criteria are listed in order of priority, red being the highest. If a record meets the criteria for more than one color, the color with the highest priority will be applied.


Where is Color-Coding Applied?On various pages throughout Thickness Monitoring, records will be color-coded if they meet certain conditions. Color-coding lets you see at a glance whether certain conditions exist for a given Thickness Measurement Location record or Thickness Measurement record.

Color Coding will be applied to TML IDs and Measurement IDs on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

Color Coding will be applied to TML IDs and Measurement Values on the following pages:

The TM Measurement Data Entry page.

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page.

The TM Quick View page.

For example, the following image shows color-coded TML IDs and Measurement Values on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

Note: Typically, color coding will be applied when you enter or modify a value and then move to another field. This allows you to see if the value you are entering meets any of the color-coding criteria. The color-coding will not be made permanent or applied to the Thickness Measurement record or the Thickness Measurement Location record until you save your changes.


Creating a TM AnalysisThe Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring module does not include a specific interface for creating new corrosion analyses. Because a corrosion analysis consists of many records, the process of creating a TM Analysis involves completing various steps throughout the TM product. In this area of the documentation, we provide an overview of the analysis-creation process and basic step-by-step instructions for completing each step in the process. Additional details on completing each step are available in other areas of this documentation.

To create a TM Analysis:

1. Identify the piece of equipment that needs to be analyzed. If an Equipment record does not yet exist for this piece of equipment, create one.

2. Access the TM Analysis page for the Equipment record .

The TM Analysis page appears, displaying the Equipment record for which you accessed the page as the root node in the TM Explorer pane.

3. Create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for the Equipment record .

A Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created and linked to the Equipment record. Additionally, an Asset Corrosion Analysis record is created automatically and linked to the Equipment record.

4. On the Navigation menu, click the TMLs and Measurements link to access the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

The TM TMLs/Measurements page appears.

5. If you are using TML Group records throughout your TM Analyses, create the TML Group records that you want to associate with the root level Equipment record.

Note: When you create a TML Group record, one or more Corrosion Analysis Settings records may be created automatically and populated with values that are stored in the Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked to the Equipment record to which the TML Group record is linked. When the Equipment record is linked to more than one Corrosion Analysis Settings record (i.e., it is associated with more than one TML Analysis Type), you will choose the TML Analysis Types for which you want to create the Corrosion Analysis Settings records that will be linked to the TML Group record that you create. Additionally, you can modify the values in this record, if desired.

6. Create a Thickness Measurement Location record for the:

o Equipment record if your TM Analysis does not contain TML Group records.

-or-

5.

TML Group records, if your TM Analysis contains TML Group records.

7. On the Common Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze link.

The Meridium APM system saves the Thickness Measurement Location record and links it to the Equipment or TML Group record.

A TML Corrosion Analysis record is created automatically and linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

A Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created automatically and linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

If you created TML Group records for this TM Analysis, one Asset Corrosion Analysis record is created and linked to each TML Group record you created.

8. Create additional Thickness Measurement Location records, as needed. To create a comprehensive analysis, you will probably create multiple Thickness Measurement Location records for each Equipment or TML Group record.

Hint: You do not need to click the Save and Analyze link until you have created all the desired records. When you save your changes on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, all the necessary records will be created automatically for any new Thickness Measurement Location record that you have added.

9. Create a Thickness Measurement record for the Thickness Measurement Location records that you have created.

Recording Thickness Measurements is an ongoing task that will be performed throughout the life of the equipment. When you first create an analysis, however, you should at least record the base measurement for each Thickness Measurement Location record, if possible. The base measurement is the first measurement recorded for the Thickness Measurement Location record and becomes the starting point from which all other measurements are compared. The base reading can be measured manually (actual) or may be recorded from a standard (nominal), such as the design specification provided by the equipment manufacturer. The Initial Measurement Data Entry page in Thickness Monitoring is designed specifically for recording base measurements.

When you create subsequent Thickness Measurement records for a Thickness Measurement Location record, the Meridium APM system can compare the new readings to the base reading to determine the corrosion rates for that Thickness Measurement Location record.

Depending upon your situation and the available data, when you are creating a new analysis, you may need to record measurements in addition to the base measurement. For example, you might create both the base measurement and the next measurement if you are setting up an analysis for a piece of equipment that has existed in your plant for a year and you are recording the base measurement from the design code and the next measurement using an actual reading taken one year after installation.

After you have completed the preceding steps, all the basic components of a TM Analysis will exist. Keep in mind, however, that a TM Analysis is a living document that will be updated regularly. As time passes, you will create additional Thickness Measurement records for each Thickness Measurement Location record, and the Meridium APM system will recalculate various values in the Asset Corrosion Analysis and TML Corrosion Analysis records based upon the new data. Instructions for managing the TM Analysis throughout the life of the equipment are provided throughout this documentation. You can use the following links for details on performing analysis tasks:

Modifying the Asset Analysis settings and TML Analysis settings. Creating new TMLs .

Creating new Thickness Measurements .

Performing T-Min Calculations .

Excluding TMLs from an analysis .

Archiving an analysis .

Renewing TMLs .


Accessing the TM Analysis PageThe TM Analysis page displays the results of the TM Analysis for the record that is selected in the TM Explorer pane. The TM Analysis page offers a customized view of analysis records. This page is designed to provide a summary of the analysis and to provide access to other features associated with the analysis, such as plots. We recommend that you use the Thickness Monitoring workflow to view and manage corrosion analyses.

You can open the TM Analysis page for multiple Equipment or TML Group records. For TM Analyses that include both Equipment and TML Group records, if you access the TM Analysis page for the Equipment record, you will be able to access summary information for the TML Group and Thickness Measurement Location records by expanding the tree in the TM Explorer pane.

To open an existing TM Analysis:

1. On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page , click the Corrosion Analysis Summary link.

The Find Items window appears.

2. Select the Equipment or TML Group family from the Search In list.

3. If desired, add criteria to the search.

4. Click the Find Now button.

The Search results appear, displaying all the Record IDs that meet the specified criteria. In the following image, all of the Record IDs for the Equipment family are displayed.

5. In the search results, select the record you want to open, and click the Open button.

The TM Analysis page appears. The Equipment or TML Group record that you selected is displayed as a node and is selected in the TM Explorer pane , and summary information from the Asset Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group record is displayed in the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace .

Note: If a Corrosion Analysis Settings record is not linked to an Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the TM Analysis page, a message will appear, indicating that you must define Corrosion Analysis Settings before an analysis can be performed.


Overview of the TM Analysis PageThe TM Analysis page contains the:

TM Explorer pane : Contains a tree, which displays nodes to represent the Equipment and/or TML Group records for which you accessed the TM Analysis page and the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to those Equipment or TML Group records.

Workspace :

If an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane, the Corrosion Analysis Summary for <Asset ID> workspace, where <Asset ID> is the Record ID of the selected Equipment or TML Group record, is displayed. This workspace displays summary information from each Asset Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group record. Up to three Asset Corrosion Analysis records may exist (UT, RT, and TML), depending upon the types of

Thickness Measurement Location records that are included in the TM Analysis. Throughout the documentation, we refer to the Corrosion Analysis Summary for <Asset ID> workspace as the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace .

If a Thickness Measurement Location node is selected in the TM Explorer pane, the TML Corrosion Analysis Details for <TML ID> workspace, where <TML ID> is the Record ID of the selected Thickness Measurement Location record, is displayed. This workspace displays summary analysis information for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record. Throughout the documentation, we refer to the TML Corrosion Analysis Details for <TML ID> workspace as the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace .

Task menu pane: Displays task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the TM Analysis page. The following task menus are available:

Analysis Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


TM ExplorerThe TM Explorer pane on the TM Analysis page displays nodes in a tree, where each node represents one of the following items:

An Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the page.

A record that is linked to an Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the page.

The TM Explorer pane on the TM Analysis page is displayed using the Summary Analysis configured explorer, which is stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers.

The selected node determines what is displayed in the workspace on the TM Analysis page:

When you select an Equipment or TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane, the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace will be displayed.

When you select a Thickness Measurement Location node in the TM Explorer pane, the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace will be displayed.


Corrosion Analysis Summary WorkspaceWhen an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane, the workspace on the TM Analysis page is titled Corrosion Analysis Summary for <Record ID>, where <Record ID> is the Record ID of the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected. In this case, the workspace displays information from the Asset Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record. The analysis summary contains a separate Analysis, Last Calculated on <date> section for each Asset Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the Equipment or TML Group record. The heading in each area indicates the TML Analysis Type of the Thickness Measurement Location records that were used to calculate the data in that section.

For example, if the selected Equipment or TML Group record has Thickness Measurement Location records with RT and UT TML Analysis Types, the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace would contain a UT Analysis, Last Calculated on <date> section and an RT Analysis, Last Calculated on <date> section, as shown in the following image.

The following table lists each Analysis, Last Calculated on <date> section item and its corresponding Asset Corrosion Analysis value.

Analysis, Last Calculated on <date> section item

Asset Corrosion Analysis value

Controlling Corrosion Rate

(<Method>)Controlling Corrosion Rate

Scheduled Next Inspection Date

Asset Controlling Next Insp Date

Projected T-Min DateAsset Controlling Retire Date



Note: The value that appears in parentheses below Controlling Corrosion Rate indicates the method used to determine the corrosion rate and does not correspond to a field in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Two items that are displayed in the Analysis, Last Calculated on <date> section do not correspond with values that are stored in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record:

Estimated Remaining Life From Today : Displays a value that is calculated for viewing purposes only and is not stored in the database.

TMLs Below T-Min: Displays a list of the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to a Thickness Measurement record with a Measurement Value that is below the Minimum Thickness value in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Note: To the right of the values that are based on values in Thickness Measurement Location records, you will see the text Based on: followed by a hyperlink to the TML Corrosion Analysis for the Thickness Measurement Location on which the value is based.


TML Corrosion Analysis Details WorkspaceWhen a Thickness Measurement Location node is selected in the TM Explorer pane on the TM Analysis page, the workspace is labeled TML Corrosion Analysis Details for <TML ID>, where <TML ID> is the Record ID of the Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is currently selected. Throughout the documentation, we refer to the TML Corrosion Analysis Details for <TML ID> workspace as the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace.

The Corrosion Data section of the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace displays values that are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane:


Note: Below Controlling Corrosion Rate, the corrosion rate that was used as the Controlling Corrosion Rate will be displayed: Short Term Corrosion Rate, Long Term Corrosion Rate, Least Squares, or Minimum Corrosion Rate.

Long Term Corrosion Rate Short Term Corrosion Rate

Least Squares Corrosion Rate


Interval Next Inspection Date

Factor Remaining Life Date

Projected T-Min Date


Allowable Measurement Variance Applied

Two items that are displayed in the Corrosion Data section do not correspond with values that are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record:

T-Min Value : Displays the value that is stored in the Minimum Thickness field in the associated Thickness Measurement Location record.

Estimated Remaining Life from Today : Displays a value that is calculated for viewing purposes only and is not stored in the database.

An additional section, the Adjusted Corrosion Data section, is displayed in the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace when, in the Asset Analysis Settings:

It is specified that the Average Corrosion Rate or Formula Corrosion Rate should be calculated.

-and-

The Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected.

The following image shows an example of what the Adjusted Corrosion Data section looks like:

The Adjusted Corrosion Data section displays values that are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record. The following table lists each Adjusted Corrosion Data section item and the corresponding TML Corrosion Analysis field.

Adjusted Corrosion Data section item

TML Corrosion Analysis field

Adjusted Corrosion Rate Asset Average Corrosion Rate

Adj Scheduled Next Inspection Date

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection

Adj Projected T-Min DateAsset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date

Adj Estimated Remaining Life from Today

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life


Analysis Tasks

The Analysis Tasks menu on the TM Analysis page contains the following links:

Pick Another Asset: Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for one or more different Equipment or TML Group records and display them on the TM Analysis page. This link is enabled only when an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Analysis Settings: Displays one of the following items, depending upon the type of node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If:

An Equipment or TML Group node (representing a record for which analysis settings are already defined) is selected, the Select Analysis Type dialog box is displayed, where you can select the TML Analysis Type (UT, RT, or TML) for which you want to view the associated analysis settings.

A Thickness Measurement Location node is selected, the TML Analysis Settings window is displayed, where you can view and modify values that are stored in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is associated with the record whose node is selected.

Display Parent Asset: Refreshes the TM Explorer pane and the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace so that the Equipment record whose associated TML Group record is currently represented by the root node in the TM Explorer pane becomes the root node. This link is enabled when a TML Group record is the root node in the TM Explorer pane.

Archive Corrosion Analysis: Lets you archive the current TM Analysis. This link is enabled only if you are a Super User or a member of the MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector Security Group and an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Review Archived Analyses: Displays the TM Analysis Archive page, which displays any archived analyses that exist for the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. This link is enabled only if an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Exclude TMLs: Displays the Exclude TMLs dialog box , where you can choose Thickness Measurement Location records to exclude from the TM Analysis. This link is enabled only if you are a Super User or a member of the MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector Security Group and if an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Statistical Details: Displays the TML Statistical Details dialog box, where you can view various statistics that have been calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis. This link is enabled only when a Thickness Measurement Location node is selected in the TM Explorer pane and if the Asset Analysis Settings specify that the Least Squares Corrosion Rate should be calculated.

Plots: Displays the Asset Analysis Plot page, which shows a graph of the current analysis. This link is enabled only if the TM Analysis contains active Thickness Measurement Location records.

View Tasks: Displays the Task List page in Task Management, where you can view the Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked to an Equipment or TML Group record in the TM Analysis. This link is enabled only if one or more Thickness Monitoring Task records are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Reset MHCR: After displaying a confirmation message, resets the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate for the Asset Corrosion Analysis record or TML Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the Equipment, TML Group, or Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. This link is enabled only if:

You are a Super User or a member of the MI Thickness Monitoring

Administrator Security Group.

-and-

o The selected node represents an Equipment, TML Group, or Thickness

Measurement Location record that is linked to an Asset Corrosion Analysis or TML Corrosion Analysis record whose Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate field contains a value.

Formulas: Displays the Formulas dialog box, which displays the formulas that are used to calculate the values displayed on the TM Analysis page.


Navigation

apmfoundation.chm::/Aspects_of_the_Task_List_Page_TOC.htm

The Navigation menu on the TM Analysis page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TM Analysis page contains the following links:

Print: This link is always disabled on the TM Analysis page. Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to the


Documents: Displays the Reference Documents window, where you can manage Reference Document records for the record represented by the node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane. This link is enabled only when you select a node in the TM Explorer pane that represents a record that is related to the Reference Document family through the Has Reference Documents relationship. In the baseline Meridium APM database, this link is enabled only when an Equipment node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the TM Analysis page.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the TM Analysis page displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family of the record whose node is selected in

datamanagement.chm::/Introduction_to_Reference_Documents.htm




the TM Explorer pane. If no Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


About Archiving Corrosion AnalysesWhen you archive an Asset Corrosion Analysis, you create a copy of the current, active Asset Corrosion Analysis record and store it in a new Asset Corrosion Analysis record. Archived Asset Corrosion Analysis records have the following characteristics:

They are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record that was selected when you clicked the Archive Corrosion Analysis link through the Has Archived Corrosion Analyses relationship.

They are not linked to Thickness Measurement Location records or Thickness Measurement records. Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records remain linked only to the active Asset Corrosion Analysis.

They are linked to an Asset Analysis Settings record through the Has Archived Corrosion Analysis Settings relationship. The Asset Analysis Settings record stores a copy of the Asset Analysis Settings that existed at the time the analysis was archived. This copy is created automatically when the Asset Corrosion Analysis record is archived.

The value in the Analysis State field is set to Archived.

Archived Asset Corrosion Analysis records are meant to serve as a historical record of the conditions that existed in the analysis at the time it was archived. Archiving an Asset Corrosion Analysis can be useful if you want to:

Create a snapshot of the Asset Corrosion Analysis based on certain Asset Analysis Settings, then modify the settings to see how they affect the analysis calculations.

Create a copy of the existing Asset Corrosion Analysis before making changes to the related Thickness Measurement Location or Thickness Measurement records, such as adding or excluding Thickness Measurement Location records.

Each Asset Corrosion Analysis can have one or more archived analyses. This means that you can archive the current, active analysis as many times as you like to create as many snapshots as you need.

Note: If you archive an Asset Corrosion Analysis for an Equipment record that is linked to TML Group records, any Asset Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the TML Group records will also be automatically archived.


Archiving a Corrosion AnalysisTo archive a TM Analysis:

1. On the TM Analysis page , on the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Archive Corrosion Analysis link.

A confirmation message appears, explaining that the Meridium APM system will archive the analysis associated with the selected Equipment or TML Group record.


Meridium APM creates a copy of the Asset Corrosion Analysis record and stores it in a new Asset Corrosion Analysis record, where the Analysis State is set to Archived. The current page continues to display the active Asset Corrosion Analysis record. To view the archived TM Analysis, you can click the Review Archived Analyses link on the Analysis Tasks or TML/Measurement Tasks menu.


Accessing the TM Archived Analysis PageTo view archived analyses for an Asset:

On the TM Analysis page , on the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Review Archived Analyses link.

The TM Archived Analysis page appears.


Aspects of the TM Archived Analysis PageThe TM Archived Analysis page displays a summary of the archived Asset Corrosion Analyses that are linked to the currently selected Equipment or TML Group record. The TM Archived Analysis Page contains the following main sections:

TM Explorer pane: Contains a tree, which displays nodes to represent the Equipment and/or TML Group records for which you accessed the TM Archived Analysis page and the records that are linked to those Equipment or TML Group records. The TM Explorer pane on the TM Archived Analysis page is displayed using the Archived Corrosion Analysis configured explorer, which is stored in the following folder in the Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers.

The node that you select in the TM Explorer pane will determine what page is displayed in the workspace on the right side of the page. If you accessed the TM Archived Analysis page for an Equipment record that is linked to TML Group records, you can select any TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane to view summary information for the archived analysis associated with the TML Group record that the node represents.

Archived Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace: Displays the Archived Corrosion Analyses that are linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group record. The information for each archived analysis is divided into two sections:

o Analysis Last Calculated on [date]: Displays information about the

archived analysis, including:

o

o Controlling Corrosion Rate

o Scheduled Next Inspection Date

o Projected T-Min Date

o Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate

Settings: Displays information about the settings that were used to perform

the calculations that are displayed in the Analysis Last Calculated on [date] section. The settings are stored in a copy of the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that was created at the same time as the archived Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Task menu pane: Contains task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the TM Analysis Archive page. The following task menus are available:

o Archive Tasks

o Navigation Tasks

o Common Tasks

o Associated Pages


Archive Tasks

The Archive Tasks menu on the TM Archived Analysis page contains the following links:

Pick Another Asset: Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for a different Equipment or TML Group record and display it on the TM Archived Analysis page.

Formulas: Displays the Formulas dialog box, which displays the formulas that are used to calculate the values displayed on the TM Archived Analysis page.


Navigation

The Navigation menu on the TM Archived Analysis page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TM Archived Analysis page contains the following links:

Print: This link is always disabled on the TM Archived Analysis page.



Help: Displays the help topic for the TM Archived Analysis page.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the TM Archived Analysis page displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family of the record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If no Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


Excluding TMLsThickness Monitoring provides a feature that lets you exclude Thickness Measurement Location records so that they will not be included in the TM Analysis. In other words, excluded Thickness Measurement Location records will not be used in any calculations. Only Super Users and members of the MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector Security Group can exclude Thickness Measurement Location records from an analysis.

To exclude one or more Thickness Measurement Location record from an analysis:

1. On the TM Analysis page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose Thickness Measurement Location





record you want to exclude. The following image shows an Equipment node selected in the TM Explorer pane.

2. On the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Exclude TMLs link.

The Exclude TMLs dialog box appears, displaying a list of Thickness Measurement Location records that exist for the selected Equipment or TML Group record. If you selected an Equipment record that is linked to TML Group records, the list will include any Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked either to the Equipment record or TML Group records.

3. In the Exclude From Analysis column, select the check box for any Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to exclude from the TM Analysis. For example, in the following image, TML_0STCR UT Active has been selected for exclusion from the analysis.

Hint: You can clear this check box for any previously excluded Thickness Measurement Location records that you now want to include.

4. Click the Save button.

Your changes are saved, and a message appears, indicating that the Thickness Measurement Location records were updated successfully.

After the Exclude TMLs dialog box closes, you can access TM TMLs/Measurements page and scroll to the right in the TMLs grid to see that the Exclude From Analysis check box is now selected for any Thickness Measurement Location record that you excluded. In the following image, the Exclude From Analysis check boxes are outlined in red.


Resetting the Maximum Historical Corrosion RateOn the TM Analysis page, you can reset the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate value in an Asset Corrosion Analysis record (if an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane) or a TML Corrosion Analysis record (if a Thickness Measurement Location node is selected in the TM Explorer pane). When you reset the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate for:

An Asset Corrosion Analysis record, the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate field is populated with the Maximum Corrosion Rate value in the associated Equipment or TML Group record.

A Thickness Measurement Location record, the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate field is populated with the TML controlling corrosion rate.

To reset the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate:

1. On the TM Analysis page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment, TML Group, or Thickness Measurement Location record whose Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate you want to reset. The following image displays a Thickness Measurement Location node selected in the TM Explorer pane.

The workspace of the TM Analysis page is updated to display the information that is associated with the node selected in the TM Explorer pane. The following image displays the TML Corrosion Analysis Details for TML011 UT Active workspace. Note that the current Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate value is 10.001 Mils/year. This value has been outlined in red.

2. On the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Reset MHCR link.

The Confirm Reset MHCR dialog box appears, displaying a message that asks if you want to reset the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate.


The Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate value is reset in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record or TML Corrosion Analysis record and the updated value is displayed in the workspace of the TM Analysis page.

The following image shows an example of the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace for the Thickness Measurement Location record with the Record ID TML011

UT Active. A red outline has been added to the image to highlight the updated Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate value of 9.403 Mils/year.


About Creating Asset Analysis SettingsBefore you can create Thickness Measurement Location records or view the analysis summary for an Equipment or TML Group record, a Corrosion Analysis Settings record that defines the analysis settings for that Equipment or TML Group record must exist. You will first create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record manually for an Equipment record for which you want to perform TM Analysis. Then, if your TM Analyses include TML Group records, one or more Corrosion Analysis Settings records can be created automatically using values from the Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked to the Equipment record to which the TML Group record is linked. The number of Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are created for a TML Group record depends

upon the number of Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked to the associated Equipment record and the TML Analysis Types that you want to associate with your TML Group records.

If more than one Corrosion Analysis Settings record exists for an Equipment record (i.e., more than one TML Analysis Type is associated with the Equipment record) for which you create a TML Group record, you will select only the TML Analysis Types for which you want to create Corrosion Analysis Settings records to link to the new TML Group record. If the parent Equipment record is linked to only one Corrosion Analysis Settings record, the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is created and linked automatically to the TML Group record will inherit automatically the TML Analysis Type that is associated with that Equipment record.

When you create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for an Equipment record, an Asset Corrosion Analysis record is created automatically and linked to that Equipment record. Additionally, Asset Corrosion Analysis records are created automatically for any TML Group records that you include in your TM Analyses.

Corrosion Analysis Settings records determine the TML Analysis Types in your TM Analysis, and therefore, the types of Thickness Measurement Location records that you can create for a given Equipment or TML Group record. When you create a new Thickness Measurement Location record, the TML Analysis Type list on the New TML dialog box will display only the TML Analysis Types that have been defined for the selected Equipment or TML Group record.

You can modify the analysis settings for each Equipment and TML Group record as desired.

The Corrosion Analysis Settings record that exists for an Equipment or TML Group record will be used to create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for any Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to that Equipment or TML Group record. If desired, you can modify settings at the TML level after a Thickness Measurement Location record has been created.


Creating Corrosion Analysis Settings RecordsYou can use the following instructions to create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record manually for an Equipment record. This documentation assumes that all Corrosion

Analysis Settings records that are linked directly to TML Group records are created automatically.

To create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for an Equipment record:

1. On the TM Analysis page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment record for which you want to create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record. The following image shows an Equipment node selected in the TM Explorer pane.

2. On the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Analysis Settings link.

The Select Analysis Type dialog box appears, displaying one option for each of the following baseline TML Analysis Types: UT, RT, and TML. The UT option is selected by default.

3. Select the option that is associated with the TML Analysis Type for which you want to create analysis settings, and click OK.

The Asset Analysis Settings window appears.

4. On the Asset Analysis Settings window, define the settings as desired.

Note: Fields on the Asset Analysis Settings window may contain values based upon default rules that exist for the Corrosion Analysis Settings family. You can accept the default values or specify values of your own.

5. Click the Create Settings button.o If you are creating a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for an Equipment

record that is not linked to at least one TML Group record, a message appears, indicating that the settings for the selected Equipment record have been updated successfully. In this case, you have completed all the necessary steps, and the Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created and linked to the Equipment record.

o If you are creating a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for an Equipment record that is linked to TML Group records, and one or more of those TML Group records are not currently associated with analysis settings for

the TML Analysis Type that you selected on the Select Analysis Type dialog box, the Select Spreading of <TML Analysis Type> Corrosion Analysis Settings dialog box appears, displaying the TML Group records to which you can spread the analysis settings (i.e., create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record automatically). All of the check boxes are selected by default. In this case, proceed to the next step of these instructions.

6. On the Select Spreading of <TML Analysis Type> Corrosion Analysis Settings dialog box:

o Accept the default selection, and click OK.

-or-

o Clear the check box to the left of any TML Group record to which you do not want to spread the analysis settings that you are creating for the associated Equipment record, and click OK.

Note: You can also use the Select All and Clear All buttons to select and clear check boxes on the Select Spreading of <TML Analysis Type> Corrosion Analysis Settings dialog box.

A message appears, indicating that the settings for the selected Equipment record have been updated successfully. Additionally, one Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created for the Equipment record, and one Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created for each TML Group record that you selected on the Select Spreading of <TML Analysis Type> Corrosion Analysis Settings dialog box.


Accessing Existing Asset Analysis SettingsTo access the analysis settings for an Equipment or TML Group record:

1. On the TM Analysis page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose analysis settings you want to view. The following image displays a node representing an Equipment record selected in the TM Explorer pane.


The Select Analysis Type dialog box appears, displaying options for TML Analysis Types. The options that appear on the Select Analysis Type dialog box will differ, depending upon the type of node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane:

o If an Equipment node is selected in the TM Explorer pane, the Select Analysis Type dialog box displays one option for each of the following baseline TML Analysis Types: UT, RT, and TML. The UT option is selected by default.

o If a TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane, the Select Analysis Type dialog box displays one option for each TML Analysis Type for which analysis settings currently exist for the TML Group record represented by the selected node. The following image shows the Select Analysis Type dialog box when the selected node represents a TML Group record for which analysis settings for the following TML Analysis Types exist: TML and UT.

3. Select the option that is associated with the TML Analysis Type for which you want to access analysis settings, and click OK.

The Asset Analysis Settings window appears, displaying the analysis settings for the selected Equipment or TML Group record. From this dialog box, you can modify the current settings if desired.


Modifying Asset Analysis Settings

If needed, you can modify the analysis settings for an Equipment or TML Group record after the Corrosion Analysis Settings record exists. If you modify the analysis settings for an Equipment record that is linked to TML Group records or Thickness Measurement Location records, you will have the option of applying the modified settings to those records as well.

To modify the Asset analysis settings:

1. Access the Asset Analysis Settings window for the Equipment or TML Group record whose settings you want to modify.

2. Make the desired changes.

3. Click the Update Settings button.

A message appears, indicating that the settings for the selected Equipment or TML Group record have been updated successfully.

o

If a selected Equipment record is not linked to TML Group or Thickness Measurement Location records, the Asset Analysis Settings window closes, and the TM Analysis is updated using the new settings.

If a selected Equipment or TML Group record is linked to Thickness Measurement Location records for which analysis settings are already defined, the Select Dependencies For Update builder appears and displays those Thickness Measurement Location records. If this occurs, skip to step 6.

If a selected Equipment record is linked to TML Group records for which analysis settings of the same TML Analysis Type are already defined, the Select Dependencies For Update builder appears. The following instructions assume that this has occurred.

4. In the grid that appears on the Select Dependencies For Update builder, in the Process column, select the TML Group records whose analysis settings you want to update. Above the grid, you can select or clear the All check box to select or clear every check box in the Process column. In the following image, the TML Group records with Record IDs AQA-10TMLS-01 and AQA-10TMLS-03 are selected.

Note: The Meridium APM system will update only the specific fields in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that were changed for the Equipment record in step 2.


The next screen on the Select Dependencies For Update builder appears.

6. In the Process column, select the check box for each Thickness Measurement Location record whose settings you want to update with the updated settings. Above the grid, you can select or clear the All check box to select or clear every check box in the Process column.

Note: The Meridium APM system will update only the specific fields in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that were changed for the Equipment record in step 2.

7. Click the Finish button.

A message appears, indicating that the settings for the selected Equipment or TML Group record and all selected dependent settings have been updated successfully, and the TM Analysis is updated according to the new settings.


Details of the Asset Analysis SettingsThe Asset Analysis Settings window displays the analysis settings that are currently configured for the selected Equipment or TML Group record, and provides a custom view of fields that exist in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to a given Equipment or TML Group record.

The Asset Analysis Settings window is divided into two sections:

Asset Corrosion Rate TML Corrosion Rate


Asset Corrosion Rate SectionThe Asset Corrosion Rate section on the Asset Analysis Settings window displays settings that you let you specify how corrosion rates will be calculated.

The Asset Corrosion Rate section displays the following items:

Controlling Corrosion Rate (CCR) area: Displays one option for each type of corrosion rate that can be used as the Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Asset Corrosion Analysis. The following options are displayed:

o Average : The Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Equipment or TML

Group record will be calculated as the average of the Controlling Corrosion Rates from linked Thickness Measurement Location records.

o Formula : The Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Equipment or TML Group record will be determined using the statistical method.

o Maximum : The Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Equipment or TML Group record will be set to the highest Controlling Corrosion Rate for linked Thickness Measurement Location records.

Comments text box: Displays information that is related to the settings defined in the Asset Corrosion Rate section. The information that you type in this text box is for informational purposes only and is not used by the Meridium APM system.

Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box: A setting that specifies whether or not the Asset Controlling Corrosion Rate will be used to calculate the Asset Average Corrosion Rate, Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life, Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date, and Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date, in which case those averages will be rolled up to the "controlling" values on the Asset Corrosion Analysis. This option applies only when you are using the Average or Formula method for calculating the Controlling Corrosion Rate.

Average Calculation Options area: Displays text boxes for options that apply when you select Average as the method for calculating the Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Equipment or TML Group record. The following text boxes are displayed:

o Safety Factor : Displays the value by which the standard average corrosion

rate will be multiplied to determine the Average Corrosion Rate for the Equipment or TML Group record.

o Minimum Number of TMLs : Displays the minimum number of Thickness Measurement Location records that should be used for calculating the Average Corrosion Rate when some Thickness Measurement Location records are eliminated by the Percentile setting.

o Percentile : Displays a value representing the percentage of Thickness Measurement Location records that will be used to calculate the average corrosion rate. For example, if you type the value 80 in this text box, only the 80% of Thickness Measurement Location records with the highest corrosion rates will be used for calculating the Average Corrosion Rate.

The following items appear below the Asset Corrosion Rate section:

Std Deviation factor text box: Displays a value that determines where the upper limit and lower limit will be drawn on the Asset Analysis Plot. For example, if you type a value of 2 in the Std Deviation Factor text box, the upper limit and lower limit lines will be drawn to represent a standard deviation of 2. This value can help you see at a glance by looking at the Asset Analysis Plot whether or not all of the corrosion rates fall within a desired range. This value is also used for determining outliers when the Statistical Corrosion Rate method is used.

Remaining Life Critical Number of TMLs text box: Displays the number of Thickness Measurement Location records to use when calculating the Asset Calculated Remaining Life. If you type the value 1 in this text box, the most conservative (i.e., shortest) Remaining Life value from the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record will be used. If you specify a value greater than 1, that number of the most conservative Remaining Life values will be averaged from the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record. The Remaining Life Critical Number of TMLs is 1 by default.


TML Corrosion Rate SectionThe TML Corrosion Rate section on the Asset Analysis Settings window displays settings that you let you specify how corrosion rates will be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records.

The TML Corrosion Rate section displays the following items:

Corrosion Rate Options area: Displays one check box for each corrosion rate type that can be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records. Select the check box for each corrosion rate that you want to be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the Asset Analysis Settings window. If you do not select a given check box, that corrosion rate will not be calculated. If you do not select any corrosion rate options, the corrosion rate will not be calculated. The following check boxes are displayed:

Least Squares: A calculation based upon the least squares estimation method.

Long Term: A corrosion rate calculated using the Base Measurement and the Last Measurement for a Thickness Measurement Location record.

Short Term: A corrosion rate calculated using the Near Measurement and the Last Measurement for a Thickness Measurement Location record.

Note: If none of the check boxes in the Corrosion Rate Options area are selected, the Minimum Corrosion Rate will be used by default in the TM Analysis.

Default Inspection Interval text box: Displays the value that will be used for calculating the Interval Next Inspection Date for a Thickness Measurement Location record. While you define a default value for the inspection interval at the Asset Analysis level, you can modify the inspection interval for individual Thickness Measurement Location records via the TML Analysis Settings. To the right of the Default Inspection Interval text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Default Inspection Interval is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Inspection Interval Options area: Displays one check box for each option that you can select to determine which inspection dates should be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records, and therefore, how the Scheduled Next Inspection Date will be determined. The following text boxes are displayed:

Factor Remaining Life: The Factor Remaining Life Date will be calculated using the Remaining Life Factor.

Inspection Interval: The Interval Next Inspection Date will be calculated using the Default Inspection Interval.

Default T-Min text box: Displays the value that will be used as the Default T-Min value on the T-Min Calculations page . If a corrosion analysis is performed on a Thickness Measurement Location record with no value in the Minimum Thickness field, the Meridium APM system will populate the Minimum Thickness field with this value and use this value as the minimum thickness value for the TM Analysis. This value is 0 (zero) by default. To the right of the Default T-Min text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Default T-Min is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Minimum Corrosion Rate text box: Displays a default value is provided for new Thickness Measurement Locations. This rate will be used as the Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Thickness Measurement Location record whenever a corrosion rate based on the data cannot be calculated. The Minimum Corrosion rate is 5 Mils/year by default. To the right of the Minimum Corrosion Rate text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Minimum Corrosion Rate is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Use Minimum Corrosion Rate check box: A setting that specifies whether or not you want to use the Minimum Corrosion Rate when the calculated corrosion rate for a Thickness Measurement Location record is less than the specified Minimum Corrosion Rate. If this check box is selected, when the Meridium APM system calculates a corrosion rate for a Thickness Measurement Location record that is less than the Minimum Corrosion Rate, the Minimum Corrosion Rate will be used in place of the calculated value as the Thickness Measurement Location record's Controlling Corrosion Rate.

Note: If the Use Minimum Corrosion Rate check box is cleared and only one Thickness Measurement record is linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record, the Minimum Corrosion Rate will still be used as the Controlling Corrosion Rate. The Minimum Corrosion Rate will not be used if there are no Thickness Measurement records linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record.

Remaining Life Factor text box: Displays a value that will be used in calculating the Factor Remaining Life Date. The value in this text box should be the number by which you want to multiply the Remaining Life in order to determine the Scheduled Next Inspection Date. The value must be greater than 0 (zero) and less than or equal to 1.

Allowable Measurement Variance text box: Displays a value that characterizes how much difference is allowed between the values in the Measurement Value fields of the two most recent Thickness Measurement records. Allowable Measurement Variance will not be considered when thickness measurements are

evaluated if the value in this text box is 0 (zero). To the right of the Allowable Measurement Variance text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Allowable Measurement Variance is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Corrosion Rate Variance text box: Displays a value that represents the amount of variation that is allowed between the Short Term Corrosion Rate for a given Thickness Measurement Location record and the Minimum Corrosion Rate defined in the Asset Analysis Settings. If this value is 0 (zero), Corrosion Rate Variance validation will not be performed.


Accessing Existing TML Analysis SettingsTML analysis settings define certain values and parameters that will be used by the TML Corrosion Analysis. TML analysis settings, in addition to the settings defined in the associated Corrosion Analysis Settings and Asset Corrosion Analysis records are used to define all the settings that will be used in a given TM Analysis. Most analysis settings are defined at the Equipment or TML Group level. A few, however, can be defined at the TML level and apply to the specific Thickness Measurement Location record for which they are defined.

To access the TML analysis settings for a Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. On the TM Analysis page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose settings you want to modify. The following image shows a node representing a Thickness Measurement Location record selected in the TM Explorer pane.


The TML Analysis Settings window appears.


Modifying TML Analysis SettingsTo modify the TML analysis settings:

1. Access the TML Analysis Settings window for the Thickness Measurement Location record whose settings you want to modify.

2. Make the desired changes.

3. Click the Update Settings button.

A message appears, indicating that the settings for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record have been updated successfully.


Details of the TML Analysis SettingsYou can use the TML Analysis settings window to define values and parameters that will be used by the TML Corrosion Analysis.

The following items are enabled on the TML Analysis Settings window and can be defined for an individual Thickness Measurement Location record. Additional, disabled items are displayed on the TML Analysis Settings window. These disabled items apply to the Asset Corrosion Analysis and cannot be modified at the TML level; they must be defined at the Equipment or TML Group level.

Std Deviation Factor text box: Displays a value that determines where the upper limit and lower limit will be drawn on the Asset Analysis Plot. For example, if you type a value of 2 in the Std Deviation Factor text box, the upper limit and lower limit lines will be drawn to represent a standard deviation of 2. This value can help you see at a glance by looking at the Asset Analysis Plot whether or not all of the TML corrosion rates fall within a desired range. This value is also used for determining outliers when the Statistical Corrosion Rate method is used.

Default Inspection Interval text box: Displays the value that will be used as the Default Inspection Interval. To the right of the Default Inspection Interval text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Default Inspection Interval is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Minimum Corrosion Rate text box: Displays a value that represents the default corrosion rate that will be used if the Thickness Measurement Location record does not have enough measurement data for the Meridium APM system to calculate a corrosion rate or if criteria dictate that the corrosion rate should not be calculated. Note that:

In the Asset Analysis Settings, you can select or clear the Use Minimum Corrosion Rate check box. When this check box is selected, the Minimum Corrosion Rate will be used as the Thickness Measurement Location record's Controlling Corrosion Rate whenever the calculated corrosion rate for a Thickness Measurement Location record is less than the specified Minimum Corrosion Rate.

Whenever the Minimum Corrosion Rate is used instead of a calculated corrosion rate, the Minimum Corrosion Rate Used check box will be selected in the TML Corrosion Analysis record.

To the right of the Minimum Corrosion Rate text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Minimum Corrosion Rate is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Allowable Measurement Variance text box: Displays a value that characterizes how much difference is allowed between the values in the Measurement Value fields of the two most recent Thickness Measurement records. Allowable Measurement Variance will not be considered when thickness measurements are evaluated if the value in this text box is 0 (zero). To the right of the Allowable Measurement Variance text box, the Unit of Measure associated with the Allowable Measurement Variance is displayed. The Unit of Measure may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion Set associated with your Security User account.

Corrosion Rate Variance text box: Displays a value that represents the amount of variation that is allowed between the Short Term Corrosion Rate for a given Thickness Measurement Location record and the Minimum Corrosion Rate defined in the Asset Analysis Settings. If this value is 0 (zero), Corrosion Rate Variance validation will not be performed.


Accessing the Asset Corrosion Analysis PlotTo access the plot for an Asset Corrosion Analysis:

1. On the TM Analysis page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose analysis plot you want to view. The following image shows the node representing an Equipment record selected in the TM Explorer pane.

2. On the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Plots link.

If the Equipment or TML Group record is linked to only one active Asset Corrosion Analysis record, the Asset Analysis Plot page appears.

-or-

If the Equipment or TML Group record is linked to more than one active Asset Corrosion Analysis record (meaning that the Equipment or TML Group record is linked to Thickness Measurement Location records of more than one TML Analysis Type), the Select Analysis Type dialog box appears.

3. Select the type of Asset Corrosion Analysis whose plot you want to view, and click OK.

The Asset Analysis Plot page appears.


Aspects of the Asset Analysis PlotThe Asset Analysis Plot page provides a visual representation of the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to an Equipment or TML Group record. The Controlling Corrosion Rate for each Thickness Measurement Location record is plotted as a bar on the graph.

The Asset Analysis Plot page contains the following items:

Asset Analysis Plot workspace: Displays a bar graph that displays the controlling corrosion rate for each TML Group record or Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Equipment record for which you accessed the Asset Analysis Plot page.

Task menu pane: Displays task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the Asset Analysis Plot page. The following task menus are available on the Asset Analysis Plot page:

Plot Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


Asset Analysis Plot GraphThe main workspace of the Asset Analysis Plot page displays a bar graph that shows the controlling corrosion rate of each Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the Asset Analysis Plot page.

If your TM Analysis:

Includes TML Group records and you accessed the Asset Analysis Plot page for an Equipment record that is linked to one or more TML Group records, the graph will show the controlling corrosion rate associated with each TML Group record that is linked to the Equipment record. If you accessed the Asset Analysis Plot page for a TML Group record, the graph will show the controlling corrosion rate associated with each Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the TML Group record.

Does not include TML Group records, the graph will show the controlling corrosion rate associated with each Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Equipment record for which you accessed the Asset Analysis Plot page.

Three lines may also be drawn on the graph: Upper Limit, Average, and Lower Limit. The Average line represents the average corrosion rate for all TML Group or Thickness Measurement Location records. Note that this average is always based upon ALL Thickness Measurement Location records linked to a given Equipment or TML Group record, even if some Thickness Measurement Location records are excluded from calculating the average Asset Controlling Corrosion Rate.

The Upper Limit and Lower Limit lines are drawn using the Standard Deviation Factor defined in the Asset Analysis Settings.

Note: You can right-click any bar on the graph and then click Drill-down to access the TML Analysis Plot for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.


Plot Tasks

The Plot Tasks menu on the Asset Analysis Plot page contains the following links:

Copy Plot: Creates a copy of the plot so that you can paste it into another application.

Plot Print Preview: Displays the Print Preview window, where you can define print settings and print the plot.

Select Bad Actors: Displays the Filter Criteria dialog box, where you can select the percentage of Thickness Measurement Location records or TML Group records to include in the plot. This link is enabled only if:

o The Equipment or TML Group record is linked to more than ten Thickness Measurement Location records.

-or-

o The Equipment record is linked to more than ten TML Group records.

Remove Filter: Removes any filters that you specified on the Filter Criteria dialog box. This link is enabled only if you specified a filter on the Filter Criteria dialog box.


Navigation

The Navigation menu on the Asset Analysis Plot page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the Asset Analysis Plot page contains the following links:

Print: Displays the Print dialog box, where you can specify how you want to print the plot.


Documents: This link is always disabled on the Asset Analysis Plot page.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the Asset Analysis Plot page.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the Asset Analysis Plot page displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the family of the Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the Asset Analysis Plot page. Otherwise, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.





gettingstarted.chm::/Printing_Information_in_Meridium.htm


Accessing the TML Analysis Plot PageThe TML Analysis Plot page provides a visual representation of the measurement data and corrosion rates that exist for a given Thickness Measurement Location record.

To access the TML Analysis Plot page:

1. On the TM Analysis page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose plots you want to access. The following image shows a node representing a Thickness Measurement Location record in the TM Explorer pane.

2. On the Analysis Tasks menu, click the Plots link.

The TML Analysis Plot page appears.


Aspects of the TML Analysis Plot PageThe TML Analysis Plot page provides a visual representation of the Thickness Measurement records that have been recorded and the corrosion rates that have been calculated for each Thickness Measurement Location record. The plot will display one line for each corrosion rate that has been calculated, including Long Term, Short Term, Least Squares, and any custom corrosion rate that has been defined.

Note: The analysis settings defined for the Equipment or TML Group record determine which corrosion rates will be calculated for each Thickness Measurement Location record that is involved in a corrosion analysis.

In addition to the lines representing corrosion rates, the Minimum Thickness line also appears. By locating the intersection of each corrosion rate line with the Minimum Thickness line, you can see the date on which the TML will reach the minimum thickness, based upon projection for that corrosion rate.

The TML Analysis Plot page contains of the following items:

TML Analysis Plot workspace: Displays the plot for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.

Task menu pane: Displays task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the TML Analysis Plot page. The following task menus are available on the TML Analysis Plot page:

Plot Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


Plot Tasks

The Plot Tasks menu on the TML Analysis Plot page contains the following links:

Copy Plot: Creates a copy of the plot so that you can paste it into another application.

Plot Print Preview: Displays the Print Preview window, where you can define print settings and print the plot.

Statistical Details: Displays the TML Analysis Details dialog box, where you can view the statistical details of the TML Corrosion Analysis.

Note: The Statistical Details link will be enabled only if the Least Squares Corrosion Rate has been calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis, as determined by the Asset Analysis Settings.


Navigation

The Navigation menu on the TML Analysis Plot page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TML Analysis Plot page contains the following links:

Print: Displays the Print dialog box, where you can specify how you want to print the plot.


Documents: This link is always disabled on the TML Analysis Plot page.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the TML Analysis Plot page.






Associated PagesThe Associated Pages on the TML Analysis Plot page menu displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the Thickness Measurement Location family. Otherwise, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


Viewing the Statistical DetailsIf the Least Squares Corrosion Rate has been calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis, you can access statistical details from the TML Analysis Plot page. The following instructions provide details on accessing this statistical information from the TML Analysis Plot page. You can also access these details from the TM Analysis page by clicking the Statistical Details link on the Analysis Tasks menu .

To view the statistical details of a TML analysis plot:

On the TML Analysis Plot page, on the Plot Tasks menu, click the Statistical Details link.

The TML Analysis Details dialog box appears.


Aspects of the Statistical DetailsThe TML Analysis Details dialog box displays the following statistical information about the TML:

Descriptive Statistics

Minimum: The lowest Thickness Measurement value recorded for the TML. In a typical TML Corrosion Analysis, this will be the Last Measurement Value, or the Thickness Measurement that was recorded most recently.

Maximum: The highest Thickness Measurement value recorded for the TML. In a typical TML Corrosion Analysis, this will be the Base Measurement Value, or the Thickness Measurement that was recorded first chronologically.

Range: The difference between the maximum value and the minimum value (i.e., Maximum - Minimum). This value represents the total amount of corrosion that has occurred at the TML.

Mean Abs. Deviation : A value that represents the average difference (i.e., deviation) of the Thickness Measurements from the mean measurement value. This value is calculated by summing the difference between all measurement values and the mean measurement value and dividing that value by the number of measurements.

Mean : The average thickness of the TML, calculated by dividing the sum of all Thickness Measurements by the number of measurements that have been recorded for the TML.

Variance : A value that helps you determine how spread out the Thickness Measurement values are.

Standard Deviation : A value that helps you determine how spread out the Thickness Measurement values are. This value is calculated as the square root of the Variance.

Skewness: A value that represents how symmetrical the Thickness Measurement values are with respect to the center point. A negative number indicates that the values are skewed to the left. A positive number indicates that the values are skewed to the right.

Kurtosis: A value that indicates the peakedness of a distribution of Thickness Measurements for the TML.

Linear Regression (Least Squares)

Valid: An indicator of whether or not the linear regression is valid (i.e., whether or not the Least Squares Corrosion Rate is a reliable indicator of the TML corrosion rate). A value of True means that it is valid; False indicates that it is

invalid. Meridium APM makes this determination by evaluating the statistical values that have been calculated for the TML.

R2: A value that indicates how close the least squares regression line comes to the actual, plotted Thickness Measurement values. A value of 1 (one) indicates a perfect fit. As this value approaches zero, the fit becomes worse.

Chi-Squared: A value that indicates the quality of the fit of measurements with respect to the least squares linear regression.

Min. Bound: The minimum X value used for plotting the least squares linear regression. In this case, the Minimum Bound is 0, as the first plotted value is recorded at the Base Measurement Date, or zero days.

Max. Bound: The maximum X value used for plotting the least squares linear regression. In this case, the Maximum Bound is equal to the difference in days between the Last Measurement Date and the Minimum Bound.


About the TM TMLs/Measurements PageYou can use the TM TMLs/Measurements page to view and manage the Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records in a TM Analysis. If your TM Analyses include TML Group records, you can also view and manage those records using this page.

On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, you can:

View and manage all the Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records that are linked to a given Equipment or TML Group record.

Access more information about any Thickness Measurement Location record or Thickness Measurement record.

Perform various tasks related to Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records, such as:

Create Thickness Measurement Location records .

Modify Thickness Measurement Location records .

Delete Thickness Measurement Location records .

Create Thickness Measurement records .

Modify Thickness Measurement records .

Delete Thickness Measurement records .

Perform various tasks related to TML Group records, such as:

Create TML Group records .

Modify TML Group records .

Link TML Group records to RBI Components .

Delete TML Group records .


Accessing the TM TMLs/Measurements PageThe following instructions provide steps for accessing the TM TMLs/Measurements page via the Thickness Monitoring Functions page. You can also access the TM TMLs/Measurements page via the Navigation menu that appears throughout the TM module.

To access the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

1. On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page, click the TMLs/Measurements link.


2. Perform a search to find the Equipment or TML Group records whose Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records you want to manage.

3. In the results list, select the Equipment or TML Group records for which you want to access the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and then click the Open button.

The TM TMLs/Measurements page appears, displaying the Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records for the selected Equipment or TML Group records.


Overview of the TM TMLs/Measurements PageThe TM TMLs/Measurements page displays all the Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement records that are included in a TM Analysis. The page contains the following areas:

TM Explorer Pane : Contains a tree, which displays nodes to represent the records in the TM Analysis.

Asset Pane : Displays the datasheet for the Equipment or TML Group record:

o Whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane.

-or-

o To which the Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane is linked.

-or-

o That is associated with the Thickness Measurement record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane.

datamanagement.chm::/Performing_a_Simple_Search.htm

TMLs Pane : Displays the Thickness Measurement Location records that are currently linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. This pane also displays various properties of each Thickness Measurement Location record.

Measurements Pane : Displays the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record that is selected in the TMLs pane along with various properties of each Thickness Measurement record.

Task Menus: Appear on the task menu pane to the left side of the page and provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. The following task menus are available on the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

TM Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


TM ExplorerThe TM Explorer pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page displays nodes in a tree, where each node represents one of the following items:

An Equipment or TML Group record for which you accessed the page. A record that is linked to an Equipment or TML Group record for which you

accessed the page.

The TM Explorer pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page is displayed using the TMLs and Measurements configured explorer, which is stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers.

The selected node determines what is displayed on the right side of the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

When you select an Equipment or TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane: o The Asset pane will display the details of the Equipment or TML Group

record whose node is selected.

o The TMLs pane will display the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to that Equipment or TML Group record.

When you select a Thickness Measurement Location node in the TM Explorer pane:

o The Asset pane will display the details of the Equipment or TML Group record to which the associated Thickness Measurement Location record is linked.

o The TMLs pane will display the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to that Equipment or TML Group record, and the row that corresponds to your selection in the TM Explorer pane will be selected in the TMLs pane.

o The Measurements pane will display the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is selected.

When you select a Thickness Measurement node in the TM Explorer pane:

o The Measurements pane will display all the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record to which the Thickness Measurement record whose node is selected is linked.

o The Thickness Measurement record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer will be selected in the Measurements pane, and the Thickness Measurement Location record to which that Thickness Measurement record is linked will be selected in the TMLs pane.

o The Asset pane will display the details of the associated Equipment or TML Group record.


Asset PaneThe Asset pane displays the details of the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If a Thickness Measurement Location node or a Thickness Measurement node is selected in the TM Explorer pane, the Asset pane will display the details of the Equipment or TML Group record that is associated with the Thickness Measurement Location or Thickness Measurement record whose node is selected. The general features and behavior of the Asset pane are the same as that of datasheets in the Record Manager. The Asset pane will display the datasheet that is defined via the Configuration Manager as the default datasheet for the Equipment or TML Group family. The following image displays the Asset pane for the TML Group record with the Record ID D003-097-1.

Above the datasheet in the Asset pane, the Mapped to RBI Component label is displayed when:

The Risk Based Inspection license is active.

-and-

Via the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) module, in the reference Criticality Calculator RBI Components record, you have specified that the TML Corrosion rates associated with the current Equipment or TML Group record be used to calculate RBI corrosion rates.

To the right of this label, the Record ID of the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record for which you specified that TM Analysis values be used to calculate RBI corrosion rate values is displayed. This value appears as a hyperlink. When you click this hyperlink, the RBI Asset View page (in the RBI module) for the associated Criticality Calculator RBI Components record is displayed.

You can collapse the Asset pane by clicking the button in the upper-right corner of the Asset pane. You can expand the Asset pane by clicking the button when the Asset pane is collapsed. Meridium APM will save the collapsed or expanded view of the Asset pane




datamanagement.chm::/Datasheets_TOC.htm

so that each time you log in to the Meridium APM Framework application, the Asset pane will be in the same position that it was the last time you used the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

You can change the height of the Asset pane by pointing to the border at the bottom of the Asset pane and dragging it to the desired location. The pointer will change to indicate that the bottom of the Asset pane can be moved.


TMLs PaneThe TMLs pane displays all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose details are displayed in the Asset pane.

The TMLs pane contains a grid that is separated into rows and columns, where each row represents a single Thickness Measurement Location record, and each column represents a field in a Thickness Measurement Location record or the TML Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to that Thickness Measurement Location record. The intersection of each row and column forms a cell, which displays the current value for a given field in a given record. A horizontal scroll bar is available to let you view the entire contents of each row.

By default, the grid in the TMLs pane is sorted by the TML ID column so that the Thickness Measurement Location records are displayed in ascending order by their TML IDs. The TML ID column is locked into place and cannot be moved or removed. It will remain in view on the far-left side of the grid when you use the scroll bar to view fields in columns on the right side of the grid. The TML ID field for Thickness Measurement Location records may be colored based on certain conditions.

You can customize the display of the grid, including the sort order, column display, and filters using standard grid customization options. Any changes that you make to the grid will be saved and used in place of the default grid settings the next time you access the TM TMLs/Measurements page. You can also use the Edit Filter button at the bottom-right of the grid to create custom filters. The five most recent custom filters that you used will be saved.

Note: The type-ahead feature that you can use elsewhere in the product does not work in the grid in the TMLs pane.

gettingstarted.chm::/About_the_Filter_Editor.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Options_for_Customizing_the_Appearance_of_Grids.htm

At the top of the TMLs pane, the TML Analysis Type list is displayed and contains the following options:

The TML Analysis Types that are associated with the TM Analysis: Displays one or more of the following values, depending upon the analysis types that are associated with the Equipment or TML Group record that is displayed as the root node in the TM Explorer pane: UT, RT, and TML.

The value ALL: When you select the value ALL in this list, the grid will display all Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group record. This option is selected by default.

To the right of the TML Analysis Type list, the Active TMLs only check box is displayed. Each time you access the TM TMLs/Measurements page, this check box is selected so that only active Thickness Measurement Location records are displayed in the grid. If you want to see inactive Thickness Measurement Location records, clear the Active TMLs only check box.

A toolbar is also displayed at the top of the TMLs pane and allows you to perform functions specific to Thickness Measurement Location records. The toolbar offers the options described in the following table.

Button Description

Displays the New TML dialog box, where you can supply information for required fields and create a new Thickness Measurement Location record for the selected Equipment or TML Group record.

Displays a confirmation message and then deletes the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.

Displays the TML ID dialog box, where you can specify the TML ID of the new Thickness Measurement Location record, which will be a copy of the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.

Displays the Create Multiple Copies of TML dialog box, where you can specify the number of copies of the selected Thickness Measurement Location record to create.

Displays a drop-down menu, where you can choose to view the details of the selected Thickness Measurement Location record or the details of the TML Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to that Thickness Measurement Location record.

Displays the Preview window, where you can view and print a copy of the

information that is displayed in the grid. V3.6.0.0.0 - Copyright © 1993-2014 Meridium, Inc. All rights reserved.

Measurements PaneThe Measurements pane displays all the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record that is selected in the grid in the TMLs pane. For example, in the following image, the Measurements pane displays the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to Thickness Measurement Location record D0003-097-1-A.

The Measurements pane contains a grid that is separated into rows and columns, where each row represents a single Thickness Measurement record. Each column represents a field in a Thickness Measurement record. The intersection of each row and column forms a cell, which displays the current value for a given field in a given record. A horizontal scroll bar is available to let you view the entire contents of each row.

By default, the grid in the Measurements pane is sorted by the Measurement Taken Date column so that the Thickness Measurement records are displayed in the order in which they were recorded. The Measurement ID column is appears on the far left of the grid and is locked into place so that it cannot be moved or removed. It will remain in view on the far-left side of the Measurements grid when you use the scroll bar to view fields in columns on the right side of the Measurements grid. The Measurement ID field for Thickness Measurement records will be colored based on certain conditions.

You can customize the display of the grid, including the sort order, column display, and filters using standard grid customization options. Any changes that you make to the grid will be saved and used in place of the default grid settings the next time you access the TM TMLs/Measurements page. You can also use the Edit Filter button at the bottom-right of the grid to create custom filters. The five most recent custom filters that you used will be saved.

Note: The type-ahead feature that you can use elsewhere in list fields does not work in the grid in the Measurements pane.

At the top of the Measurements pane, the Active Measurements only check box is displayed. Each time you visit the TM TMLs/Measurements page, this check box is selected so that only active Thickness Measurements records are displayed in the grid. If


gettingstarted.chm::/Options_for_Customizing_the_Appearance_of_Grids.htm

you want to see inactive Thickness Measurement records, clear the Active Measurements only check box.

A toolbar is also displayed at the top of the Measurements pane and allows you to perform functions specific to Thickness Measurement records. The toolbar offers the options described in the following table.

Button Description

Displays the New Measurement dialog box, where you can supply information for required fields and create a new Thickness Measurement record for the Thickness Measurement Location record that is selected in the TMLs pane.

Displays a confirmation message and then deletes the selected Thickness Measurement record.

Displays a drop-down menu from which you can access details about the Thickness Measurement record that is currently selected in the grid.

Displays the Preview window, where you can view and print a copy of the information that is displayed in the grid.


TM Tasks

The TM Tasks menu on the TM TMLs/Measurements page contains the following links:

Pick Another Asset: Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for one or more different Equipment or TML Group records and display them on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

Save and Analyze: Saves any changes that you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page and updates calculations in the TM Analysis. This link is enabled only if the analysis settings necessary for updating the TM Analysis exist and you have modified the TM Analysis since you accessed the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

Renew TMLs: Displays the Renew TMLs dialog box, where you can renew selected Thickness Measurement Location records. This link is enabled only if

one or more Thickness Measurement Location records are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Audit Information: Displays the Audit Information dialog box, which shows when the most recently updated record in the TM Analysis was last updated and who updated it. This link is enabled only if one or more Thickness Measurement Location records are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Analysis Settings: Displays the TM Analysis Settings dialog box, where you can view the settings that are defined in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record selected in the grid in the TMLs pane. This link is enabled only if one or more Thickness Measurement Location records are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Formulas: Displays the Formulas dialog box, which displays the formulas that are used to calculate certain values displayed on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

Move TMLs: Displays one of the following items, depending upon the type of node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane:

If a TML Group node is selected, and that node is not the root node in the TM Explorer pane, the Move TMLs to <Record ID> builder is displayed, where <Record ID> is the Record ID of the TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane and to which you want to move Thickness Measurement Location records that are currently associated with a different record in the same TM Analysis.

If any node other than a TML Group node is selected or the selected node represents a TML Group record and is the root node in the TM Explorer pane, the Move TMLs builder is displayed, which you can use to move Thickness Measurement Location records associated with the current TM Analysis to a different TM Analysis.

Create TML Group: Creates a new TML Group record and an associated Corrosion Analysis Settings record using values in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to the Equipment record whose node appears at the


root level in the TM Explorer pane. This link is enabled and functions as expected when all of the following conditions are met:

The Equipment record whose node appears at the root level in the TM Explorer pane:

Is selected.

Is not linked as a predecessor to another Equipment record.

Is linked to a Corrosion Analysis Settings record.

You have defined the following Subcomponent Relationship settings:

Asset-to-Subcomponent Relationship , where the Equipment family is linked to the TML Group family via the Has TML Group relationship definition.

Subcomponent-to-Asset Relationship , where the TML Group family is linked to the Equipment family via the Has TML Group relationship definition.

Delete TML Group: After displaying a confirmation message, deletes the selected TML Group record and the Thickness Measurement Location, Corrosion Analysis Settings, TML Corrosion Analysis, and Asset Corrosion Analysis records to which it is linked.

Link to RBI Component: Displays the Link to RBI Component dialog box, where you can select the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record that you want to link to the TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. This link is enabled when all of the following conditions are met:

The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) license is active.

The root node in the TM Explorer pane represents an Equipment record that is linked to one or more Criticality Calculator RBI Components records.

One or more Criticality Calculator RBI Components records to which the Equipment record is linked contains in the Calculated Corrosion Rate Source field the value Component.


Navigation

The Navigation menu on the TM TMLs/Measurements page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TM TMLs/Measurements page contains the following links:

Print: Displays the Preview window, from which you can print the information displayed in the Asset pane.



Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the TM TMLs/Measurements page.







Associated PagesThe Associated Pages on the TM TMLs/Measurements page menu displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family of the record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If no Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


Creating TML Group RecordsIf your TM Analyses include TML Group records, you can create TML Group records using the following instructions. These instructions assume that the following settings are defined:

Analysis settings for the Equipment record to which you want to link a new TML Group record.

The Asset-to-Subcomponent Relationship, where the Equipment family is linked to the TML Group family via the Has TML Group relationship definition.

The Subcomponent-to-Asset Relationship, where the TML Group family is linked to the Equipment family via the Has TML Group relationship definition.

To create a new TML Group record:

1. Access the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the Equipment record to which you want to link a new TML Group record.

The TM TMLs/Measurements page appears. In the TM Explorer pane, the root Equipment node is selected by default.

2. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Create TML Group link.o If the analysis settings for the Equipment record to which you are linking

the TML Group record is associated with only one TML Analysis Type

(e.g., UT), the TML Group record is created, and a new node representing the TML Group record appears in the TM Explorer pane.

In addition, a new Corrosion Analysis Settings record is created and linked to the TML Group record. Values that are stored in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record to which the parent Equipment record is linked are used to populate the fields in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked directly to the TML Group record.

o If the analysis settings for the Equipment record to which you are linking the TML Group record is associated with more than one TML Analysis Type (e.g., TML and UT), the Select Analysis Types dialog box appears, displaying the TML Analysis Types for which analysis settings can be created for the new TML Group record. All options are selected by default. The following image shows an example of what this dialog box would look like if analysis settings for the TML Analysis Types TML and UT existed for the Equipment record for which you were creating a TML Group record.

In this case, proceed to the next step in these instructions.

3. On the Select Analysis Types dialog box: o Accept the default selection, and click OK.

-or-

o Clear the check box that is associated with any TML Analysis Type for which you do not want to create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for the new TML Group record, and click OK.

The Select Analysis Types dialog box closes, the TML Group record is created, and a new node representing the TML Group record appears in the TM Explorer pane. Additionally, one or more Corrosion Analysis Settings records are created automatically and linked directly to the TML Group record. Using the preceding example, if you accepted the default selection, two Corrosion Analysis Settings records would be created automatically for the new TML Group record: One Corrosion Analysis Settings record containing the value TML in the Corrosion Inspection Type field and one Corrosion Analysis Settings record containing the value UT in the Corrosion Inspection Type field.


Modifying Equipment and TML Group RecordsYou can modify the properties of Equipment and TML Group records on the TM TMLs/Measurements page using the datasheet that is displayed in the Asset pane. The general features and behavior of the datasheet are the same as that of the Record Manager.

To modify an Equipment or TML Group record on the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

1. In the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record that you want to modify. In the following image, the Equipment node 039-0001 Overheard Line (Piping Circuit) is selected.

The Asset pane is updated to display the information that is stored in the associated Equipment or TML Group record. The following image displays the Asset pane for the Equipment record with Asset ID 039-0001.

2. In the Asset pane, modify the value of one or more fields in the datasheet. The following image displays the Asset pane. Note that the Asset Status field has been populated with the value Functional.

3. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze link.

The changes made to the Equipment or TML Group record and any other changes that you make on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved. If you made changes that would require the corrosion analysis to be updated, the necessary updates are made.




About Linking TML Group Records to RBI ComponentsWhen the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) license is active, you can use TML Corrosion Analysis values to determine corrosion rate values in RBI. When you do so, you must perform most steps in this workflow within the RBI module. If you want to specify that TM values at the TML Group level be used to calculate RBI corrosion rate values , however, you can perform this step using TM rather than RBI.

To do this, you will link a TML Group record to a Criticality Calculator RBI Components record that is linked to the Equipment record with which the TML Group record is associated. When you link a Criticality Calculator RBI Components record to a TML Group record, RBI corrosion rate values for the RBI Analysis that you create from that Criticality Calculator RBI Components record will be based upon the average of the following values in the TML Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to the TML Group record:

Long Term Corrosion Rate

Short Term Corrosion Rate

In other words, the values in the preceding list will determine the following values in the Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval record that is associated with the RBI Analysis that is created from the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record that you linked to the TML Group record:

Short Term Ave. Corr. Rate Long Term Avg. Corr. Rate


Linking a TML Group Record to an RBI ComponentYou can use the Link to RBI Component dialog box to specify that TM Analysis values at the TML Group level be used to calculate RBI corrosion rate values. When you do this, TML Corrosion Analysis values that are associated with the TML Group record will be used to determine RBI corrosion rates for the RBI Analysis that is associated with the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record that you select. You can also accomplish

rbi.chm::/Specifying_Calculated_Corrosion_Rates_at_the_Subcomponent_Level.htm

rbi.chm::/Specifying_Calculated_Corrosion_Rates_at_the_Subcomponent_Level.htm



this task via the Risk Based Inspection (RBI) module using the Link to TML Groups dialog box. The method that you use will be determined by various factors, but you should use the method that makes the most sense for the workflow you are currently executing.

Note: When you use the TM module to select TML Group records to link to a Criticality Calculator RBI Components record, you will do so for only one TML Group record at a time. Alternatively, via the RBI module, you can select more than one TML Group record at a time to link to a Criticality Calculator RBI Components record.

The following instructions assume that the following criteria are met:

The Risk Based Inspection (RBI) license is active.

-and-

You have accessed the TM TMLs/Measurements page for a TM Analysis that contains:

o An Equipment record that is linked to one or more Criticality Calculator RBI Components records.

o One or more TML Group records.

-and-

One or more Criticality Calculator RBI Components records to which the Equipment record is linked contain in the Calculated Corrosion Rate Source field the value Component.

To link a TML Group record to an RBI Component:

1. In the TM Explorer pane, select the TML Group node representing the TML Group record whose TML Corrosion Analysis values you want to use to calculate RBI corrosion rates. In the following image, the TML Group node TMLGRP-64252384924 is highlighted in the TM Explorer pane.

2. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Link to RBI Component link.

The Link to RBI Component dialog box appears, displaying the Select RBI Component to Link to TML Group <Record ID> screen, where <Record ID> is the Record ID of the TML Group record that is associated with the node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

rbi.chm::/Using_the_Link_to_TM_Subcomponents_Dialog_Box_TOC.htm

rbi.chm::/Using_the_Link_to_TM_Subcomponents_Dialog_Box_TOC.htm

3. In the grid on the Select RBI Component to Link to TML Group <Record ID> screen, select the check box to the left of the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record for which you want to use TM Analysis values to calculate RBI corrosion rates. In the following image, the Criticality Calculator RBI Components record with the Record ID Cylindrical Shell ~ HXST 141 is selected.

4. Click OK.

The dialog box closes, and the TM TMLs/Measurements page returns to focus.

The Criticality Calculator RBI Components record that you selected on the Link to RBI Component dialog box is linked to the TML Group record for which you accessed the dialog box through the Mapped to RBI Component relationship, where the TML Group family is the predecessor.

When you create an RBI Analysis for the selected Criticality Calculator RBI Components record, the values in the following fields in the Criticality Int. Corr. Deg. Mech. Eval record that is created automatically are calculated based upon the TML Corrosion Analysis values that are associated with the TML Group record.

o Short Term Avg. Corr. Rateo Long Term Avg. Corr. Rate


Printing the Details of Equipment and TML Group RecordsOn the TM TMLs/Measurements page , you can print the details of an Equipment or TML Group record.

To print the details of an Equipment or TML Group record:

1. In the TM Explorer pane , select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose details you want to print. In the following image, the Equipment node 039-0001 Overheard Line (Piping Circuit) is selected.

2. On the Common Tasks menu , click the Print link.

The Preview window appears.

3. Click the button to open the Print window, where you can change the print settings and then print the details of the Equipment or TML Group record.

-or-

Click the button to print the details of the Equipment or TML Group record with your default print settings.

The details of the Equipment or TML Group record are sent to your selected printer.


Deleting TML Group RecordsTo delete a TML Group record:

1. Access the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the Equipment record that is linked to the TML Group that you want to delete.

The TM TMLs/Measurements page appears. In the TM Explorer pane, the root Equipment node is selected by default.

2. In the TM Explorer pane, select the TML Group node representing the TML Group record that you want to delete.

3. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Delete TML Group link.

A confirmation message is displayed, identifying the records that will be deleted in addition to the TML Group record and asking if you are sure you want to continue.


gettingstarted.chm::/About_the_Preview_Window.htm

The TML Group record and the Thickness Measurement Location, Thickness Measurement, Corrosion Analysis Settings, TML Corrosion Analysis, and Asset Corrosion Analysis records to which it is linked are deleted from the database, the TM TMLs/Measurements page returns to focus, and the TML Group node representing the deleted TML Group record is removed from the TM Explorer pane.


About Creating New Thickness Measurement Location RecordsAfter you have identified a location on a piece of equipment where you want to record thickness measurements, you will need to create a Thickness Measurement Location record for that location and save it to the database. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, you have the following options for creating new Thickness Measurement Location records:

You can create a new Thickness Measurement Location record from scratch . You can copy an existing Thickness Measurement Location record and use it as a

template for creating a new Thickness Measurement Location record. This option is useful if you need to create a Thickness Measurement Location record with properties that are similar to the properties of an existing Thickness Measurement Location record.

You can create multiple copies of an existing Thickness Measurement Location record at once. This option is useful if you need to create several Thickness Measurement Location records with similar properties.

When you create a new Thickness Measurement Location record via the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

It will be linked automatically to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

A Corrosion Analysis Settings record will be created automatically using the analysis settings that are specified for the selected Equipment or TML Group record and linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

A TML Corrosion Analysis record will be created and linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

After you have created a new Thickness Measurement Location record and saved it to the database, you can view and modify the details of that record on the TML Datasheet. You can view the details of the associated TML Corrosion Analysis record on the TML Corrosion Analysis Datasheet.

Note: You cannot create Thickness Measurement Location records for an Equipment or TML Group record until analysis settings have been defined for that Equipment or TML Group record. Additionally, before Thickness Measurement Location records can be created for an Equipment or TML Group record, the Component ID Field setting must be defined for the Equipment or TML Group family.


Creating a New Thickness Measurement Location Record from ScratchTo create a new Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record for which to create a new Thickness Measurement Location record. In the following image, the Equipment node ~ ~ AQA Test TML Plot is selected.

2. On the toolbar at the top of TMLs pane, click the button.

The New TML dialog box appears.

3. In the TML ID text box, type an ID for the Thickness Measurement Location record. Note that the TML ID must be unique with respect to the Thickness Measurement Location records that are already linked to the current Equipment or TML Group record. In this example, New TML 101 has been typed in the TML ID text box.

4. In the TML Analysis Type list, select the desired TML Analysis Type. The TML Analysis Type list will include any TML Analysis Type for which analysis settings exist.

Note: The New TML dialog box displays all the fields that are required in a Thickness Measurement Location record. In the baseline Thickness Monitoring module, only TML ID and TML Analysis Type are required. If your implementation has been customized to require additional fields, they will be displayed on the New TML dialog box. You will need to supply a value for each required field before you can save the Thickness Measurement Location record.

5. Click OK.

A row containing the new Thickness Measurement Location record is added to the grid in the TMLs pane. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML09 is outlined in red.

6. Define the TML properties as desired. You can use the scroll bar at the bottom of the grid to view all the available fields.


The new Thickness Measurement Location record is saved to the database along with any other unsaved changes that you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and the TM Analysis is updated. After you have created one or more Thickness Measurement Location records, you can create new Thickness Measurements for those Thickness Measurement Location records.

Copyright © 1993-2005 Meridium APM, Inc.

Copying an Existing Thickness Measurement Location RecordIf you need to create a Thickness Measurement Location record with properties that are similar to the properties of an existing Thickness Measurement Location record, you can copy an existing Thickness Measurement Location record and use it as a template for creating a new Thickness Measurement Location record.

To copy an existing Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness Measurement Location record you want to copy is linked. In the following image, the Equipment node ~ ~ AQA Test TML Plot is selected.

2. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to use as a template for creating a new Thickness Measurement Location record. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location record with the TML ID TML01 is selected.

3. On the toolbar at the top of the TMLs pane, click the button.

The TML ID dialog box appears.

4. In the Enter new TML ID text box, type a unique ID for the Thickness Measurement Location record. Note that the TML ID must be unique with respect to the Thickness Measurement Location records that are already linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group record. In the following image, the TML ID TML01-1 has been entered.

5. Click OK.

A row containing the new Thickness Measurement Location record is added to the grid in the TMLs pane. The row contains the information for the Thickness Measurement Location record that you selected to use as a template and the new TML ID that you specified on the TML ID dialog box. All fields in the new Thickness Measurement Location record will contain the information from the Thickness Measurement Location record that you used as a template except for the Status Changed By, Status Changed Date, and Exclude from Analysis fields. In the following image, a row containing the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01-1 is outlined in red.

6. If desired, edit any of the existing TML properties, or define the desired additional properties.


The new Thickness Measurement Location record is saved to the database along with any other unsaved changes that you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and the TM Analysis is updated. After you have created the Thickness Measurement Location record, you can begin recording Thickness Measurements for the TML.


Creating Multiple Copies of an Existing Thickness Measurement Location RecordIf you need to create several Thickness Measurement Location records with similar properties, you can create multiple copies of a Thickness Measurement Location record and use it as a template for creating multiple, new Thickness Measurement Location records.

To create multiple copies of an existing Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record for which you want to create multiple, new Thickness Measurement Location records. In the following image, the Equipment node ~ ~ AQA Test TML Plot is selected.

2. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to use as a template for creating a new Thickness Measurement Location records, as shown in the following image.


The Create Multiple Copies of TML dialog box appears.

4. In the Number of copies text box, type the number of copies you want to create. The number you specify must be between 1 and 100. In this example, we have chosen to create three copies of the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML IDTML01.

5. Click OK.6. A new row is added to the grid in the TMLs pane for each copy that was created.

If the copy operation was successful, a message will appear on the Create Multiple Copies of TML dialog box, indicating that the process was completed successfully. All fields in the new Thickness Measurement Location records will contain the information from the Thickness Measurement Location record that you used as a template for the new copies except for the Status Changed By, Status Changed Date, and Exclude from Analysis fields. In the following image, the rows containing the three new Thickness Measurement Location records that were created as copies of the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01 are outlined in red.

7. Click the Close button.8. If desired, edit any of the existing TML properties, or define the desired

additional properties.


The new Thickness Measurement Location records are saved to the database along with any other unsaved changes that you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and the is updated. After you have copied the Thickness Measurement Location records, you can begin recording Thickness Measurements for the TMLs.


Accessing the TML DatasheetThe details of Thickness Measurement Location records are displayed in the TMLs pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. You can scroll to the right in the grid to view all of the columns of information displayed for each Thickness Measurement Location record. Additionally, you can view the details of a single Thickness Measurement Location record using the TML datasheet.

To view the details of a Thickness Measurement Location record using the TML datasheet:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to view the details. In the following image, TML01 UT Active is selected.

2. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record whose details you want to view. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location Record with the TML ID TML01 is selected.

3. On the toolbar at the top of the TMLs pane, click the button, and then click TML Datasheet.

The Thickness Measurement Location window appears, displaying the details of the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.


Aspects of the TML DatasheetThe Thickness Measurement Location window displays the details of the Thickness Measurement Location record that you selected on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. The General Information tab is selected by default.

A toolbar is also displayed above the datasheet and contains the following options:

Displays the Preview window , where you can view and print the information that is displayed on the Thickness Measurement Location window.

Displays the Reference Documents window, where you can manage Reference Document records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.




Note: This button is enabled only if the Thickness Measurement Location family is related to the Reference Document family through the Has Reference Documents relationship.

Displays the historical values for the selected field.


Accessing the TML Corrosion Analysis DatasheetYou can view the details of a TML Corrosion Analysis in the TMLs pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. You can also view the corrosion analysis details on the TML Corrosion Analysis datasheet.

To access the TML Corrosion Analysis datasheet:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to view the details. In the following image, TML01 UT Active is selected.

2. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record whose analysis details you want to view. The following image shows the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML051 selected in the TMLs pane.

3. On the toolbar at the top of the TMLs pane, click the button, and then click TML Corrosion Analysis Datasheet.

The TML Analysis Datasheet window for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record appears. The TML Analysis Datasheet window displays the fields associated with the TML Corrosion Analysis.


Aspects of the TML Corrosion Analysis DatasheetThe TML Analysis Datasheet window displays the details of the TML Corrosion Analysis that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record that you selected on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. The Datasheet list is displayed above the datasheet area and displays a list of the datasheets that have been configured for the TML Corrosion Analysis family.


Displays the Preview window , where you can view and print the information that is displayed on the TML Analysis Datasheet window.


Note: This button is enabled only if the Thickness Measurement Location family is related to the Reference Document family through the Has Reference Documents relationship.



About Renewing Thickness Measurement Location RecordsRenewing Thickness Measurement Location records provides a mechanism for recording a new base measurement for a Thickness Measurement Location record and setting all existing Thickness Measurement records to Inactive. Additionally, the value that was the Thickness Measurement Location record's Controlling Corrosion Rate prior to the renewal will become the Minimum Corrosion Rate value in the associated Corrosion




Analysis Settings record after the renewal. You have two options for renewing Thickness Measurement Location records. You can:

Renew Thickness Measurement Location records and add new measurements . Renew Thickness Measurement Location records without adding new

measurements.

Generally, you will want to renew Thickness Measurement Location records when you replace a piece of equipment. For example, if an Equipment record representing a tank is linked to one or more Thickness Measurement Location records for which Thickness Measurement records have been created, when you replace the tank, you can renew the Thickness Measurement Location records to retain the measurement data recorded for the old tank while creating a new base measurement for the new tank. When you do this, you can begin performing corrosion analyses for the new tank.

When you renew a Thickness Measurement Location record:

The Measurement Status Indicator field for any Thickness Measurement record whose Measurement Status Indicator field was set to Active prior to the renewal will be set to Inactive.

The value in the Historical Sequence Number field in the associated Thickness Measurement records that were used during that life cycle will be incremented. For example, if the Historical Sequence Number field previously contained no value, indicating that the associated Thickness Measurement Location had never been renewed, it will now be 1 (one), indicating that the associated Thickness Measurement Location record has been renewed one time.

The value in the Renew Historical Sequence Number field in the Thickness Measurement Location record will be populated with the largest Historical Sequence Number in the associated Thickness Measurement records that were used during that life cycle. For example, if there are two associated Thickness Measurement records that were used during that life cycle and one's Historical Sequence Number is 1 and the other's is 2, the Renew Historical Sequence Number field in the Thickness Measurement Location record would be populated with the value 2. This will keep track of the life cycle for that Thickness Measurement Location record.

The value in the Status Changed By field will be changed to the User ID for the Security User who renewed the Thickness Measurement Location record.

The value in the Status Changed Date field will change to the current date.


Renewing Thickness Measurement Location Records and Adding New MeasurementsYou can renew Thickness Measurement Location records and immediately add the new base measurement for each renewed Thickness Measurement Location record. The Meridium APM system will make the necessary updates to the Thickness Measurement Location records and navigate to the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page .

To renew TMLs and add new measurements:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose Thickness Measurement Location records you want to renew, as shown in the following image.

2. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Renew TMLs link.

The Renew TMLs dialog box appears, displaying a list of Thickness Measurement Location records, depending upon the node that you selected in the TM Explorer pane and whether or not your TM Analysis includes TML Group records.

If your TM Analysis includes TML Group records and you selected:o An Equipment node, all the Thickness Measurement Location records that

are linked to all the associated TML Group records are displayed in the list.

o A TML Group node, all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to that TML Group record are displayed in the list.

If your TM Analysis does not include TML Group records, all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the selected Equipment record are displayed in the list.

3. In the Renew TML column, select the check box for any Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to renew. The Renew and Renew and Add New

Measurements buttons will remain disabled until you select the check box for one or more Thickness Measurement Location records to renew.

4. Click the Renew and Add New Measurements button.

Your changes are saved along with any other unsaved changes that you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, the TM Analysis is updated, and a message appears indicating that the Thickness Measurement Location records were renewed successfully. After the Renew TMLs dialog box closes, the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page appears, displaying the Thickness Measurement Locations records that you just renewed. The date in the Measurement Taken Date field is automatically set to the current date and time. If desired, you can change this value.

5. Update the Thickness Measurement Location records with the new measurement data.

6. On the Measurement Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze link.

New Thickness Measurement records are created using the Measurement Taken Dates and Measurement Values that you provided, and the TM Analysis is updated. A message appears indicating that the Thickness Measurement Location records were updated successfully. If you view the Thickness Measurement Location record, you will see that:

A new Thickness Measurement record has been created and linked to the

Thickness Measurement Location record.

The Measurement Value is the value that you specified on the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page.

The value in the Measurement Status Indicator field is set to Active.


Renewing Thickness Measurement Location Records Without Adding New Measurements

You can renew Thickness Measurement Location records without having to add new thickness measurements at the same time. The Meridium APM system will save the changes to the Thickness Measurement Location records and update the TM Analysis.

To renew TMLs and add new measurements:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose Thickness Measurement Location records you want to renew, as shown in the following image.

2. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Renew TMLs link.

The Renew TMLs dialog box appears, displaying a list of Thickness Measurement Location records, depending upon the node that you selected in the TM Explorer pane and whether or not your TM Analysis includes TML Group records.

If your TM Analysis includes TML Group records and you selected:

An Equipment node, all the Thickness Measurement Location

records that are linked to all the associated TML Group records are displayed in the list.

A TML Group node, all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to that TML Group record are displayed in the list.

o If your TM Analysis does not include TML Group records, all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the selected Equipment record are displayed in the list.

3. In the Renew TML column, select the check box for any Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to renew. The Renew and Renew and Add New Measurements buttons will remain disabled until you select the check box for one or more Thickness Measurement Location records to renew.

4. Click the Renew button.

Your changes are saved, along with any other unsaved changes that you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and the TM Analysis is updated. A message appears indicating that the Thickness Measurement Location records were renewed successfully, and the TM TMLs/Measurements page refreshes to display the changes.


Modifying a Record Using the Thickness Measurement Location DatasheetYou can modify the properties of a Thickness Measurement Location record using the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet, which provides you with a concise view of a single Thickness Measurement Location record. This option may be useful if you need to modify multiple fields, related fields, or fields that are not displayed by default in the grid in the TMLs pane.

To modify an existing Thickness Measurement Location record using the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to modify. In the following image, TML01 UT Active is selected.

The selected Thickness Measurement Location record is displayed and selected in the grid in the TMLs pane.



3. Modify the TML properties as desired. The general features and behavior of the datasheet are the same as that of the Record Manager.

4. When you have finished making changes, click OK.

The changes made to the Thickness Measurement Location record and any other changes that you made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved. If you made changes that would require the TM Analysis to be updated, the necessary updates are made.


Modifying a Record in the TMLs PaneYou can modify the properties of a Thickness Measurement Location record using the grid in the TMLs pane. This option provides you with a broader view of multiple Thickness Measurement Location records in the grid.

Note: Properties of the TML Corrosion Analysis can also be displayed in the TMLs pane but cannot be modified. Fields TML Corrosion Analysis records are disabled and will be updated automatically based upon changes that you make to the TM Analysis.

To modify an existing Thickness Measurement Location record in the TMLs pane:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record you want to modify. The following image shows a node representing a Thickness Measurement Location record selected in the TM Explorer pane.

The selected Thickness Measurement Location record is displayed and selected in the grid in the TMLs pane. Note that the value in the Minimum Thickness (Inches) field for the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML IDTML01 is 0.12.

2. Enter or modify data in any of the fields displayed in the grid. The following image displays the selected Thickness Measurement Location record in the TMLs pane. Note that the value in the Minimum Thickness (Inches) for the Thickness Measurement Location Record with TML IDTML01 has been changed from 0.12 to 0.15.


3. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze Link.

The changes made to the Thickness Measurement Location record and any other changes that you make on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved. If you made changes that would require the to be updated, the necessary updates are made.


About Allowable StressThe Allowable Stress field in Thickness Measurement Location records stores a value that is used as one of the inputs for determining the Calculated T-Min value for certain Thickness Measurement Location records. It is also used for calculating Maximum Allowable Working Pressure for Thickness Measurement Location records associated with Equipment records that represent pipes. Using the baseline formulas:

An Allowable Stress value must be defined in all Thickness Measurement Location records associated with Equipment records that represent pipes. The value that exists in the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record will be used for determining the Calculated T-Min value and the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure.

An Allowable Stress value must be defined in all Thickness Measurement Location records associated with Equipment records that represent pressure vessels. The value that exists in the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record will be used for determining the Calculated T-Min value.

For Thickness Measurement Location records associated with Equipment records that represent tanks:

If the Tank Type field contains the value Floor Plate, an Allowable Stress value is not required and will not be used if it exists in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

If the Tank Type field contains the value Riveted Shell, an Allowable Stress value of 21000 will be used for calculating the T-Min value. If a different value exists in the Allowable Stress field of the Thickness Measurement Location record, it will be ignored.

If the Tank Type field contains the value Annular Ring, the Allowable Stress value will be calculated using a formula that is specific to Annular Ring tanks. If a value exists in the Allowable Stress field of the Thickness Measurement Location record, it will be ignored.

If the Tank Type field contains the value Welded Shell, the Allowable Stress value will be calculated using the Minimum Tensile Strength and Minimum Yield Strength that are retrieved from the Tank Stress reference table. This calculated value will become the Lookup Value, which can be overridden by a user-defined value.

In most cases, the Meridium APM system can populate the value in the Allowable Stress field for each Thickness Measurement Location record using the Piping Stress, PV Stress, and Tank Stress reference tables, or you can define the Allowable Stress value manually. Regardless of whether you define this value manually or have the Meridium APM system populate this value automatically, the Allowable Stress value must be defined via the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box .


Accessing the Allowable Stress Lookup Dialog BoxYou can access the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box from the Allowable Stress field in Thickness Measurement Location records, either on the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet or in the grid in the TMLs pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page .

Note: The Allowable Stress field is not included by default in the TMLs grid on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. If desired, you can add this field to the grid. By default, the Allowable Stress field appears on the Design General tab of the baseline Thickness Measurement Location datasheet.

To access the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box:

In the Allowable Stress field of the desired Thickness Measurement Location record, click the button.

The Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box appears.

When you access the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box, Meridium APM attempts to retrieve an Allowable Stress value using the information that exists in the Thickness Measurement Location record. The status of the retrieval and the value that was retrieved, if any, will be displayed on the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box .


Aspects of the Allowable Stress Lookup Dialog BoxOn the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box , you can define the Allowable Stress value for a Thickness Measurement Location record.

The Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box contains the following features:

Current Value: A read-only text box that displays the value that currently exists in the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Lookup Value: A read-only text box that displays the value that was retrieved from the Piping Stress reference table, the PV Stress reference table, or the Tank Stress reference table, depending upon the values that exist in the Thickness Measurement Location record. When you access the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box, Meridium APM attempts to retrieve an Allowable Stress value using the information that exists in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

User Defined Value: A text box in which you can type a value to use in place of the value that appears in the Current Value or Lookup Value text box.

Value to use: A list that contains three options, which let you choose the value that will be used to populate the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record: Current Value, Lookup Value, or User Defined Value.

Status: A read-only field that displays the status of the reference table lookup operation. This field will display the text:

Succeeded if Meridium APM was able to retrieve an Allowable Stress value from a reference table. If the status is Succeeded, the Lookup Value text box will be populated with the value that was retrieved.

Failed if Meridium APM was not able to retrieve an Allowable Stress value from a reference table. If the status is Failed, the Lookup Value text box will not contain a value.

Below these items, the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box contains a display area that shows the values that were used to retrieve the value displayed in the Lookup Value text box. At the bottom of the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box, the following buttons appear:

OK: Populates the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record with the value identified by the Value to use setting.

Reset: Closes the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box and clears the value that currently exists in the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Cancel: Closes the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box without making any changes to the Allowable Stress value in the Thickness Measurement Location record.


Defining the Allowable Stress ValueTo define the Allowable Stress value for a Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. In the desired Thickness Measurement Location record, access the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box .

The Current Value and Lookup Value text boxes will be populated, as appropriate.

2. If desired, in the User Defined Value text box, type a value that you want to use as the Allowable Stress value. This step is necessary only if you do not want to use the value in either the Current Value or the Lookup Value text box.

3. In the Value to use list, select the value that you want to use for populating the Allowable Stress value in the Thickness Measurement Location record. You can choose:

Current value to populate the Allowable Stress field with the value in the Current Value text box.

Lookup value to populate the Allowable Stress field with the value in the Lookup Value text box.

User defined value to populate the Allowable Stress field with the value in the User Defined Value text box.

3. Click OK.

The Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box closes, and the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record is populated with the value that you selected.

Note: If you accessed the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box from the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet, you must navigate out of the Allowable Stress field to see the updated value.

5. Save the Thickness Measurement Location record.


About Moving Thickness Measurement Location RecordsUnder some circumstances, it may be necessary to move Thickness Measurement Location records from one Equipment or TML Group record to another. There are two scenarios in which you might perform this task:

You may want to move Thickness Measurement Location records from one TM Analysis to another.

For example, you may determine that a Thickness Measurement Location record that was originally linked to one Equipment or TML Group record actually belongs to a different Equipment or TML Group record that is included in a different TM Analysis. In this case, rather than creating a new Thickness Measurement Location record for the correct Equipment or TML Group record, you can move the Thickness Measurement Location record from the original Equipment or TML Group record to the correct one.

In this case, you will use the Move TMLs builder to select the Thickness Measurement Location records that you want to move and the target Equipment or TML Group record to which you will move the Thickness Measurement Location records.

-or-

You may want to move to a TML Group record Thickness Measurement Location records that currently belong to another record in the same TM Analysis .

For example, you may determine that a particular subset of existing Thickness Measurement Location records actually belong in their own TML Group. If so, you would create a TML Group record to include in the existing TM Analysis and then move the Thickness Measurement Location records from the TML Group record with which they are currently associated to the new TML Group record created specifically for those TMLs.

In this case, the TML Group record for the node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane is assumed to be the target record to which you want to move Thickness Measurement Location records. To move the records, you will use the Move TMLs to <Record ID>, where <Record ID> is the Record ID of the target TML Group record.

The steps that you take for each of these tasks will differ slightly. In either case, when you move a Thickness Measurement Location record from one Equipment or TML Group record to another:

The Thickness Measurement Location records that you move will be unlinked from the current Equipment or TML Group record and linked to the target Equipment or TML Group record that you select via the Has Datapoints relationship.

The target Equipment or TML Group record must not already be linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record containing a value in the TML ID field that matches the value in the TML ID field of any of the Thickness Measurement Location records that you want to move.

The value in the TML Asset ID field of any moved Thickness Measurement Location record will be updated to reflect the target Equipment or TML Group record.

Any Thickness Measurement, TML Corrosion Analysis, and Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked to the moved Thickness Measurement Location records will remain linked to those Thickness Measurement Location records after the Thickness Measurement Location records are moved.

The values in all of the fields in the Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location records that you are moving will inherit the values in all of the fields in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that

is linked to the target Equipment or TML Group record with the exception of the following fields:

Allowable Measured Variance

Corrosion Rate Variance

Default Inspection Interval

Minimum CR

You can select Thickness Measurement Location records from multiple source Equipment or TML Group records for a single move operation, but you can select only a single target Equipment or TML Group record. If you want to move Thickness Measurement Location records to more than one target Equipment or TML Group record, you will need to perform the move operation multiple times.

All calculations for the TM Analysis that is associated with the source and the target Equipment or TML Group records will be updated automatically after the Thickness Measurement Location records are moved.


Moving Thickness Measurement Location Records from one TM Analysis to AnotherYou can use the following instructions to move Thickness Measurement Location records from an Equipment or TML Group record in one TM Analysis to an Equipment or TML Group record in a different TM Analysis. The following instructions assume that you have accessed the TM TMLs/Measurements page where the root node represents the Equipment record associated with the TM Analysis from which you want to move Thickness Measurement Location records.

You can also use a different set of instructions to move Thickness Measurement Location records to a different TML Group record in the same TM Analysis.

To move Thickness Measurement Location records from one TM Analysis to another:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the TM Analysis associated with the Thickness Measurement Location records you want to move, in the TM Explorer pane, select any node except a TML Group node.

Note: If the root node in the TM Explorer pane is a TML Group node, you can select that node and follow the instructions listed here. When the root node is associated with an Equipment record, however, and you select a node that is associated with a TML Group record, the Meridium APM system assumes that the selected TML Group record is the target record to which you want to move Thickness Measurement Location records from within the same TM Analysis.

2. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Move TMLs link.

The Move TMLs builder appears, displaying the List of Available TMLs screen.

The List of Available TMLs screen shows all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to any Equipment or TML Group record that is currently displayed in the TM Explorer pane. The list is grouped by Equipment or TML Group record.

3. On the List of Available TMLs screen, select the check box to the left of any Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to move.

Hint: You can select the All check box at the top of the screen to select all the Thickness Measurement Location records in the list.


The Find Target Asset screen appears.

5. Perform a search to find the Equipment or TML Group record to which you want to move the Thickness Measurement Location records.

6. In the results list, select the desired Equipment or TML Group record, and click the Next button.

The Review the TMLs to Be Moved to the Target Asset screen appears.


The Review the TMLs to Be Moved to the Target Asset screen provides a summary of the actions that will be performed when you complete the operation. Within the grid:

1.o The Selected TMLs column displays the Thickness Measurement Location

records you have chosen to move. The records are grouped according to the record from which they will be moved (i.e., the source record).

o The Target Asset column displays the Record ID of the Equipment or TML Group record to which the selected Thickness Measurement Location records will be linked. The target Equipment or TML Group record is the same for all the Thickness Measurement Location records you have selected to move.

7. After you have reviewed the information on the Review the TMLs to Be Moved to the Target Asset screen and are satisfied with your selections, click the Finish button.

The selected Thickness Measurement Location records are unlinked from the source Equipment or TML Group record(s) and linked to the target Equipment or TML Group record.

1.o If the target Equipment or TML Group record is already linked to a

Thickness Measurement Location record containing a value in the TML ID field that matches the value in the TML ID field of any Thickness Measurement Location record that you selected to move, an error message will be displayed, and the Thickness Measurement Location records containing matching TML IDs will not be moved.

o If the target Equipment or TML Group record is not linked to a Corrosion Analysis Settings record with the same inspection type as any of the Thickness Measurement Location records that you tried to move, the Settings Missing dialog box appears, displaying a list of Thickness Measurement Location records that could not be moved.

Hint: You can create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for the target Equipment or TML Group that has the same inspection type as the Thicknesses Measurement Location records that you are trying to move via the TM Analysis page .


Moving Thickness Measurement Location Records to a TML Group Record in the Same TM AnalysisYou can use the following instructions to move to a TML Group record Thickness Measurement Location records that belong to another record in the same TM Analysis. The following instructions assume that you have accessed the TM TMLs/Measurements page where the root node represents the Equipment record that is linked to the TML Groups records to which and from which you are moving the Thickness Measurement Location records.

You can also use a different set of instructions to move Thickness Measurement Location records from one TM Analysis to another.

To move to a TML Group record Thickness Measurement Location records that belong to another record in the same TM Analysis:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the TM Analysis associated with the Thickness Measurement Location records that you want to move, in the TM Explorer pane, select the TML Group node to which you want to move Thickness Measurement Location records.

2. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Move TMLs link.

3. The Move TMLs to <Record ID> appears, where <Record ID> is the Record ID of the TML Group record that is associated with the selected node and to which you want to move the Thickness Measurement Location records. The Select TMLs to be Moved to Target TML Group screen is displayed and shows all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are associated with the current TM Analysis except for those linked to the TML Group record to which you are moving Thickness Measurement Location records (i.e., the target TML Group record).

4. On the Select TMLs to be Moved to Target TML Group screen, select the check box to the left of any Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to move to the target TML Group record. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location record with the Record ID TML4 is selected.

Hint: You can select the All check box at the top of the screen to select all the Thickness Measurement Location records in the list.


The Review the TMLs to be Moved to the Target TML Group screen appears, displaying a grid that summarizes the actions that will be performed when you complete the operation. Within the grid:

o The Selected TMLs column displays the Record IDs of the Thickness Measurement Location records that you have chosen to move to the target TML Group record. The records are grouped according to the record from which they will be moved (i.e., the source record).

o The Target TML Group column displays the Record ID of the TML Group record to which the Thickness Measurement Location records will be moved. The target TML Group record will be the same for all Thickness Measurement Location records you have selected to move.

6. After you have reviewed the information on the Review the TMLs to be Moved to the Target TML Group screen and are satisfied with your selections, click the Finish button.

The selected Thickness Measurement Location records are unlinked from the source record(s) and linked to the target TML Group record.

o If the target TML Group record is already linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record containing a value in the TML ID field that matches the value in the TML ID field of any Thickness Measurement Location record that you selected to move, an error message will be displayed, and the Thickness Measurement Location records containing matching TML IDs will not be moved.

o If the target TML Group record is not linked to a Corrosion Analysis Settings record with the same inspection type as any of the Thickness Measurement Location records that you tried to move, the Settings Missing dialog box appears, displaying a list of the Thickness Measurement Location records that could not be moved. If you are following the TM Best Practice to create your TM Analyses, however, the TML Group records in a given TM Analysis should be linked to Corrosion Analysis Settings records of the same inspection type as the Equipment record to which the TML Group records are linked.

Hint: If necessary, you can create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for the target TML Group record that has the same inspection type as the Thickness Measurement Location records that you are trying to move via the TM Analysis page .


What Happens If an Equipment or TML Group Record Has TMLs and No Settings?If you access the TM TMLs/Measurements page for an Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to one or more Thickness Measurement Location records but is not linked to a Corrosion Analysis Settings record that has the same inspection type as those Thickness Measurement Location records, the Missing Settings window will appear.

The Missing Settings window contains a grid that displays the following columns of information:

Asset: The Record ID of the Equipment or TML Group record for which the correct inspection type has not been defined.

Missing Settings: The inspection type that must be defined in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to the Equipment or TML Group record. This is based upon the inspection type defined in the Thickness Measurement Location record. The value in this column appears as a hyperlink, which you can click to define the correct inspection type.

Reason: A brief explanation of why the inspection type must be changed.

Each entry in the list represents a unique combination of the three values. For example, a single Equipment or TML Group record may be listed multiple times if the Corrosion Analysis Settings records linked to the Equipment or TML Group record do not have the correct inspection type for more than one Thickness Measurement Location record.

Whenever this window appears, you should click each hyperlinked value in the Missing Settings column and define the inspection type that is needed. You will not be able to update the TM Analysis until all the required inspection types are defined.


Printing the Grid in the TMLs PaneTo print the information displayed in the grid in the TMLs pane:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness Measurement Location record(s) information you want to print are linked. In the following image, the node representing the Equipment record with the Record ID ~ ~ AQA Test TML Plot is selected.



3. Click the button to open the Print window, where you can change the print settings and then print the contents of the grid in the TMLs pane.


-or-

Click the button to print the contents of the grid in the TMLs pane with your default print settings.

The contents of the grid in the TMLs pane are sent to your selected printer.


Printing the Details of Thickness Measurement Location RecordsTo print the details of a Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose details you want to print. In the following image, the TML01 UT Active node is selected.




3. On the toolbar at the top of the Thickness Measurement Location window, click

the button.



Note: If there is a report that is associated with the Thickness Measurement Location family, the Select Report to Print dialog box will appear before the Preview window appears. On the Select Report to Print dialog box, you can choose to print the datasheet for the Thickness Measurement Location record, or the report.

4. Click the button to open the Print window, where you can change the print settings and then print the details of the Thickness Measurement Location record.

-or-

Click the button to print the details of the Thickness Measurement Location record with your default print settings.

The details of the Thickness Measurement Location record are sent to your selected printer.


Deleting Thickness Measurement Location RecordsTo delete a Thickness Measurement Location record via the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record whose Thickness Measurement Location record you want to delete. In the following image, the Equipment node ~ ~ AQA Test TML Plot is selected.

2. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record that you want to delete. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01 is selected in the TMLs pane.


A confirmation message appears, asking if you really want to delete the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.


If one or more Thickness Measurement records have been linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record, a second confirmation message appears, indicating that deleting the Thickness Measurement Location record will also delete records associated with the Thickness Measurement Location record and asking if you want to proceed with the deletion.


The selected Thickness Measurement Location record and all the Thickness Measurement records that are linked to that Thickness Measurement Location record are deleted, any unsaved changes you have made on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved to the database. If you made changes that would require the to be updated, the necessary updates are made.


Creating a New Thickness MeasurementThe following instructions provide details on creating a new Thickness Measurement record on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. Note that you can also create new Thickness Measurement records on the TM Measurement Data Entry page and the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page .

To create new Thickness Measurement record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record to which you want to link the new Thickness Measurement record. In the following image, the row containing TML ID TML01 is selected.

2. On the toolbar at the top of the Measurements pane, click the button.

The New Measurement dialog box appears.

3. To the right of the Readings text box, click the button.

The Readings for [TML] window appears, where [TML] is the TML ID of the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you are creating the new Thickness Measurement record.

4. In the Value column of each row, type the desired reading value.

Note: The number of rows that appear in the grid on the Readings for [TML] window corresponds to the value in the Number of Readings field in the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you are creating a the Thickness Measurement record.

5. After you have populated all rows on the Readings for [TML] window, click OK.

The Readings for [TML] window closes, and the readings that you supplied appear in the Readings text box on the New Measurement dialog box. If you supplied multiple values, they will be separated by semicolons.

Hint: If you prefer not to use the Readings for [TML] window, you can type values directly into the Readings text box, separating each one with a colon.

6. On the New Measurement dialog box, in the Measurement Taken Date box, type or select a date. The value in the Measurement Taken Date box is set by default to the current date.

Note: The New Measurement dialog box displays all the fields that are required in a Thickness Measurement record. In the baseline Thickness Monitoring module, only the Measurement Value and Measurement Taken Date fields are required. If your implementation has been customized to require additional fields, they will be displayed on the New Measurement dialog box. You will need to supply a value for each required field before you can save the Thickness Measurement record.

7. Click OK.

A new row is added to the grid in the Measurements pane and contains the information that you supplied on the New Measurement dialog box. In the following image, the new row is selected.

Note: The Measurement ID field will be empty until you save the Thickness Measurement record, when it will be populated automatically with the Record ID that is created for the Thickness Measurement record based upon the ID Template that is defined for the Thickness Measurement family.

8. Edit the measurement properties as desired. You can use the scroll bar at the bottom of the grid to view all the available fields.


The new Thickness Measurement record is saved to the database along with any other unsaved changes that exist on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and the corrosion analysis is updated.


Creating a Corroded Area MeasurementThe following instructions provide details on recording corroded area measurements for an Equipment or TML Group record via the TM TMLs/Measurements page, and instructions for setting up a Corroded Area Values grid for Thickness Measurement Location records. Note that if a Corroded Area Values grid has been configured for a Thickness Measurement Location record, the Corroded Area Values grid the will also be available on the TM Measurement Data Entry page .

To record corroded area measurements in the Corroded Area Values grid:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to record corroded area measurements. The following image shows the node TML01 UT Active selected.




3. On the TML datasheet, click the Corroded Area tab, as shown in the following image.

4. Select the Is Corroded Area check box, as shown in the following image.

Selecting this check box enables the use of the Corroded Area Values grid. You can select this check box only if the value in the Number of Readings field is 1 (one). If the value in the Number of Readings field is greater than one, an error message will appear when you attempt to select this check box.

Note: After a Corroded Area Values grid has been configured for a Thickness Measurement Location record, you will need to record all measurements for that Thickness Measurement Location record using the Corroded Area Values grid.

5. In the Corroded Area Length field, type a value that represents the overall length of the corroded area.

6. In the Corroded Area Width field, type a value that represents the overall width of the corroded area.

Note: The Corroded Area Length and Corroded Area Width fields are optional and are meant for informational purposes only. The values in these fields have no effect on the corroded area measurement. The value in these fields must be numeric but have no unit of measure associated with them.

7. In the Corroded Area Rows field, type a value representing the number of rows that you want to include in the Corroded Area Values grid.

8. In the Corroded Area Columns field, type a value representing the number of columns that you want to include in the Corroded Area Values grid.

Note: Together, the number of rows and columns you specify will determine the number of cells in the Corroded Area Values grid (one cell at the intersection of each row and column). The number of cells corresponds to the number of measurements that will be recorded for the corroded area. For example, two columns and two rows will create a Corroded Area Values grid with four cells, which means that four measurements will be recorded for the corroded area.

9. Click OK.10. On the toolbar at the top of the Measurements pane, click the button.


11. Click the button to the right of the Measurement Value text box.

The Corroded Area Values window appears.

12. Type the corroded area measurements into the cells in the Corroded Area Values grid, and click OK.

13. The calculated average of the measurements that you entered appears in the Measurement Value text box in the New Measurement dialog box.

14. Click OK.15. The calculated average of the measurements you entered in the Corroded Area

Values grid is populated in the Readings, Uncorrected Measurement, and Thickness Measurement fields of a new row in the grid in the Measurements pane. The following image shows the new row selected in the Measurements pane.


The changes made to the Thickness Measurement record and any other unsaved changes that exist on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved. If you made changes that would require the TM Analysis to be updated, the necessary updates are made.


Accessing the Thickness Measurements DatasheetTo view the details of a Thickness Measurement record on the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose Thickness Measurement record you want to view. In the following image, the node TML01 UT Active is selected.


2. In the grid in the Measurements pane, select the row containing the Thickness Measurement record whose details you want to view. In the following image, the row containing the Thickness Measurement record with the Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 is selected.

3. On the toolbar at the top of the Measurements pane, click the button, and then click Thickness Measurement Datasheet.

The Thickness Measurement widow appears, displaying the details of the selected Thickness Measurement record.


Aspects of the Thickness Measurements DatasheetThe Thickness Measurements window displays the details of the Thickness Measurement record that you selected on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

A toolbar is displayed above the datasheet that contains the following options:

Displays the Preview window , where you can view and print a copy of the Thickness Measurement Datasheet.

Displays the Reference Documents window, where you can manage Reference Document records for the Thickness Measurement record. By default, reference documents cannot be configured for Thickness Measurement records, and this option is disabled.

Note: Thickness Measurement records are not defined as a predecessor in the MI Has Reference Documented relationship family in the default implementation, and this button will be disabled. If your implementation has been customized, you may be able to manage reference documents for Thickness Measurement records, and this button will be enabled.



About Modifying Thickness Measurement RecordsAfter a Thickness Measurement record has been created and linked to an Thickness Measurement Location record, its properties can be modified if needed. You have two options for modifying a Thickness Measurement record. You can:




Modify a Thickness Measurement record Using the Thickness Measurement datasheet.

Modify a Thickness Measurement record in the Measurements pane .

Note: If a required field is left blank in the Thickness Measurement record, when you try to save the TM TMLs/Measurements page, a message appears, indicating that the required field is blank and must contain a value. The Thickness Measurement record with the missing information will not be saved, but any other Thickness Measurement records that do have complete information will be saved to the database.


Modifying Thickness Measurement Records Using the Thickness Measurements DatasheetYou can modify a Thickness Measurement record using the Thickness Measurements datasheet, which provides you with a concise view of a single Thickness Measurement record. This option may be useful if you need to modify multiple fields, related fields, or fields that are not displayed by default in the grid in the Measurements pane.

To modify an existing Thickness Measurement record using the Thickness Measurements datasheet:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose Thickness Measurement record that you want to modify. In the following image, the node TML01 UT Active is selected.


2. In the grid in the Measurements pane, select the row containing the Thickness Measurement record you want to modify. In the following image, the row

containing the Thickness Measurement record with the Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 is selected.


The Thickness Measurements window appears, displaying the details of the selected Thickness Measurement record.

4. Modify the Thickness Measurement properties as desired. The general features and behavior of the datasheet are the same as that of the Record Manager.

5. When you have finished making changes, click OK.

The changes made to the Thickness Measurement record and any other unsaved changes that exist on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved. If you made changes that would require the TM Analysis to be updated, the necessary updates are made.


Modifying Thickness Measurement Records in the Measurements PaneYou can modify a Thickness Measurement record using the grid in the Measurements pane. This option provides you with an overview of multiple Thickness Measurement records in the grid.

To modify an existing Thickness Measurement record in the Measurements pane:

1. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record whose Thickness Measurement record you want to modify. In the following image, the row containing the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01 is selected.


2. In the grid in the Measurements pane, select the Thickness Measurement record you want to modify. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement with Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 is selected. Note that the value in the Measurement Taken Date cell is 9/30/2005.

3. Enter or modify data in any of the fields displayed in the grid. In the following image, the value in the Measurement Taken Date cell for the Thickness Measurement record with Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 has been changed from 9/30/2005 to 9/30/2000.

4. On the TM Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze Link.

The changes made to the Thickness Measurement record and any other unsaved changes that exist on the TM TMLs/Measurements page are saved. If you made changes that would require the TM Analysis to be updated, the necessary updates are made


Printing the Grid in the Measurements PaneTo print the information displayed in the grid in the Measurements pane:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record to which the Thickness Measurement record(s) that you want to print are linked. In the following image, the node TML01 UT Active is selected.

The Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the selected Thickness Measurement Location record are displayed in the grid in the Measurements pane.



3. Click the button to open the Print window, where you can change the print settings and then print the contents of the grid in the Measurements pane.

-or-

Click the button to print the contents of the grid in the Measurements pane with your default print settings.

The contents of the grid in the Measurements pane are sent to your selected printer.


Printing the Details of Thickness Measurement RecordsTo print the details of a Thickness Measurement record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose Thickness Measurement record you want to print. In the following image, the node TML01 UT Active is selected.


The Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the selected Thickness Measurement Location record are displayed in the grid in the Measurements pane.

2. In the grid in the Measurements pane, select the row containing the Thickness Measurement record that you want to print. In the following image, the row


containing the Thickness Measurement record with the Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 is selected.


The Thickness Measurements window appears, displaying the details of the selected Thickness Measurement record.

4. On the toolbar at the top of the Thickness Measurements window, click the button.


Note: If there is a report that is associated with the Thickness Measurement family, the Select Report to Print dialog box will appear before the Preview window appears. On the Select Report to Print dialog box, you can choose to print the datasheet for the Thickness Measurement record or the report.

5. Click the button to open the Print window, where you can change the print settings and then print the details of the selected Thickness Measurement record.

-or-

Click the button to print the details of the selected Thickness Measurement record with your default print settings.

The details of the Thickness Measurement record are sent to your selected printer.



Deleting Thickness Measurement RecordsTo delete a Thickness Measurement record on the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

1. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the Thickness Measurement Location record whose Thickness Measurement record you want to delete. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01 is selected.

2. In the grid in the Measurements pane, select the Thickness Measurement record that you want to delete. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement record with the Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 is selected.


A confirmation message appears, asking if you really want to delete the selected Thickness Measurement record.


The selected Thickness Measurement record is deleted, and the is updated. In the following image, you can see that the Thickness Measurement record with the Measurement ID 0.23-9/30/2005 has been deleted.


Accessing the TM Measurement Data Entry Page

You can use the TM Measurement Data Entry page to enter thickness measurements for all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to a given Equipment or TML Group record.

To access the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

1. On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page , click the Measurement Data Entry link.


2. Perform a search to find the Equipment or TML Group records for which you want to enter thickness measurements.

3. In the search results, select the Equipment or TML Group records, and click the Open button.

The TM Measurement Data Entry page appears.


Overview of the TM Measurement Data Entry PageThe TM Measurement Data Entry page contains the following items:

TM Explorer pane : Contains a tree, which displays nodes to represent the Equipment and/or TML Group records for which you accessed the page and the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to those Equipment or TML Group records.

Common Measurement Data for <Family> section : Displays options that let you define default values that will be used to populate fields in new Thickness Measurement records.


Task section : Displays a list of the Inspection Task records that are linked to the Equipment record that is represented by the root node in the TM Explorer pane. You can select an Inspection Task record in this list to specify that it should be updated based upon Thickness Measurement records that you create via the TM Measurement Data Entry page. This section is displayed only when one or more Inspection Task records are linked to the Equipment record whose node appears at the root level in the TM Explorer pane.

Data Entry Grid : Displays a grid that you can use to create new Thickness Measurement records for the selected Equipment or TML Group record.

Task Menu pane: Displays task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the TM Measurement Data Entry page. The following task menus are available on the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

Measurement Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


TM ExplorerThe TM Explorer pane on the TM Measurement Data Entry page displays nodes in a tree, where each node represents one of the following items:


accessed the page.

The contents of the TM Explorer pane are displayed using the Measurement Data Entry configured explorer, which is stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers.


Common Measurement Data SectionThe Common Measurement Data for <Family> section, where <Family> is the family name of the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is currently selected in the TM Explorer pane, displays fields where you can specify values that will be populated by default in the Thickness Measurement records that you create via the TM Measurement Data Entry page. Throughout the documentation, we refer to this section as the Common Measurement Data section.

The following fields are displayed in the Common Measurement Data section:

Measurement Taken Date: The date that you want to record in the Measurement Taken Date field in the new Thickness Measurement records. By default, this field displays the last date that you selected the last time you viewed this page for any Equipment or TML Group record. If you have never accessed this page before, this field is set to the current date by default. You can select a different date if needed (e.g., if you are recording measurements that were taken on a different date).

Measurement Taken By: The name of the Security User that you want to be populated in the Measurement Taken By field in the new Thickness Measurement records. This list contains the first and last name of Security Users who have been granted the TM Technician role. If the Security User who is logged in currently has been granted the TM Technician role, that Security User will be selected by default. Otherwise, no Security User will be selected in this list by default.

Temperature (Degrees Fahrenheit): The value that you want to record in the Temperature field in the new Thickness Measurement records. By default, no value appears in this field.

When you enter values in the fields in the Common Measurement Data section, the corresponding fields in the new Thickness Measurement records will be populated automatically. For example, consider that you have entered the values shown in the following image in the Common Measurement Data section.

When you enter a value in the Readings field in the data entry grid, the Common Measurement Data section values will be used to populate the corresponding fields in the new Thickness Measurement records, as shown in the following image.

Note: The default behavior described reflects the behavior of the baseline TM product. If default rules have been defined for the Measurement Taken Date, Measurement Taken By, or Temperature fields in the Thickness Measurement family, those behaviors will be reflected in the fields in the Common Measurement Data section.

While the Common Measurement Data section values will be used as the default values in the new Thickness Measurement records that you create, within any record, you can modify the default value by changing the value in the data entry grid. Note that if you modify the values in the Common Measurement Data section, your changes will not be applied to any rows in the data entry grid that already contain data.


Task SectionThe Task section displays a list of the Inspection Task records that are linked to the Equipment record whose node appears at the root level in the TM Explorer pane.

The Task section is displayed only when:

The node that appears at the root level in the TM Explorer pane represents an Equipment record that is linked to at least one Inspection Task record.

-and-

An Equipment or Thickness Measurement Location node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Note: The sections to the right of the TM Explorer pane are refreshed only when you select an Equipment or TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane. Meaning, if you select a TML Group node (the Task section is not displayed), and then you select a Thickness Measurement Location node, the Task section will not be re-displayed. You must select an Equipment node in order for the Task section to be re-displayed. Then, if

you select a Thickness Measurement Location node, the Task section will remain displayed.

When you select an Inspection Task record in this list, it will be updated based upon Thickness Measurement records that you create via the TM Measurement Data Entry page. When an Inspection Task record is selected in the list, to the right of the list, the text View Task appears as a hyperlink. You can click this hyperlink to access the selected Inspection Task record. By default, no value is selected in this list.

The value that is displayed in the list depends upon whether or not the given Inspection Task record is linked to an RBI Recommendation record.

If the Inspection Task record is linked to an RBI Recommendation record, the value displayed in the list is a combination of the value in the Task ID field in the Inspection Task record and the value RBI, separated by a hyphen. For example, consider an Inspection Task record that is linked to an RBI Recommendation record and whose Task ID field contains the value Insp-1. The value Insp-1 - RBI would be displayed in the list for this Inspection Task record.

If the Inspection Task record is not linked to an RBI Recommendation record, the value displayed in this list is a combination of the values in the Task ID and Source Type fields in the Inspection Task record, separated by a hyphen. In the image shown at the beginning of this topic, the Inspection Task record with the following values is selected in the list:

Task ID: Insp-1-33

Source Type: Manual


Data Entry GridThe data entry grid displays one row for each Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Note: While each row represents a single Thickness Measurement Location record, the columns display values from both that Thickness Measurement Location record and the

Thickness Measurement records that are linked to that Thickness Measurement Location record. Fields from Thickness Measurement Location records are read-only.

By default, the grid is sorted in ascending order according to the value in the TML ID column. The TML ID column is locked into place and cannot be moved. It will remain in view on the left side of the grid when you use the scroll bar to view fields in columns on the right side of the grid.

Above the grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page, the following items are displayed:

The button: Deletes the unsaved value in the Readings cell for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.

The button: Displays a drop-down menu, which you can use to access the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.

The TML Analysis Type list: The selection in this list determines the Thickness Measurement Location records that are displayed in the grid. The TML Analysis Type list contains the following values:

ALL: Displays Thickness Measurement Location records of all TML

Analysis Types. This option is selected by default.

UT: Displays Thickness Measurement Location records whose TML Analysis Type is UT.

RT: Displays Thickness Measurement Location records whose TML Analysis Type is RT.

TML: Displays Thickness Measurement Location records whose TML Analysis Type is TML.

The Active TMLs only check box: When this check box is selected, only Active Thickness Measurement Location records are displayed in the grid. This check box is selected by deafult. When this check box is cleared, Inactive and Active Thickness Measurement Location records are displayed in the grid.

Below the grid, the [Status Indicator] filter is displayed when a filter is applied to the grid. You can use the Edit Filter button to the right of the [Status Indicator] filter to create other custom filters.

Note that the following grid customizations will be saved so that the next time you log in, you will see them:


The width of the columns. The order of the columns

Any sorting that you have applied to the grid.

Any grouping that you have applied to the grid.

Your selection in the Active TMLs only check box.

The last five custom filters that you have used.


Measurement Tasks

The Measurement Tasks menu on the TM Measurement Data Entry page contains the following links:

Pick Another Asset: Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for different Equipment or TML Group records and open them on the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

Save and Analyze: Saves any changes that you have made on the TM Measurement Data Entry page and updates calculations in the TM Analysis. This link is enabled only if the analysis settings necessary for updating the TM Analysis exist and if you have modified the TM Analysis since you accessed the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

Clear All Data: Clears all the unsaved information that has been recorded in the grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

Note: Links on the Measurement Tasks menu are enabled only when an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Navigation

The Navigation menu on the TM Measurement Data Entry page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TM Measurement Data Entry page contains the following links:

Print: This link is disabled on the TM Measurement Data Entry page. Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to the






Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the current page.

Note: Links on the Common Tasks menu are enabled only when an Equipment or TML Group node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the TM Measurement Data Entry page displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family of the record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If no Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


Entering Thickness Measurements on the TM Measurement Data Entry PageYou can use the TM Measurement Data Entry page to create Thickness Measurement records for all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to an Equipment or TML Group record.

To create Thickness Measurement records on the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

1. On the TM Measurement Data Entry page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to create Thickness Measurement records.



2. In the Common Measurement Data section:

1. In the Measurement Taken Date box, type or select the date and time when the readings were taken.

2.2. In the Temperature (Degrees Fahrenheit) text box, type a value indicating

the temperature at which the readings were taken.

2.3. In the Measurement Taken By list, select the name of the person who took

the readings.

3. In the Readings column of the data entry grid, enter reading values for the desired Thickness Measurement Location records. To enter readings:

o You can type values directly in the Readings cells.

Hint: If you use this option, be sure to separate each value with a semicolon.

-or-

1.

o You can click the button in the cell to access the Readings for [TML] window, where you can enter a value in the Value cell of each available row.

Note: The number of readings that you specify for each Thickness Measurement record should correspond to the value in the Number of Readings field in the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you are creating a Thickness Measurement record.

The Measurement Value cell will be populated automatically based upon the readings that you entered. The Measurement Taken Date, Measurement Taken By, and Temperature cells will be populated automatically using the values in the Common Measurement Data section. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01 is selected in the grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page. Note that the values entered into the Common Measurement Data section have been populated into the corresponding fields of the data entry grid.


Note: If you do not supply a value in the Readings cell for all of Thickness Measurement Location records displayed in the grid, a confirmation message will appear, indicating that one or more measurement values were not populated, and would you like to continue saving.

The Thickness Measurement records are saved to the database, the TM Analysis is updated, and the grid is refreshed to display the values updated by the TM Analysis.


Deleting Unsaved Data on the TM Measurement Data Entry PageWhen you enter data in the grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page, until you click the Save and Analyze link on the Measurement Tasks menu, the data is not saved, and

Thickness Measurement records do not exist for this unsaved data. You can use the button above the grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page to delete the unsaved value in the Readings cell for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record. Additionally, you can delete ALL unsaved values that you have typed in ALL cells in the grid for ALL Thickness Measurement Location records.

To delete all unsaved data from the grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

On the Measurement Tasks menu, click the Clear All Data link.

A confirmation message appears, and all unsaved values that you typed in all cells in the grid for all Thickness Measurement Location records are deleted.


Updating Inspection Task Records Based Upon Thickness Measurement

Records Created on the TM Measurement Data Entry PageIf an Inspection Task record is linked to an Equipment record for which you are creating Thickness Measurement records on the TM Measurement Data Entry page , you can specify that the Inspection Task record be updated based upon these Thickness Measurement records. When you do this, the value in the Last Date field in the Inspection Task record will be populated with the most recent value in the Measurement Taken Date field in the Thickness Measurement records that you create via the TM Measurement Data Entry page .

The following instructions assume that you are viewing the TM Measurement Data Entry page, and that Equipment record whose Inspection Task record you want to update appears at the root level in the TM Explorer pane.

To specify that an Inspection Task record be updated based upon Thickness Measurement records created using the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

1. In the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you want to create Thickness Measurement records.

In the following image, the node representing the Equipment record ~#1 DEROP. O.H. COND. ~ HXST 112 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

2. Specify values in the fields in the Common Measurement Data section .

3. In the list in the Task section , select the Inspection Task record that you want to update based upon the Thickness Measurement records that you will create.

In the following image, Insp_T_2 - Manual is selected in the list in the Task section.

4. Create Thickness Measurement records using the data entry grid .

The following image shows Thickness Measurement records that were created for the Thickness Measurement Location records with the following TML IDs:

o TML01

o TML02

o TML03

o TML04

o TML05


The Thickness Measurement records are saved to the database, the TM Analysis is updated, and the grid is refreshed to display the values updated by the TM Analysis. The value in the Last Date field in the selected Inspection Task record is populated with the most recent value in the Measurement Taken Date field in the Thickness Measurement records that you created. A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight the Last Date field on the Inspection Task datasheet.


Viewing the Details of an Inspection Task RecordYou can view any Inspection Task record that is displayed in the list in the Task section on the TM Measurement Data Entry page . The following instructions assume that you are viewing the TM Measurement Data Entry page for the Equipment record whose related Inspection Task record you want to view.

To view an Inspection Task record:

1. In the list in the Task section, select the Inspection Task record that you want to view.

In the following image, INSP_T_2 - Manual is selected in the list in the Task section.

2. To the right of the list, click the View Task link.

The selected record appears in a separate window.


Accessing the TML DatasheetThe grid on the TM Measurement Data Entry page contains field from Thickness Measurement Location records and Thickness Measurement record. If desired, you can view the datasheet for any Thickness Measurement Location record that appears in the grid.

To view the datasheet for a Thickness Measurement Location record on the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

1. On the TM Measurement Data Entry page, in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to view the details. In the following image, the node TML01 UT Active is selected.

2. In the grid, select the Thickness Measurement Location record whose datasheet you want to view. In the following image, the Thickness Measurement Location Record with the TML ID TML01 is selected.

3. Above the grid, click the button, and then click TML Datasheet.


Note: When accessed from the TM Measurement Data Entry page, the TML Datasheet is read-only. If you want to modify the values displayed in the TML Datasheet, you can do so using the TM TMLs/Measurements page.


Aspects of the TML DatasheetThe Thickness Measurement Location window displays the details of the Thickness Measurement Location record that you selected on the TM Measurement Data Entry page. The Datasheet list is displayed above the datasheet area and displays a list of the datasheets that have been configured for the Thickness Measurement Location family.


Displays the Preview window , where you can view and print the information that is displayed on the Thickness Measurement Location window.




About the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry PageThe TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page can be used for recording base measurements for multiple Thickness Measurement Location records and is the only interface in Thickness Monitoring that facilitates the automatic creation of nominal base measurements.




The features of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page are the same as the TM Measurement Data Entry page with the following exceptions:

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page displays only those Thickness Measurement Location records that do not currently have a base measurement.

The default column layout in the grid on the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page varies slightly from that of the Measurement Data Entry page. On the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page, only columns related to creating the base measurement are shown.

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page provides the Nominal Measurement Date Entry dialog box, which allows you to select the date for nominal base measurements. This dialog box appears automatically when you select an Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to one or more Thickness Measurement Location records that contain a value in the Nominal Thickness field. This feature is provided to let you override the default value for the Measurement Taken Date field, which typically is not appropriate for nominal thickness measurements.

Note that you can select an Inspection Task record in the Task section to be updated based upon measurements entered on the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page in the same way that Inspection Task records can be updated based upon measurements entered on the TM Measurement Data Entry page .

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page supports creating both nominal and actual base measurements.

Measurement data for nominal base measurements will be populated automatically. If the selected Equipment or TML Group record is linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record that contains a value in the Nominal Thickness field, the Readings, Uncorrected Measurement, and Measurement Value field will be populated automatically with that value. This will occur after you select the date on the Nominal Measurement Date Entry dialog box.

You will need to enter measurement data for actual base measurements manually via the Readings field.


Accessing the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry Page

You can access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page from the following pages in TM:

Asset Analysis Plot T-Min Calculations

TM Analysis

TM Measurement Data Entry

TM Quick View

TM TMLs/Measurements

To access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page:

On the Navigation menu, click the Initial Measurement Data Entry link.

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page appears.

If the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane is linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record whose Nominal Readings field contains a value, the Nominal Measurement Date Entry dialog box will appear, as shown in the following image.

If you access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page for multiple Equipment or TML Group records, the first Equipment or TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane will be selected by default. The TM Nominal Measurement Date Entry dialog box will appear only if this Equipment or TML Group node represents a record that is linked to a Thickness Measurement Location record whose Nominal Readings field contains a value.


Entering Measurements on the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry Page

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry supports the creation of both nominal and actual base measurements. The following instructions provide details on creating base measurements for an Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to...

Thickness Measurement Location records that are configured for nominal base measurements.

-and-

Thickness Measurement Location records that are configured for actual base measurements.

Note: If you access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page for an Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to Thickness Measurement Location records configured for one type of base measurement or the other, some of these steps will not apply to you.

To enter base measurements on the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page:

1. Access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page for an Equipment or TML Group record with TMLs that are configured for both nominal and actual thickness measurements.

The Nominal Measurement Date Entry Date dialog box appears.

2. Select the date that you want to use for the nominal thickness measurements, and click OK.

The Nominal Measurement Date Entry dialog box closes, revealing the Common Measurement Data section of the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page, where the Measurement Taken Date box contains the date that you selected. In the data entry grid, the row for any Thickness Measurement Location that is configured for nominal thickness measurements is populated automatically with the following values:

The Measurement Taken Date cell is populated with the value that you

selected on the Nominal Measurement Date Entry dialog box.

The Measurement Taken By and Temperature cells are populated with the values in the Common Measurement Data section.

The Measurement Value (Inches), Readings, and Uncorrected Measurement (Inches) cells are populated with the value in the Nominal Thickness field of the Thickness Measurement Location record.

The check box in the Nominal cell is selected.

3. Record values for actual base measurements. To do so, in the Common Measurement Data section...

a. In the Measurement Taken Date list, select the date and time when the readings were taken.

3.2. In the Temperature (Degrees Fahrenheit] text box, type a value indicating

the temperature at which the readings were taken.

3.3. In the Measurement Taken By list, select the name of the person who took

the readings.

3.

d. Enter values in any additional fields that are displayed.

d. In the data entry grid, enter the readings for the desired Thickness Measurement Location records.

4. On the Measurements Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze link.

The new base measurements are saved to the database, and the TM analysis is updated. Any Thickness Measurement Location records for which you entered a base measurement are now removed from the grid.

Note: If you do not supply readings for all Thickness Measurement Location records that are displayed in the grid, a confirmation message will appear, indicating that one or more measurement values are not populated and asking if you would like to continue saving.


About the Bulk Analyze ToolThe Bulk Analyze tool lets you use a single action to update calculations for all Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to multiple Equipment or TML Group records.

Using the Thickness Monitoring - Bulk Analyze window, you can:

Perform the TM Analysis for multiple Equipment or TML Group records . Save a log of the bulk TM Analysis to a text file .


Accessing the Bulk Analyze ToolTo access the Bulk Analysis tool:

1. On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page , click the Bulk Analyze link.

The Bulk Analyze Finder window appears.

2. Perform a search to find the Equipment or TML Group records that you want to analyze.

3. In the search results, select the Equipment or TML Group records that you want to analyze.

4. Click the Select button.

The Thickness Monitoring - Bulk Analyze window appears, displaying the list of the Equipment or TML Group records that you selected. From here, you can perform a TM Analysis for each of the records that you selected.



Performing a Corrosion Analysis Using the Bulk Analyze ToolWhen you perform an analysis using the Bulk Analyze tool, the Meridium APM system will create or update:

The Asset Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group records. Asset Corrosion Analysis records that already exist with be updated. Asset Corrosion Analysis records will be created for any Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to one or more Thickness Measurement Location record but for which an Asset Corrosion Analysis record does not already exist.

The TML Corrosion Analysis record for all of the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the selected Equipment or TML Group records. TML Corrosion Analysis records that already exist with be updated. TML Corrosion Analysis records will be created for any Thickness Measurement Location record for which a TML Corrosion Analysis record does not already exist.

To perform a TM Analysis using the Bulk Analyze tool:

1. Access the Bulk Analyze tool for the Equipment or TML Group records for which you want to perform a analysis.

2. On the Thickness Monitoring - Bulk Analyze window, below the grid, click the Start Bulk Analysis button.

The Meridium APM system performs an analysis of the records that are displayed on the Thickness Monitoring - Bulk Analyze window. When the analysis has completed, the grid in the Bulk Analyze window will change to display the results log of the bulk analysis. If desired, you can save the log.


Saving a Bulk Analysis LogAfter you have performed a bulk analysis, you can save the analysis log as a text (.TXT) file to the location of your choice. The text in the saved log file will be the same as the text that is displayed on the Thickness Monitoring - Bulk Analyze window.

To save the bulk analysis log:

1. Perform a bulk analysis .2. On the Thickness Monitoring - Bulk Analyze window, click the Save to File

button.

3. Navigate to the location where you want to save the bulk analysis log.4. If desired, in the File name text box, type a different name for the log file.

5. On the Save Bulk Analyze Output window, click the Save button.

The log is saved to the selected located.


Accessing the TM Quick View PageThe TM Quick View page provides a summary of the information that is associated with the Thickness Measurement Location records that are involved in an Asset Corrosion Analysis. The purpose of the TM Quick View page is to provide an overview of information for each Thickness Measurement Location record.

To access the TM Quick View for Thickness Measurement Location records:

1. On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page , click the Quick View link.


2. Perform a search to find the Equipment or TML Group records whose Thickness Measurement Location records you want to view.

3. In the search results, select the desired Equipment or TML Group records, and click the Open button.

The TM Quick View page appears.


Overview of the TM Quick View PageThe TM Quick View page displays:

A list of the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to an Equipment or TML Group record.

- and -

Various information about each Thickness Measurement Location record.

The page contains the following items:

TM Explorer pane : Contains a tree, which displays nodes to represent the Equipment and/or TML Group records for which you accessed the page and the records that are linked to those Equipment or TML Group records.


Grid : Displays summary information about each active Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. Note that all fields are read-only.

Task menu pane: Displays task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the TM Quick View page. The following task menus are available on the TM Quick View page:

Quick View Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


TM ExplorerThe TM Explorer pane on the TM Quick View page displays nodes in a tree, where each node represents one of the following items:


accessed the page.

The TM Explorer pane on the TM Quick View page is displayed using the Quick View configured explorer, which is stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers.

The selected node determines what is displayed in the grid on the TM Quick View page:

If you select an Equipment or TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane, the grid displays the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected.

If you select a Thickness Measurement Location node in the TM Explorer pane:

The grid displays all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record to which the selected Thickness Measurement Location record is linked.

The Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is selected will be selected in the grid.


TM Quick View Page GridTo the right of the TM Explorer pane, a grid is displayed. You can group and sort the rows that are displayed in the grid, but you cannot add columns to or remove columns from the grid.

The grid on the TM Quick View page displays the following fields for each Thickness Measurement Location record:

TML ID TML Asset ID

Corrosion Rate



TML Analysis Type

Minimum Thickness


Quick View Tasks

The Quick View Tasks menu on the TM Quick View page contains the following links:

Pick Another Asset: Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for different Equipment or TML Group records and open them on the TM Quick View page.



Navigation


The Navigation menu on the TM Quick View page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the TM Quick View page contains the following links:

Print: Displays the Preview window, from which you can print the information displayed in the grid.



Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the TM Quick View page.


Associated Pages






The Associated Pages menu on the TM Quick View page displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family of the record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If no Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


Overview of Minimum ThicknessMinimum Thickness (T-Min) is a value that represents the minimum allowable thickness for a TML. The Minimum Thickness value is stored in the Minimum Thickness field of Thickness Measurement Location records. The value is used for performing various calculations in Thickness Monitoring, such as corrosion rate, next inspection date, and projected T-Min date calculations. Minimum Thickness values are an important component of corrosion analyses because they help determine when pieces of equipment and components should be inspected and replaced.

T-Min values can be defined for Thickness Measurement Location records via the T-Min Calculations page.

From the T-Min Calculations page, you can:

Calculate the T-Min value using a formula that has been defined for the Asset type. This may be the baseline formula provided by Meridium APM or a custom formula.

Look up the thickness value defined by industry standards based on design codes .

Look up the default minimum thickness value that is specified in the TML Analysis Settings record that is linked to each Thickness Measurement Location record.

Specify a custom T-Min value based upon design specifications or your knowledge of the codes and system.


Accessing the T-Min Calculations PageOn the T-Min Calculations page, you can calculate and define the Minimum Thickness value for one or more Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to one or more Equipment or TML Group records.

Note: To access the T-Min Calculations page, you must be a Super User or a member of the MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector Security Group.

To access the T-Min Calculations page:

1. On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page, click the T-min Calculator link.


2. Perform a search to find the Equipment or TML Group records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to perform calculations.

3. In the search results, select the desired Equipment or TML Group records, and click the Open button.

A disclaimer about the T-Min Calculator appears, explaining that Meridium APM is not intended to be a comprehensive tool for calculating the T-Min value.

4. Read the message, and then click OK.

The T-Min Calculations page appears.


Overview of the T-Min Calculations PageThe T-Min Calculations page contains the:

TM Explorer pane : Contains a tree, which displays nodes to represent Equipment and/or TML Group records and the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to those Equipment or TML Group records.


T-Min Calculations workspace: Displays a toolbar that offers various options, and a grid that displays Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If your TM Analysis includes TML Group records and you select an Equipment node in the TM Explorer pane, the Thickness Measurement Location records associated with all the TML Group records that are linked to the Equipment record are displayed in the grid. The Thickness Measurement Location records in the grid are the records for which you can calculate the T-Min value.

Task menu pane: Displays task menus that provide you with quick access to functions that are available on the T-Min Calculations page. The following task menus are available on the T-Min Calculations page:

T-Min Calculator Tasks

Navigation

Common Tasks

Associated Pages


TM ExplorerThe TM Explorer pane on the T-Min Calculations page displays nodes in a tree, where each node represents one of the following items:


accessed the page.

The TM Explorer pane on the T-Min Calculations page is displayed using the T-Min Calculator configured explorer, which is stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers.

The selected node in the TM Explorer pane determines what is displayed in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace:

If you select an Equipment or TML Group node in the TM Explorer pane, the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace displays all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected. If your TM Analysis includes TML Group records and you select an Equipment node in the TM Explorer pane, the Thickness Measurement Location records associated with all the TML Group records that are linked to the Equipment record are displayed in the grid.

If you select a Thickness Measurement Location node in the TM Explorer pane, the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace displays all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is selected is linked.


T-Min Calculations WorkspaceTo the right of the TM Explorer pane, the T-Min Calculations for <Record ID> (<Record Family>) workspace is displayed.

The header is labeled T-Min Calculations for <Record ID> (<Record Family>), where <Record ID> displays the record ID of the record for which you accessed the page, and <Record Family> displays the family caption of the family to which that record belongs. For example, the preceding image displays the workspace for the record Piping Circuit 0512, which belongs to the family Piping Circuit.

Note: Throughout this documentation, we refer to the T-Min Calculations for <Record ID> (<Record Family>) workspace simply as the T-Min Calculations workspace.

The T-Min Calculations workspace contains a grid that displays the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. Each row in the grid represents a single Thickness Measurement Location record, and the following columns of information are displayed for each record:

Calculation Status: Appears as the first column in the grid and displays the status of the calculation. This column will remain empty until a calculation has been performed for the Thickness Measurement Location record. After the T-Min calculations and lookups have been performed, cells in this column will display one of the following symbols:

o : Indicates the calculation was successful.

o : Indicates the calculation was not successful.

Note: The Calculation Status column header does not have a caption, but we use this name to identify this column throughout this documentation.

Process T-Min: A check box that determines whether the Meridium APM system will calculate T-Min values for the Thickness Measurement Location record. When you click the Calculate link on the T-Min Calculator Tasks menu, T-Min values will be calculated for each row in which this check box is selected. When you first access the T-Min Calculations page, this check box will be selected by default for all Thickness Measurement Location records that are displayed in the grid.

TML ID: The value stored in the TML ID field of the Thickness Measurement Location record.

TML Asset: The value stored in the TML Asset ID field of the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Current T-Min (<UOM>): The value stored in the Minimum Thickness field of the Thickness Measurement Location record. The <UOM> portion of the column header identifies the Unit of Measure associated with the T-Min value and may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion set associated with your Security User account.

Current Source: A value that identifies the source of the current Minimum Thickness value: Calculated, Nominal, Default, or User Defined. For example, if the current Minimum Thickness value was entered manually for a Thickness Measurement Location record on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, the value in the Current Source cell would be User Defined.

Proposed T-Min (<UOM>): The value that will be saved to the Minimum Thickness field in Thickness Measurement Location record when you click the Save link on the T-Min Calculator Tasks menu. After the T-Min calculations have been performed, the Proposed T-Min cell will be populated with the most conservative, or largest, T-Min value by default. The <UOM> portion of the column header identifies the Unit of Measure associated with the T-Min value and may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion set associated with your Security User account.

Proposed Source: The source of the value in the Proposed T-Min cell: Calculated, Nominal, Default, or User Defined. After the T-Min calculations have been performed, this cell will be populated with the source of the most conservative T-Min value. If you select a different value from the list in the Proposed Source cell, the value in the Proposed T-Min cell will be updated with the value that corresponds to your selection.

Calculated T-Min (<UOM>) : The T-Min value that the Meridium APM system returns after a calculation is performed based upon the T-Min formulas. The <UOM> portion of the column header identifies the Unit of Measure associated with the T-Min value and may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion set associated with your Security User account.

Nominal T-Min (<UOM>) : The T-Min value that the Meridium APM system returns after using a query to find the appropriate Nominal T-Min value. The <UOM> portion of the column header identifies the Unit of Measure associated with the T-Min value and may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion set associated with your Security User account.

Default T-Min (<UOM>) : The T-Min value that is specified in the Default T-Min field in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record. The <UOM> portion of the column header identifies the Unit of Measure associated with the T-Min value and may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion set associated with your Security User account.

User T-Min (<UOM>) : The value that you can prefer to use in place of the Calculated T-Min, Nominal T-Min, or Default T-Min. You can type the desired value into this cell. The <UOM> portion of the column header identifies the Unit of Measure associated with the T-Min value and may vary, depending upon the UOM Conversion set associated with your Security User account.

Calculation History: A cell that stores the calculation history of the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Note: All of the columns in the grid, with the exception of the Calculation Status, TML ID, and Process T-Min, can be moved. These columns will remain on the left side of the grid when you use the scroll bar to view columns in the grid.

Above the grid, a toolbar is displayed, containing the following options:

Displays the Calculation Status dialog box, which shows the progress of the T-Min calculations as they are being performed. After the calculations are complete, the appropriate cells will be populated in the grid.

Saves the values that are displayed in the Proposed T-Min cells to the Minimum Thickness field in all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are displayed in the grid.

Displays a drop-down menu that allows you to select the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet, displaying the details of the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.

To the left of the toolbar, the All check box is displayed. You can select or clear the All check box to select or clear the check box in the Process T-Min column for every Thickness Measurement Location record that is displayed in the grid in the T-Min Calculations for <Record ID> workspace.


T-Min Calculator Tasks

The T-Min Calculator Tasks menu on the T-Min Calculations page contains the following links:

Pick Another Asset: Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for one or more Equipment or TML Group records to work with on the T-Min Calculations page.

Calculate: Displays the Calculation Status dialog box, which shows the progress of the T-Min calculations as they are being performed. After the calculations are complete, the appropriate cells will be populated in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace.

Save and Analyze: Saves any changes that you have made on the T-Min Calculations page and performs a TM Analysis. This link is enabled only if the analysis settings necessary for updating the TM Analysis exist and if you have modified the TM Analysis since you accessed the T-Min Calculations page.

Formulas: Opens the Formulas dialog box, which displays the formula that will be used to calculate the T-Min value for the Thickness Measurement Location record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Navigation

The Navigation menu on the T-Min Calculations page displays links to various Thickness Monitoring features. This menu is common to most pages in Thickness Monitoring.


Common Tasks

The Common Tasks menu on the T-Min Calculations page contains the following links:

Print: This link is always disabled on the T-Min Calculations page. Send To: Displays a submenu with options that let you provide a link to the


Documents: Displays the Reference Documents window, where you can manage Reference Document records for the record represented by the node that is selected in the TM Explorer pane. This link is enabled only when you select a node in the TM Explorer pane that represents a record that is related





to the Reference Document family through the Has Reference Documents relationship. In the baseline Meridium APM database, this link is enabled only when an Equipment node is selected in the TM Explorer pane.

Help: Displays the context-sensitive Help topic for the T-Min Calculations page.


Associated PagesThe Associated Pages menu on the T-Min Calculations page displays links only if Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family of the record whose node is selected in the TM Explorer pane. If no Associated Pages have been configured for the entity family, the Associated Pages menu will be empty.


About the Calculated T-Min ValueThe Calculated T-Min value is determined by performing calculations using T-Min formulas and values from the Thickness Measurement Location record. This calculation may be performed using a default formula that is provided in the baseline Thickness Monitoring product or a custom formula that has been defined for your implementation. If desired, you can access the Formulas dialog box to view the formula that is being used to perform the calculation.

Calculated T-Min values are determined using the following components:

Formulas that are stored in the Rules Library. Values that are stored in Thickness Measurement Location records that serve as

inputs to the formulas.

Note: For Calculated T-Min values to be retrieved, Thickness Measurement Location records must contain values in certain fields. Calculations will not be successful for Thickness Measurement Location records that do not contain these values.

Mappings that determine which formula should be used based upon the inputs that are supplied. These mappings are stored in records belonging to the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup family.


Viewing the Calculated T-Min FormulaThe formula for determining the Calculated T-Min value is derived from records in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup reference table. When you select a Thickness Measurement Location record in the grid in the T-Min Calculations for <Record ID> workspace on the on the T-Min Calculations page, the Meridium APM system compares certain values from that Thickness Measurement Location record to the values in records in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup family to find the corresponding T-Min formula. Provided that the selected Thickness Measurement Location record contains all the values needed for retrieving the T-Min formula, you can view the formula on the Formulas dialog box.

To view the formula that will be used for the Calculated T-Min value:

On the T-Min Calculations page, on the T-Min Calculator Tasks menu, click the Formulas link.

The Formulas dialog box appears, displaying the formula that has been derived from the Rules Library for the selected Thickness Measurement Location record.


About Required FieldsMeridium APM provides a set of baseline formulas that can be used for determining the Calculated T-Min value. For these calculations to be successful, certain inputs are needed. These inputs come from the Thickness Measurement Location records for which the calculations are being performed. Without the necessary inputs, Meridium APM will not be able to determine the Calculated T-Min value for a given Thickness Measurement Location record. If you want Meridium APM to determine Calculated T-Min values, you will need to supply values in these required fields in the Thickness Measurement Location records in your database.

In this section of the documentation, we list the fields that must be populated in Thickness Measurement Location records in order for Calculated T-Min values to be returned using the baseline T-Min formulas. The lists of required fields are organized

according to equipment type, which is derived using the value in the Design Code fields and other fields in each the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Note: If you are using custom T-Min formulas rather than the baseline formulas, this list of required fields may not apply to your implementation.

Piping T-Min Calculations

B31.1 B31.3 A

B31.3 B

B31.3 C

B31.3 D

B31.4

B31.8

Pressure Vessel T-Min Calculations

Conical Head (Inside) Conical Head (Outside)

Cylindrical Shell (Inside)

Cylindrical Shell (Outside)

Ellipsoidal Head (Inside)

Ellipsoidal Head (Outside)

Hemispherical Head (Inside)

Hemispherical Head (Outside)

Pipe Nozzle (Outside)

Spherical Shell (Inside)

Spherical Shell (Outside)

Toriconical Head (Inside)

Toriconical Head (Outside)

Toriconical Head, Knuckle Portion (Inside)

Toriconical Head, Knuckle Portion (Outside)

Torispherical Head (Inside)

Torispherical Head (Outside)

Tank T-Min Calculations

Annular Ring Floor Plate

Riveted Shell

Roof Plate

Welded Shell


B31.1Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value B31.1 in the Design Code field:

Allowable Stress Design Pressure

Joint Factor

Outside Diameter

Temperature Factor


B31.3 ABased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value B31.3 A in the Design Code field:


Joint Factor

Outside Diameter

Temperature Factor


B31.3 BBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value B31.3 B in the Design Code field:


Joint Factor

Outside Diameter


B31.3 CBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value B31.3 C in the Design Code field:


Joint Factor

Outside Diameter


B31.3 DBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value B31.3 D in the Design Code field:


Joint Factor

Mechanical Allowance

Outside Diameter

Temperature Factor




Outside Diameter



Allowable Stress Design Factor

Design Pressure

Joint Factor

Outside Diameter

Temperature Factor


Conical Head (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Conical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:

Allowable Stress Apex Angle

Design Pressure

Inside Diameter

Joint Factor


Conical Head (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Conical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Design Pressure

Joint Factor

Outside Diameter


Cylindrical Shell (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Cylindrical Shell in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Inside Radius

Joint Factor


Cylindrical Shell (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Cylindrical Shell in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Joint Factor

Outside Radius


Ellipsoidal Head (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Ellipsoidal Head in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Inside Diameter

Joint Factor


Ellipsoidal Head (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement

Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Ellipsoidal Head in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Joint Factor

Outside Diameter


Hemispherical Head (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Hemispherical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Inside Radius

Joint Factor


Hemispherical Head (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Hemispherical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Joint Factor

Outside Radius


Pipe Nozzle (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Pipe Nozzle in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Joint Factor

Outside Diameter


Spherical Shell (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Spherical Shell in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Inside Radius

Joint Factor


Spherical Shell (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Spherical Shell in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Joint Factor

Outside Radius


Toriconical Head (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Toriconical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Design Pressure

Inside Diameter

Joint Factor


Toriconical Head (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Toriconical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Design Pressure

Joint Factor

Outside Diameter


Toriconical Head, Knuckle Portion (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Toriconical Head, Knuckle Portion in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Design Pressure

Inside Diameter

Joint Factor

Knuckle Radius


Toriconical Head, Knuckle Portion (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Toriconical Head, Knuckle Portion in the Vessel Type field, and Outside in the PV Formula field:


Design Pressure

Joint Factor

Knuckle Radius

Outside Diameter


Torispherical Head (Inside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Torispherical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Dish Radius

Joint Factor

Knuckle Radius


Torispherical Head (Outside)Based upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value ASME VIII DIV 1 in the Design Code field, Torispherical Head in the Vessel Type field, and Inside in the PV Formula field:


Dish Radius

Joint Factor

Knuckle Radius


Annular RingBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Annular Ring in the Tank Type field:

Maximum Operating Fill Height Plate Thickness

Specific Gravity

Tank Diameter

Note: Meridium APM uses the values in the preceding fields to calculate the Allowable Stress value for these Thickness Measurement Location record. The calculated value is then used to retrieve the appropriate T-Min value from the Tank T-Min Annular Ring reference table.


Floor PlateBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Floor Plate in the Tank Type field:

Floor Plate has Detection? Floor Plate has Reinforced Lining?

Note: Because these are logical fields, they always contain a value (i.e., Yes or No). The Calculated T-Min value can be determined even if the check boxes in these fields are cleared.


Riveted ShellBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Riveted Shell in the Tank Type field:

Joint Factor Maximum Operating Fill Height

Specific Gravity

Tank Diameter

Note: An Allowable Stress value of 21000 is always used for determining the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Riveted Shell in the Tank Type field. If a value other than 21000 exists in the Allowable Stress field of these records, that value will be ignored and 21000 will be used in its place.


Roof PlateRoof Plate is a baseline value for Tank Type field using the value API 653 in the Design Code field. However, no baseline formulas are provided to calculate the T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value Roof Plate in the Tank Type field.


Welded ShellBased upon the baseline T-Min formulas, the following fields must contain a value for Meridium APM to determine the Calculated T-Min value for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Welded Shell in the Tank Type field:

Allowable Stress

Course Number

Joint Factor

Maximum Operating Fill Height



Specific Gravity

Tank Diameter


Nominal T-MinNominal T-Min is a T-Min value that represents the minimum thickness of a pipe based upon accepted industry standards. The Nominal T-Min value takes into account various design specifications and determines the minimum thickness associated with that criteria. The Nominal T-Min value is located using values from Thickness Measurement Location records and records in the Piping Nominal T-Min reference table. For the Nominal T-Min value to be retrieved for a given Thickness Measurement Location record, that record must contain values in the fields that are required for the lookup to occur, as determined by the Nominal T-Min Lookup settings.

The Nominal T-Min value applies only to TMLs on piping equipment. When you calculate the T-Min values via the T-Min Calculations page, a Nominal T-Min value will be retrieved only for Thickness Measurement Location records with a Design Code that corresponds to the piping equipment type, based upon the references that exist in the MI_ASSET_TYPE System Code Table.


Default T-MinThe Default T-Min is the minimum thickness value that is displayed in the Default T-Min cell for each Thickness Measurement Location record in the grid in the T-Min Calculations for <Record ID> workspace on the T-Min Calculations page. When a T-Min calculation is performed, the Meridium APM system retrieves the value from the value stored in the Default T-Min field in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.


User Defined T-MinThe User Defined T-Min is the minimum thickness value that is displayed in the User T-Min cell for each Thickness Measurement Location record in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace on the T-Min Calculations page.

For any Thickness Measurement Location record for a User Defined T-Min, in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace, the User T-Min cell will be populated with the value in the Minimum Thickness field of that record. If the Minimum Thickness Type is anything other than User Defined, the User T-Min cell will be empty when you access the T-Min Calculations page. Regardless of whether the User T-Min cell contains a value when you access the T-Min Calculations page, you can specify a User Defined T-Min value by typing the desired value in this cell.


What Happens when a Calculation is Performed?On the T-Min Calculations page, when you click the Calculate link on the T-Min

Calculator Tasks menu or click the button above the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace, the Meridium APM system performs the following operations for each Thickness Measurement Location record for which the Process check box is selected:

1. Determines the following values:

Calculated T-Min , which will be displayed in the Calculated T-Min cell in

the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace.

Nominal T-Min , which will be displayed in the Nominal T-Min cell in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace.

Default T-Min , which will be displayed in the Default T-Min cell in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace.

2. Compares the Calculated T-Min, Nominal T-Min, Default T-Min, and User T-Min (if one exists) and determines the most conservative (i.e., largest) of the four values.

3. Populates the Proposed T-Min cell in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace with the most conservative value determined in step 2.

Note: If you type a value in the User T-Min cell after performing a calculation, the value in the Proposed T-Min cell will be updated with the value you typed in the User T-Min cell, regardless of whether it is the most conservative value.

The Proposed Source cell will also be populated with one of the four values that identifies the type of T-Min value that was selected in this step: Calculated, Nominal, Default, or User Defined. The following image shows the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace on T-Min Calculations page after a calculation has been performed.


Starting the Calculation ProcessUsing the T-Min Calculations page, you can perform calculations to determine the Minimum Thickness value for each Thickness Measurement Location record.

To calculate T-Min values and update Thickness Measurement Location records:

1. Access the T-Min Calculations page for the Equipment or TML Group records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location records whose minimum thickness you want to calculate.

2. In the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace, select the check box in the Process T-Min column for the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you want to calculate the minimum thickness, as shown in the following image.

3. If you want to specify a User Defined T-Min value that will be compared to the calculated values, type the desired value in the User T-Min cell for the desired Thickness Measurement Location records.

Note: For any Thickness Measurement Location record in which the Minimum Thickness Type is set to User Defined, when you access the T-Min Calculations page, the User T-Min cell will be populated with the value in the Minimum Thickness field of that record. You can modify the existing value as desired.

4. On the T-Min Calculator Tasks menu, click the Calculate link.

The Calculation Status dialog box appears, displaying the information for the T-Min calculation for each Thickness Measurement Location record for which a T-Min calculation was performed.

When the calculations are complete, you can save the information displayed in the Calculation Status dialog box by clicking the Save Log button, if desired.

5. Click the Close button.

The results of the calculations are displayed in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace. For each Thickness Measurement Location record for which the calculation was successful, the Proposed T-Min cell will be populated with the most conservative T-Min value from all Thickness Measurement Location records that were included in the calculation. The source of this value will be populated in the Proposed Source field: Calculated, Nominal, Default, or User Defined.

6. If you want the T-Min value in a Thickness Measurement Location record to be determined by a different source:

o In the row containing the desired Thickness Measurement Location

record, in the Proposed Source cell, click the button, and select the calculation type that you want to use as the source for the T-Min value for the Thickness Measurement Location record: Calculated, Nominal, Default, or User Defined.

-or-

o In the row containing the desired Thickness Measurement Location

record, type the desired value in the User T-Min cell.

The value in the Proposed T-Min cell is updated as appropriate. If you modified the value in the User T-Min cell, the value in the Proposed Source cell will be updated to User Defined. In the following image, the User Defined calculation type has been selected from the list in the Proposed Source cell, and the value in both the Proposed T-Min and User T-Min cells is 0.012.

7. On the T-Min Calculator Tasks menu, click the Save and Analyze link.

For each Thickness Measurement Location in the grid:

The Current T-Min cell is updated with the value in the Proposed T-Min

cell, which is also saved as the value in the Minimum Thickness field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

The Current Source cell is updated with the value in the Proposed Source cell, which is also saved as the value for the Minimum Thickness Type field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

All cells that contain T-Min values or T-Min value sources are cleared, with the exception of the Current T-Min and Current Source columns.


About the Calculation DetailsWhen you perform a T-Min calculation, the Calculation Status dialog box appears, which shows the progress of the calculations as they are being performed. After the calculations are complete, you can use this dialog box to interpret the calculation progress. If desired, you can save the results that are displayed in the dialog box to an external file.

After you close the Calculation Status dialog box, you can access it again for individual Thickness Measurement Location records from the toolbar above grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace on the T-Min Calculations page.


Interpreting the Calculation DetailsThe Calculation Status dialog box displays information about the T-Min calculations that you perform. The information that appears in the dialog box is separated into sections representing each Thickness Measurement Location record whose T-Min value was calculated, as determined by the selection of the Process T-Min check box in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace on the T-Min Calculations page.

Each section contain specific information about that Thickness Measurement Location record and the calculation that was performed against it.

Note: If a calculation was not successful, some sections will not contain data, or they will contain information indicating the problem that the Meridium APM system encountered when trying to complete the calculation.

The following image shows an example of the Calculation Status dialog box. In this image, only one Thickness Measurement Location record was included in the calculation.

Note: The Calculation Status dialog box displays converted values rather than base, or stored, values. Although units of measure are not displayed on the Calculation Status

dialog box, the UOM Conversion Set that is associated with your Security User account is applied to the values displayed in the Calculation Status dialog box.

The Calculation Status dialog box is divided into the following sections for each Thickness Measurement Location record:

TML : <TML ID>, where <TML ID> is the TML ID of the Thickness Measurement Location whose calculation details you are viewing. This section displays the following information:

o Minimum Thickness Value: The current Minimum Thickness value.

o Minimum Thickness Source: The source of the current Minimum Thickness value.

o By User: The User ID of the Security User who saved the current

Minimum Thickness value.

o On Date: The date on which the current Minimum Thickness value was last saved.

Calculated T-Min: This section displays the following information:

o Value: The Calculated T-Min value.

o Formula Used: The location in the Rules Library where the formula that was used to calculate the Calculated T-Min value is stored.

Note: Below the formula that was used, the Calculated T-Min section displays the fields that were used in the calculations and the values that those fields contained at the time of the calculation.

Nominal T-Min value: This section displays the following information:o Nominal T-Min value: The Nominal T-Min value that was retrieved using

the Piping Nominal T-Min reference table.

o Values used for the lookup: The fields in the Thickness Measurement Location record that were used to retrieve the Nominal T-Min value.

Note: The Nominal T-Min value section appears only for calculations that have been performed for Thickness Measurement Location records with a Design Code that corresponds to the Piping Asset Type.

Default T-Min value: This section displays the value that is stored in the Default T-Min field in the Corrosion Analysis Settings record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

User Defined T-Min value: This section displays the value in the User T-Min field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.


Saving the Calculation DetailsYou can save the calculation log while viewing the Calculation Status dialog box after the calculations have been performed or for one Thickness Measurement Location record while viewing the Details dialog box for that Thickness Measurement Location record.

To save the calculation log as a text file:

1. On the Calculation Status dialog box or the Details dialog box, click the Save Log button.

The Save As dialog box appears.

2. Navigate to the location where you want to save the calculation log.3. In the File name text box, enter the name that you want to give the saved

calculation log file.

4. Click the Save button.

The calculation log is saved as a text (.TXT) file.


About TML Calculation DetailsCalculation details are logged for each Thickness Measurement Location record each time you perform a T-Min calculation for it. You can view these details on the:

Current Calculation Results Details dialog box: Displays the details of the calculation that was most recently performed for a given Thickness Measurement Location record.

Calculation Results History dialog box: Displays the details of ALL the calculations that were attempted for a given Thickness Measurement Location record. The details included on this dialog box are the same as the details displayed on the Current Calculation Results Details dialog box, but on the Calculation Results History dialog box, the details are repeated once for each time a calculation was performed.

The information displayed on each of these dialog boxes is similar to the data displayed on the Calculation Results dialog box , which appears when T-Min calculations are performed. Additionally, like the Calculation Results dialog box, the Current Calculation Results Details and Calculation Results History dialog boxes offer an option that lets you save the details to a file.


Viewing the Details for the Most Recent CalculationTo view the calculation details for a single Thickness Measurement Location record:

1. On the T-Min Calculations page, in the grid in the T-Min Calculations workspace, in the row containing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose T-Min calculation details you want to view, click the button in the Calculation Status cell.

The Current Calculation Results Details dialog box appears, displaying the calculation details for the Thickness Measurement Location record.


Viewing the History of All CalculationsTo view the calculation details of all calculations attempted for a given Thickness Measurement Location record:

On the T-Min Calculations page, in the grid in T-Min Calculations workspace, in the row containing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose T-Min calculation details you want to view, locate the Calculation History cell in the

grid, and click the button.

The Calculation Results History dialog box appears, displaying the details of all T-Min calculations that have been performed for the Thickness Measurement Location record.


Resetting User Grid PreferencesVarious grids are displayed throughout Thickness Monitoring. For example, on the TM TMLs/Measurements page, Thickness Measurement Location records are displayed in a grid in the TMLs pane.

The grids within Thickness Monitoring have a set of default settings that control the appearance of the grids when users view them the first time, including the columns that are displayed, the column order, the sort order, and so on. If a Security User modifies the settings for a grid, those changes will be saved for that Security User so that the next time that user views the same grid, rather than displaying the default grid settings, the Meridium APM system will display the user-specific settings.

The TM Administrative Tasks page offers an option that you can use to reset a Security User's saved grid preferences so that the next time that user views the grid, the default grid preferences will be used. Grid preferences can be reset for each Thickness Monitoring Security User and for various pages in Thickness Monitoring.

To reset a Security User's grid preferences:

1. In the Meridium APM Framework, access the TM Administrative Tasks page .2. Click the Reset User Preferences link.

The Reset User Preferences page appears.

3. In the Reset User Preferences for the following forms list, select the page for which you want to reset a Security User's grid preferences.

4. In the Select Users list, select the check box to the left of the User ID of the Security User whose grid preferences you want to reset. You can clear the check box to the left of the User ID of any Security User whose grid preferences you do not want to reset. Note that:

1.

The User ID associated with the Security User who is currently logged in to Meridium APM will be selected by default. Be sure to clear this check box if you do not want to reset the grid preferences for this user.

The list of Security Users is sorted alphabetically by Last Name. The sort order cannot be changed.

5. At the bottom right of the Select Users list, click the Reset button.

Note: The Reset button will be enabled only if at least one Security User is selected in the Select Users list.

A message appears, indicating that the grid preferences were reset successfully.


About Devices in Thickness MonitoringThe Meridium APM Devices functionality (referred to as Datalogger in the Thickness Monitoring module) allows for the collection and transfer of data between a Meridium APM database and a device, which can be a physical piece of hardware, such as a handheld data-collection tool, or a file, such as a spreadsheet or text file. The Meridium APM Devices interface enables direct communication between supported data-collection devices, the Meridium APM Framework machine, and the Meridium APM database. This is done by defining a device and associating with it a mapping, which defines the data that is to be sent to and received from the data-collection device.

In Thickness Monitoring, devices are used to collect readings that will be uploaded to Meridium APM to create Thickness Measurement records. More specifically:

You will send to a device the TMLs for which you want to collect measurement data.

After the readings have been collected and reside on the device, you will upload them to a Meridium APM database via a receive operation.

The readings that are uploaded will be used to create new Thickness Measurement records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location records that you sent to the device.

The following devices are supported by Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring:

Access Database Microsoft Excel 5.0/Excel 95

Microsoft Excel 2000

Microsoft Excel 97

Krautkramer Branson DMS Instrument

Krautkramer Branson DMS2 Instrument

GE DMS Go

GE DMS Go+

ODBC

Panametrics 37DL Plus Ultrasonic Thickness Gage


Text

Note the following details about sending data to specific devices:

The following devices do not accept Asset IDs containing lowercase characters: Panametrics 37DL Plus Ultrasonic Thickness Gage


The Krautkramer Branson DMS2 Instrument and the GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device will only use the first 32 characters of any item you send. This means that if an Asset ID is longer than 32 characters, it can be sent to the devices, but the file created on the devices will only contain the first 32 characters of the name. If you send items longer than 32 characters, you will receive a message indicating the original item name and the truncated item name.

Note also that if multiple items are sent to this device, and the first 32 characters of the items are identical, a single file will be created on the device using those 32 characters. All items that were sent will appear in that file.

For a more expedient transfer of TM data when using a GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device, you can remove the memory card from the GE DMS Go/DMS Go+ device and plug the card directly into a card reader attached to your local machine.


Accessing Devices in Thickness MonitoringTo access the Devices interface from the Thickness Monitoring Functions page:

On the Thickness Monitoring Functions page, click the Datalogger link.

The Select a Device and Properties dialog box appears.

From the Select a Device and Properties dialog box, you can:

Add a new device . Edit an existing device .

Delete a device .

Access the Manage Device Mappings dialog box , where you can manage the mappings for a given device.

Initiate a send operation .

Initiate a receive operation .


How Devices Handle Multiple ReadingsWhen you send TM data to a device, you download to the device information about the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you want to collect readings. While the Meridium APM system supports multiple readings per measurement, devices support only one reading per TML. Therefore, when you send data to a device:

The Meridium APM system will evaluate the value in the Number of Readings field in each Thickness Measurement Location record that you send to the device.

On the device, one entry will be created for each reading that needs to be collected. If multiple readings need to be collected for a given TML, multiple entries will be created on the device for that Thickness Measurement Location record. Each entry on the device will be identified by the value [TML ID][x]*, where TML ID is the value in the TML ID field and x is a letter of the alphabet.

When you receive readings that have been collected on the device, the Meridium APM system will combine all the entries for a given TML and use them to create a single Thickness Measurement record to store ALL the collected reading values.

Consider, for example, a Thickness Measurement Location record with the TML ID TML1 that contains the value 3 in the Number of Readings field. When this TML is sent to the device, three entries will be created on the device:

gettingstarted.chm::/Receiving_Data_from_the_Device.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Sending_Data_to_the_Device.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Accessing_the_Manage_Device_Mappings_Window.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Deleting_a_Device.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Editing_an_Existing_Device.htm

gettingstarted.chm::/Adding_a_New_Device.htm

TML1a* TML1b*

TML1c*

Now, assume that you record the following readings for the entries.

Entry Reading

TML1a* 0.31

TML1b* 0.315

TML1c* 0.311

When you receive the data from the device, ONE Thickness Measurement record will be created. It will be linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record TML1 and will contain the following values in the Readings field:

0.31 0.315

0.311


About TM Device MappingsTo use devices in TM, you must create mappings that determine what information will be transferred to and from the device. Two types of mappings are needed:

Send Mappings: Identify the data that will be transferred from the Meridium APM database to a device and what fields on the device should be populated with that data.

Receive Mappings: Identify the data that will be transferred from a device to the Meridium APM database and what fields in Meridium APM records should be populated with that data.

gettingstarted.chm::/Accessing_the_Manage_Device_Mappings_Window.htm

The documentation provides a list of fields that are required for send and receive mappings and the corresponding Meridium APM field. However, the documentation does not provide detailed instructions on creating these mappings and instead assumes that you have a general understanding of the mapping creation process and how devices are used in TM. Keep in mind that each mapping, however, has requirements that are specific to TM and the device for which the mapping is being created.


Fields Required for Send and Receive MappingsThe following tables list the fields that must exist in TM send and receive mappings to ensure successful send and receive operations for TM data. For some devices, additional fields are supported and can also be included in the send and receive mappings. Any field not listed in this topic, however, is not necessary for ensuring the success of send and receive operations. If you choose to map additional device fields, you will need to associate them with a corresponding Meridium APM field.

Note: The following mappings are supported for ALL TM devices except where otherwise noted.

Fields Required for Send Mappings

Meridium APM Field Device Field

TML Asset ID (Thickness Measurement Location)

Asset ID

TML ID (Thickness Measurement Location)

Datapoint ID

Unit of Measure (MI Unit of Measure) Datapoint Unit of Measure

Number of Readings (Thickness Measurement Location)

Number of Readings

Fields Required for Receive Mappings

Meridium APM Field Device Field

TML Asset ID (Thickness Measurement Location)

Asset ID

TML ID (Thickness Measurement Location)

Datapoint ID

Unit of Measure (MI Unit of Measure) Datapoint Unit of Measure

Readings (Thickness Measurement) Reading Values V3.6.0.0.0 - Copyright © 1993-2014 Meridium, Inc. All rights reserved.

About Skipping Measurements in TMThe Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring module provides the option to skip measurements, meaning that you want to record an inspection date for a particular TML to satisfy inspection requirements, but not actually take a measurement at the TML. When you skip a measurement, instead of creating a Thickness Measurement record containing measurement values associated with that TML for a particular inspection, you will create a Measurement Not Taken record to store the inspection data.

Some reasons that you may want to skip measurements include:

The physical location of certain TMLs on a piece of equipment or component may be difficult to reach or require a shutdown in order to take a measurement.

Your organization may have a strategy in place that dictates that if measurements are taken for a certain percentage of TMLs on a piece of equipment or component, then it is acceptable not to take measurements for the remaining TMLs.

Resource limitations may make it difficult or impossible to take measurements at all TMLs on all pieces of equipment or components.

In order to skip measurements in Thickness Monitoring, you first must enable this option in your global preferences. Then you will need to create Measurement Not Taken records to represent any measurement that was skipped. After you have enabled this option and

created Measurement Not Taken records, TM Analyses containing skipped measurements will be updated to take those Measurement Not Taken records into account.

IMPORTANT: The Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring Best Practice is to record actual readings for all inspections and not skip measurements. This section of the documentation provides information on using this functionality if you decide to deviate from the Thickness Monitoring Best Practice. All TM documentation outside of this section assumes that the skip measurements feature is disabled.


Enabling the Option to Skip MeasurementsIn order to skip measurements in TM, you must enable this option in the global

preferences. When you have enabled this option, the button is displayed on the toolbar above the grid:

In the Measurements pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

On the TM Measurement Data Entry page .

If you enable this option and create Measurement Not Taken records and then later disable this option, any Measurement Not Taken records that you created will be ignored in the TM Analysis (i.e., all calculations will be performed as if the Measurement Not Taken records did not exist).

To enable the option to skip measurements:

1. Access the Global Preferences page .2. In the Measurement Preferences section, select the Allow Measurements to be

Skipped check box.

The Allow Consecutive Skipped Measurements check box becomes enabled, as shown in the following image.

3. If you want to also enable the option to skip measurements consecutively, select the Allow Consecutive Skipped Measurements check box.

4. On the Global Preferences task menu, click the Save link.

Your selections are saved.


About Skipping Measurements ConsecutivelyIf you enable the option to skip measurements in TM, you will also have the option to enable a feature that allows you to skip measurements consecutively. When you do this, you will be able to create back-to-back Measurement Not Taken records. This concept is best understood through an example.

Suppose that the TML TML01 is difficult to reach. As a result, your organizational policy dictates that while readings for all other TMLs on the associated piece of equipment must be taken every six months, a reading for TML01 must be taken only once per year, as illustrated in the following table.

TML Scheduled readings

TML01

June 1, 2014

June 1, 2015

TML02

June 1, 2014

December 1, 2014

June 1, 2015

December 1, 2015

TML03

June 1, 2014

December 1, 2014

June 1, 2015

December 1, 2015

Continuing with this example, suppose that you create a Measurement Not Taken record when a reading is skipped for TML01 on December 1, 2014. Next, suppose that due to

budget constraints at your facility, the scaffolding necessary to gain access to TML01 is unable to be built on June 1, 2015 (the date on which an actual thickness measurement reading is scheduled to be taken for this TML). In this case, you may want to create another Measurement Not Taken record for TML01, assuming that an actual measurement will be taken when possible.


Enabling the Option to Skip Measurements ConsecutivelyTo enable the option to skip measurements consecutively:

1. Access the Global Preferences page .2. In the Measurement Preferences section, with the Allow Measurements to be

Skipped check box selected, select the Allow Consecutive Skipped Measurements check box.

3. On the Global Preferences task menu, click the Save link.

Your selections are saved.


Rules for Creating Measurement Not Taken RecordsWhen you enable the option to skip measurements in TM, it is important to keep in mind the following rules:

You can create a Measurement Not Taken record only for Thickness Measurement Location records for which at least one of the following items exists:

o An active, actual thickness measurement.

-or-

o An active, nominal thickness measurement. Measurement Not Taken records are not considered actual measurements with

respect to determining when nominal measurements are made inactive measurements.


About Creating Measurement Not Taken RecordsYou can create Measurement Not Taken records and link them to Thickness Measurement Location records to represent measurements that you skipped during an inspection. You can create:

A single Measurement Not Taken record using the TM TMLs/Measurements or TM Measurement Data Entry page.

Multiple Measurement Not Taken records at one time using the TM Measurement Data Entry page .

In order to create Measurement Not Taken records, the option to skip measurements must be enabled on the Global Preferences page.


Creating Measurement Not Taken Records Using the TM Measurement Data Entry PageIf you are entering thickness measurements for ALL the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to a given Equipment or TML Group record and you want to create Measurement Not Taken records, you can use the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

To create Measurement Not Taken records using the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

1. In the grid, select the row representing the TML for which you want to create a Measurement Not Taken record.

2. On the toolbar above the grid, click the button.

3. A Measurement Not Taken record is created and linked to the associated Thickness Measurement Location record. The following cells in the selected row in the grid are populated with values:

o Readings: Displays the value <Not Taken>.

o Measurement Taken Date: Displays the date on which the Measurement Not Taken record was created.


Creating Measurement Not Taken Records Using the TM TMLs/Measurements PageTo create a Measurement Not Taken record using the TM TMLs/Measurements page:

1. In the grid in the TMLs pane, select the row representing the TML for which you want to create a Measurement Not Taken record. In the following image, the row containing the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML01 is selected.

2. On the toolbar above the grid in the Measurements pane, click the button.


3. In the Measurement Taken Date box, type or select a date that corresponds with the inspection during which you skipped a measurement for the TML. Today's date is displayed in this box by default.

4. Click OK.

A Measurement Not Taken record is created and linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record. A new row containing details of the Measurement Not Taken record is displayed in the grid in the Measurements pane. The Readings cell is populated with the value <Not Taken>, and the other cells are populated with values stored in the Measurement Not Taken record. A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight the new row that is displayed in the grid.


Creating Multiple Measurement Not Taken Records Using the TM Measurement Data Entry PageIf you want to create Thickness Measurement records and Measurement Not Taken records for the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to an Equipment or TML Group record, you can create multiple Measurement Not Taken records at one time using the Create Skipped Measurements window. The following instructions assume that you are viewing the TM Measurement Data Entry page for the Equipment or TML Group record whose Thickness Measurement Location records for which you want to create Thickness Measurement records and Measurement Not Taken records.

To create multiple Measurement Not Taken records at one time via the TM Measurement Data Entry page:

1. In the grid, for each Thickness Measurement Location record for which you want to create Thickness Measurement records, type a value in the Readings cell.

In the following image, the Readings cell for the Thickness Measurement Location records with TML IDs TML01 and TML02 contains a value.


The Create Skipped Measurements window appears.

The check boxes for the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you did not enter a value in the Readings cell and their associated Equipment or TML Group record are selected by default.

3. If you want to create Measurement Not Taken records for: All of the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you did not

enter a value in the Readings cell, accept the default selections.

Some of the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you did not enter a value in the Readings cell, clear the check boxes for the Thickness Measurement Location records for which you do not want to create Measurement Not Taken records.

In the following image, the check box for the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML04 is selected.

4. Click OK.

A confirmation message appears, indicating that measurements have been saved, and the Readings cell in grid for Thickness Measurement Location records for which you created Measurement Not Taken records is populated with the value <Not Taken>. The following image shows an example of this confirmation message, and the value <Not Taken> displayed in the Readings cell in the grid for the Thickness Measurement Location record with TML ID TML04.

5. Click OK.

The TM Measurement Data Entry page returns to focus, displaying a blank grid.


Viewing the Details of a Measurement Not Taken RecordThe details of Measurement Not Taken records are displayed in the grid in the Measurements pane on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. You can scroll to the right in the grid to view all of the columns of information displayed for each Measurement Not Taken record. Additionally, you can view the details of a single Measurement Not Taken record using the Measurement Not Taken datasheet.

To view the details of a Measurement Not Taken record:

1. On the TM TMLs/Measurements page , in the TM Explorer pane, select the node representing the Thickness Measurement Location record whose Measurement Not Taken record you want to view.

2. In the Measurements grid, select the row containing the Measurement Not Taken record whose details you want to view.

3. On the toolbar above the Measurements grid, click the button, and then click Thickness Measurement Datasheet.

The Measurement Not Taken window appears, displaying the Measurement Not Taken datasheet.


Interpreting Calculations in TM Analyses that Include Skipped MeasurementsIMPORTANT: Some terms that are used in this section of the documentation are defined in the Glossary section of the TM documentation. Consult the topics in the Glossary section for more information.

When active measurements and Measurement Not Taken records exist in a TM Analysis, all calculations, with the exception of Interval Next Inspection Date, are calculated as if Measurement Not Taken records are not included in your TM Analysis. For example, consider the calculation for Short Term Corrosion Rate. Short Term Corrosion Rate is calculated using the Short Term Loss and Short Term Interval, where:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = Short Term Loss / Short Term Interval

...where:

Short Term Loss = Near Measurement Value - Last Measurement Value

...and:

Short Term Interval = Last Measurement Date - Near Measurement Date

Continuing with the example, consider the following measurements.

Reading Date Measurement (inches)

Base 1/1/1985 .2

N/A 1/1/1987 <Measurement Not Taken>

Near 1/1/1990 .195


Last 1/1/1995 .19


Short Term Loss = .195 - .19

Short Term Loss = .005

Short Term Interval = 1/1/1995 - 1/1/1990

Short Term Interval = 5 years

Short Term Corrosion Rate = .005 / 5

Short Term Corrosion Rate = .001

Note that the Short Term Loss was not calculated using a Last Measurement Value of 1/1/2000, the date in the Measurement Not Taken record that is associated with the most recent inspection of this TML. There is no value associated with this date (or the date in ANY Measurement Not Taken record) and therefore, these records are ignored in all TM calculations with the exception of Interval Next Inspection Date.


Interval Next Inspection DateWhen Measurement Not Taken records are included in a TM Analysis, Interval Next Inspection Date is calculated using the following equation:

Interval Next Inspection Date = Last Measurement Date + Default Inspection Interval

Where Last Measurement Date is the most recent value in the Measurement Taken Date field of ALL the active Thickness Measurement and active Measurement Not Taken records linked to a given Thickness Measurement Location record.

For example, consider a Default Inspection Interval of 60 months (i.e., 5 years) and a Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to records with the following Measurement Taken Dates.

RecordMeasurement Taken Date


1/1/2004

Measurement Not Taken

1/1/2005


1/1/2006

Measurement Not Taken

1/1/2007

In this case, the Interval Next Inspection Date would be calculated as:

Interval Next Inspection Date = 1/1/2007 + 60 months

Interval Next Inspection Date = 1/1/2012

You will know when a Measurement Not Taken record is being used to calculate the Interval Next Inspection Date for a Thickness Measurement Location record based upon visual cues on the TM Analysis page .


Skipped Measurements and TML Corrosion Analysis FieldsWhen a TML's most recent measurement date is a date from a Measurement Not Taken record, and when the TML's controlling corrosion rate is less than the equipment controlling corrosion rate, the following fields in the TML Corrosion Analysis record are populated:

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date

This differs from when these fields are populated in a TM Analysis does not include skipped measurements.

In the preceding scenario, the Asset Average Corrosion Rate field is populated with the asset controlling corrosion rate. For example, consider a TM Analysis with:

An asset controlling corrosion rate of 123 MILS/year A TML with a corrosion rate of 110 MILS/year whose most recent measurement

date is from a Measurement Not Taken record.

In this case, the Asset Average Corrosion Rate would be set to 123 MILS/year.

This Asset Average Corrosion Rate value could be the result of any method that is specified to determine the asset controlling corrosion rate (Maximum, Average, or Formula). This differs from a TM Analysis that does not include skipped measurements. When a TM Analysis does not include skipped measurements, the Asset Average Corrosion Rate field is populated only when certain settings are specified, and this value

can be the result only of an Average or Formula method that is specified to determine the asset controlling corrosion rate.

Asset Average Corrosion Rate is an input to some of the calculations that are used to populate the three remaining fields mentioned above. These calculations are performed using the same formulas that are used when a TM Analysis does not include skipped measurements. The results of the same calculations in a TM Analysis that includes skipped measurements versus a TM Analysis that does not include skipped measurements, however, may differ because of the values that can be used to populate the Asset Average Corrosion Rate field in each of these TM Analyses.

These values are displayed in the Adjusted Corrosion Data section in the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace .


Skipped Measurements and the TM Analysis PageWhen the Measurement Taken Date value in a Measurement Not Taken record is used to calculate Interval Next Inspection Date for a TML, a red arrow is displayed to the left of this value in the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace on the TM Analysis page. A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight this arrow.


Skipped Measurements and the TML Analysis Plot PageYou cannot view the TML Analysis Plot for a Thickness Measurement Location record for which you have created:

Only one active Thickness Measurement record.

-and-

One or more Measurement Not Taken records.

When you try to access the TML Analysis Plot page for a Thickness Measurement Location record that meets these criteria, an error message is displayed.


Measurement Not Taken RecordsMeasurement Not Taken records are used in Thickness Monitoring when you have enabled the option to skip measurements. The following table lists the fields in Measurement Not Taken records, and the data type, description, and usage of those fields.

FieldData Type

Description Behavior and Usage

Comment

Character

Additional information about the skipped measurement.

This field is used to store descriptive information about the skipped measurement that is not recorded in any other field in the Measurement Not Taken record. This field is not used by the Meridium APM System.

Measurement Status Changed By

Character

The first and last name of the Meridium APM Security User who last changed the value in the Measurement Status Indicator field.

This field is populated automatically when the Measurement Status Indicator field is populated for the first time. This field is updated automatically when the Measurement Status Indicator field is modified.

Status Changed Date

Date The date that the value in the Measurement Status Indicator field was first populated or modified.

This field is populated automatically when the value in the Measurement Status Indicator field is populated for the first time. This field is updated automatically when the Measurement

Status Indicator field is modified.

Measurement Status Indicator

Character

Indicates whether the Measurement Not Taken Record is active or inactive.

This field can contain one of the following values:

Active Inactive

When you create a Measurement Not Taken record, the value in this field is Active by default.

When a Measurement Not Taken record's associated Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed, the value in this field is set to Inactive by default.


Character

The first and last name of the Meridium APM Security User who created the Measurement Not Taken record.

This field is populated automatically when a Measurement Not Taken record is created.

Measurement Taken Date

Date

The date of the inspection on which the measurement was skipped.

When you create a Measurement Not Taken record, you can specify this value via the New Measurement dialog box.

Historical Sequence Number

Number A value that identifies the renewal sequence of the Measurement Not Taken record.

This value is populated automatically when the associated Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed.

For example, if a Thickness Measurement Location record is linked to three active Measurement Not Taken records, when the Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed for the first time, the Historical Sequence Number of those three Measurement Not Taken records will be set to 1. If the Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed again, the Historical Sequence Number of any Measurement Not Taken records that

are active at the time of the renewal will be set to 2.

TML Key Number

A value that identifies the Thickness Measurement Location record to which the Measurement Not Taken record is linked.

When a Measurement Not Taken record is created, this field is populated automatically with the Entity Key of the Thickness Measurement Location record to which it is linked.

Measurement ID

NumberThe record ID of the Measurement Not Taken record.

This field is populated automatically when you save a Measurement Not Taken record for the first time.

Note: If you modify the ID Template for the Measurement Not Taken family and choose to update existing records, values in this field in existing records will not be updated until the records are re-saved.


Overview of TM CalculationsA TM Analysis includes one or more Equipment records and all the TM-specific records that are linked to them. As you conduct a TM Analysis, various calculations and validations are performed, and the results are stored in various records involved in the TM Analysis.

In this section of the documentation, we provide descriptions of the calculations and validations that are performed within a TM Analysis. These descriptions are classified according to the type of record for which the calculation or validation is performed:

Asset Corrosion Analysis: Stores summary information and calculations that are performed using the information in the related Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records.

TML Corrosion Analysis: Stores summary information and calculations performed using the information in related Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records.

Thickness Measurement: Stores measurement data and performs calculations. The values calculated in Thickness Measurement records are used for calculating values in the associated TML Corrosion Analysis record.

The Meridium APM system uses specific formulas, equations, and estimation methods to arrive at the values that are stored in these records. In order to understand the information that is displayed to you for a given analysis, you must understand how the values were determined.

Hint: In addition to using the documentation provided here, you can view TM formulas on the Formulas page, which you can access by clicking the Formulas link on the TM Tasks menu.


Changes to Controlling Corrosion Rates and TM CalculationsTML and equipment controlling corrosion rates are used as inputs in various TM Calculations. As a result, changes to the controlling corrosion rate of a TML, component, or piece of equipment will impact the output of those calculations. Additionally, calculations that use the output of those calculations as inputs will be impacted.

The following table lists calculations to which TML or equipment controlling corrosion rate is direct input, and the calculations to which TML or equipment controlling corrosion rate is an indirect input (i.e., a calculation that uses a value that is determined directly by TML or equipment controlling corrosion rate).

A change to:...Impacts (directly):

...Which impacts (indirectly):

TML controlling corrosion rate

Remaining Life

Estimated Remaining Life from Today for a TML

Retirement Date


Asset controlling corrosion rate

Asset Average Corrosion Rate



About Asset Corrosion Analysis CalculationsThe calculations in this section are performed using values that are stored in Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records in your TM Analysis. The results of these calculations are stored in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record, and some of these values are displayed in the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace on the TM Analysis page .

A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight where Asset Corrosion Analysis values are displayed in the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace .


Types of Asset-Level Corrosion RatesThe following corrosion rates are calculated for the Asset Corrosion Analysis record:

Controlling Corrosion Rate Average Corrosion Rate

Statistical Corrosion Rate

Maximum Corrosion Rate




Three options on the Asset Analysis Settings window are used to determine how Controlling Corrosion Rate will be calculated for the Asset Corrosion Analysis record associated with an Equipment or TML Group record:

Average: When you select this option, the Controlling Corrosion Rate value in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be populated with the Average Corrosion Rate calculated for the piece of equipment or component.

Formula: When you select this option, the Controlling Corrosion Rate value in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be populated with the Statistical Corrosion Rate calculated for the piece of equipment or component.

Maximum: When you select this option, the Controlling Corrosion Rate value in the in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be populated with the Maximum Corrosion Rate calculated for the piece of equipment or component.

A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight these options.

Additionally, the option that you select will be reflected in the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace on the TM Analysis page for the associated Equipment or TML Group record. A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight where your selection for this option is displayed on the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace. The following image indicates that the Maximum option was selected on the Asset Analysis Settings window.


Average Corrosion RateThe Average Corrosion Rate for a piece of equipment or component is calculated using the following equation:

Average Corrosion Rate = (( TML CCRs) / # of TMLs) x Safety Factor

For example, consider a piece of equipment or component whose TMLs that have the following controlling corrosion rates:

14.98 Mils/year 13.91 Mils/year

14.5 Mils/year

If the Safety Factor is 1, the Average Corrosion Rate would be calculated using the following equation:

Average Corrosion Rate = ((14.98 + 13.91 + 14.5)/3) x 1

Average Corrosion Rate = 14.46 Mils/year

The Asset Analysis Settings, however, provide three options that may affect how the value of the Average Corrosion Rate is calculated:

Safety Factor Minimum Number of TMLs

Percentile

By default, these options are configured in such a way that all Active Thickness Measurement Location records included in a TM Analysis will be used with a Safety Factor of 1. In other words, if you want the Average Corrosion Rate to be calculated as described here, you do not need to modify these options. If you do want the average to be adjusted, click one of the links in the preceding list for information on how the average calculation can be modified.

A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight these options.


Safety FactorThe Safety Factor is a value that can be configured in the Asset Analysis Settings and represents the value by which the calculated average will be multiplied in order to determine the Average Corrosion Rate. The Safety Factor allows you to factor in to the Average Corrosion Rate a specified degree of conservativeness. The Safety Factor is applied using the following calculation:

Average Corrosion Rate = Actual Average x Safety Factor

For example, if the Safety Factor is 1.5, and the actual average is 8.5 Mils/year, the Average Corrosion Rate would be calculated as:

Average Corrosion Rate = 8.5 Mils/year x 1.5

Average Corrosion Rate = 12.75 Mils/year

Note that the actual average for the piece of equipment or component may be the average that is calculated using the standard averaging method, or it may be the average that is determined after applying the Percentile setting to the Thickness Measurement Location records. A Safety Factor of 1, which is the default setting for new analyses, specifies that you want to use the actual average instead of an adjusted average. Typically, if you modify the default Safety Factor, you will typically want to set it to a value greater than 1 to indicate that the adjusted average will be greater than the actual average.


PercentileThe standard averaging method takes the sum of TML controlling corrosion rates and divides it by the number of all Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis to determine the average corrosion rate. If you want the average to be a more conservative (i.e., higher) value, you can eliminate TMLs with the lowest controlling corrosion rates using the Percentile option in the Asset Analysis Settings.

The Percentile option lets you specify that you want to use the highest X percent of Thickness Measurement Location records for calculating the Average Corrosion Rate. For example, assume that a piece of equipment or component that has 5 TMLs with the following controlling corrosion rates.

Thickness Measurement Location record

Controlling corrosion rate

Percentage ranking

1 10.001 20% and below

2 9.921 40% or greater



5 7.001 100%

The percentile ranking indicates the value that you would need to define in order to include that controlling corrosion rate in the average calculation. The Percentile value is factored in as:

(# of TMLs x Percentile)/100 = # of TMLs to Use

For example, if you set the Percentile to 80, the # of TMLs to use would be calculated as:

(5 x 80)/100 = 4

In this case, the Average Corrosion Rate would be calculated using the 4 highest TML controlling corrosion rates, or 10.001, 9.921, 8.999, and 7.643.

The default value for the Percentile setting is 100, which means that by default, the Average Corrosion Rate will be calculated using ALL Active Thickness Measurement Location records included in the TM Analysis. If you want to exclude Thickness Measurement Location records with the lowest controlling corrosion rates, you will need to modify this setting.


Minimum Number of TMLsThe Minimum Number of TMLs setting is used in conjunction with the Percentile setting. It ensures that the number of Thickness Measurement Location records used for calculating the Average Corrosion Rate will not drop below a specified number.

For example, consider the following:

An Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to 50 Thickness Measurement Location records.

The Percentile setting is set to 20.

The Minimum Number of TMLs setting is set to 20.

Using the Percentile setting and the number of TMLs, the number of Thickness Measurement Location records to use for the Average Corrosion Rate would be calculated as:

(50 x 20)/100 = 10

Because the Minimum Number of TMLs setting is set to 20, however, the Meridium APM system will use the 20 highest corrosion rates for calculating the Average Corrosion Rate instead of using only the 10 highest values.

By default, the Minimum Number of TMLs setting is set to 1, meaning that the Meridium APM system will calculate the Average Corrosion Rate using as little as one TML corrosion rate. We recommend that you set this value to 1 or greater.


Statistical Corrosion RateThe Statistical Corrosion Rate is determined by performing a statistical analysis on the TML controlling corrosion rates, eliminating outliers, and determining the average corrosion rate from the remaining TMLs. Several calculations are performed to calculate the Statistical Corrosion Rate.

First, the mean corrosion rate is calculated for the piece of equipment or component using the controlling corrosion rates from ALL available TMLs:

Mean CR = All TML controlling corrosion rates / # of TMLs

Then, the standard deviation of the TML controlling corrosion rates is calculated using the following equation:

Next, the following calculations are performed to determine the upper and lower outlier limits:

Upper Outlier Limit = (Standard Deviation Factor x TML CR SD) + Mean CR

Lower Outlier Limit = (Standard Deviation Factor x TML CR SD) - Mean CR

The Standard Deviation Factor is defined in the analysis settings for the Equipment or TML Group record (via the Std Deviation factor text box on the Asset Analysis Settings window).

Any TML controlling corrosion rate that is greater than the upper outlier limit or less than the lower the outlier limit is considered an outlier and will be excluded from the Statistical Corrosion Rate calculation.

Finally, the Statistical Corrosion Rate is calculated as the average corrosion rate of the Thickness Measurement Location records that remain after the outliers have been eliminated.

Statistical Corrosion Rate = TML controlling corrosion rates / # of TMLs

Consider, for example, a piece of equipment or component that has five TMLs with the following controlling corrosion rates:


8.999 Mils/year

8.001 Mils/year

6.999 Mils/year

For this analysis, the mean corrosion rate would be calculated as:

Mean CR = (10.001 + 9.921 + 8.999 + 8.001 + 6.999) / 5

Mean CR = 8.7842 Mils/year

The TML CR SD is then calculated as:

TML CR SD = 1.2865

Next, the calculated mean and standard deviation are used with the Standard Deviation Factor to calculate the upper and lower outlier limits. For our example, we will assume a Standard Deviation Factor of 0.9.

Upper Outlier Limit = (Standard Deviation Factor x TML CR SD) + Mean CR

Upper Outlier Limit = (.9 x 1.2865) + 8.7842

Upper Outlier Limit = 9.9421

Lower Outlier Limit = (Standard Deviation Factor x TML CR SD) - Mean CR

Lower Outlier Limit = (.9 x 1.286) - 8.7842 Lower Outlier Limit = -7.6268

Remember that a TML is considered an outlier if its controlling corrosion rate is greater than the calculated upper outlier limit or less than the calculated lower outlier limit. Consider these TML controlling corrosion rates as compared to the calculated outlier limits:

10.001 > 9.9421

10.001 > -7.6268

9.921 < 9.9421

9.921 > -7.6268

8.999 < 9.9421

8.999 > -7.6268

8.001 < 9.9421

8.001 > -7.6268

6.999 < 9.9421

6.999 > -7.6268

You can see from this comparison that the only TML controlling corrosion rate that is greater than the upper outlier limit is 10.001. There are no TML controlling corrosion rates that are less than the lower outlier limit. Therefore, the TML controlling corrosion rate of 10.001 will be excluded from the Statistical Corrosion Rate calculation. So, the Statistical Corrosion Rate will be calculated as:

Statistical Corrosion Rate = (9.921 + 8.999 + 8.001 + 6.999) / 4

Statistical Corrosion Rate = 8.48 Mils/year


Maximum Corrosion RateThe Maximum Corrosion Rate for the piece of equipment or component is determined by evaluating the controlling corrosion rates of all Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Maximum Corrosion Rate in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record will be set to the highest (or fastest) corrosion rate of these TMLs.

For example, consider a piece of equipment or component that has three TMLs with the following controlling corrosion rates:


11 Mils/year

In this case, the Maximum Corrosion Rate would be set to the highest corrosion rate, or 12.3 Mils/year.


Maximum Historical Corrosion RateThe Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate is determined by evaluating the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rates that exist for all the Active and Inactive TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate is set to the highest Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate of these TMLs.

For example, consider an Equipment or TML Group record that is linked to three Thickness Measurement Location records that have the following Maximum Historical Corrosion Rates values:

12.3 MILS/year 11.2 MILS/year

11 MILS/year

In this case, the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record would be set to 12.3 MILS/year. If the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rates later changed to:

12.3 MILS/year

14 MILS/year

13.5 MILS/year

Then the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate fin the Asset Corrosion Analysis record would be reset to 14 MILS/year. As Thickness Measurement Location records are updated, the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record is updated.


Asset Controlling Next Insp DateThe Asset Controlling Next Insp Date is set to the Asset Calculated Next Inspection Date or the Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date, depending upon how the analysis settings for the associated Equipment or TML Group record have been configured via the Asset Analysis Settings window .

If the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected, the Asset Controlling Next Insp Date will be set to the Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date.

If the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is not selected, the Asset Controlling Next Insp Date will be set to the Asset Calculated Next Inspection Date.

A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box.

Note: The field labeled Scheduled Next Inspection Date on the TM Analysis page displays the Asset Controlling Next Insp Date. This may or may not correspond to a Scheduled Next Inspection Date in a Thickness Measurement Location record.


Asset Calculated Next Insp Date

The Asset Calculated Next Insp Date is determined by evaluating the Scheduled Next Inspection Dates that have been calculated for all the Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Asset Calculated Next Insp Date is set to the most conservative (i.e., soonest) of the Scheduled Next Inspection Dates of these TMLs.

For example, if a piece of equipment or component has three TMLs with the following Scheduled Next Inspection Dates:

1/1/2008 1/1/2010

1/1/2007

The Asset Calculated Next Insp Date would be set to 1/1/2007.


Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp DateThe Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date is determined by evaluating the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Dates that have been calculated for all the associated TMLs. The Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date is set to the most conservative (i.e., soonest) of the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Dates of these TMLs.

For example, consider a piece of equipment or component that has three TMLs with the following Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Dates:

1/1/2008 1/1/2010

1/1/2007

The Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date would be set to 1/1/2007.


Asset Controlling Remaining Life

Asset Controlling Remaining Life is set to the Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life or the Asset Calculated Remaining Life, depending upon how the analysis settings for the associated Equipment or TML Group record have been configured via the Asset Analysis Settings window .

If the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected, the Asset Controlling Remaining Life will be set to the Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life.

If the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is not selected, the Asset Controlling Remaining Life will be set to the Asset Calculated Remaining Life.



Estimated Remaining Life from TodayEstimated Remaining Life from Today is calculated when you access the TM Analysis page.

This value is calculated for viewing purposes only and is not stored in the database. Estimated Remaining Life from Today is calculated by determining the amount of time between the Asset Controlling Retire Date and the current date (i.e., the date the analysis is being viewed). Estimated Remaining Life from Today represents how much longer the piece of equipment will be in service and is displayed in years.

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = Asset Controlling Retire Date - Current Date

For example, consider the following values:

Asset Controlling Retire Date = 1/1/2010

Current Date = 1/1/2005

In this case:

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = 1/1/2010 - 1/1/2005

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = 5 years

A red outline has been added to the following image where Estimated Remaining Life from Today is displayed in the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace on the TM Analysis page .


Asset Calculated Remaining LifeThe Asset Calculated Remaining Life is determined in one of two ways:

If the Remaining Life Critical Number of TMLs setting in the Asset Analysis Settings is set to 1, the Meridium APM system will use the most conservative (i.e., shortest) Remaining Life value from all Thickness Measurement Location records.

If Remaining Life Critical Number of TMLs setting is set to more than one, the Meridium APM system will calculate the average of the most conservative TML Remaining Life values. For example, if the Remaining Life Critical Number of TMLs setting is set to 3, the Meridium APM system will find the three most conservative Remaining Life values from all Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis, and the Asset Calculated Remaining Life will be set to the average of those three values.

Note that the Asset Calculated Remaining Life is calculated and stored in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record. It is not displayed on the TM Analysis page. In addition, the Estimated Remaining Life from Today is always calculated using the Asset Controlling Retire Date. In other words, the Asset Calculated Remaining Life is visible only if you access the Asset Corrosion Analysis record outside of Thickness Monitoring, and it does not affect any other calculations.


Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life

The Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life is determined by evaluating the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life values that have been calculated for all Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life is set to the most conservative (i.e., shortest) of the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life values of these TMLs.

For example, if an Equipment or TML Group record is linked to three Thickness Measurement Location records whose associated TML Corrosion Analysis records have the following Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life values:

5 months 12 months

14 months

The Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life in the Asset Corrosion Analysis would be set to 5 months.


Asset Controlling Retire DateThe Asset Controlling Retire Date is set to the Asset Calculated Retire Date or the Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date, depending upon how the analysis settings have been configured for the Equipment or TML Group record via the Asset Analysis Settings window.

If the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected, the Asset Controlling Retire Date will be set to the Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date.

If the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is not selected, the Asset Controlling Retire Date will be set to the Asset Calculated Retire Date.


The Projected T-Min Date value that is displayed in the Corrosion Analysis Summary workspace on the TM Analysis page is the Asset Controlling Retire Date in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record. A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight this value.


Asset Calculated Retire DateThe Asset Calculated Retire Date is determined by evaluating the Retirement Dates that have been calculated for all the Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Asset Calculated Retire Date is set to the most conservative (i.e., soonest) of the Retirement Dates of these TMLs.

For example, if a piece of equipment or component has three TMLs with the following Retirement Dates:

1/1/2008 1/1/2010

1/1/2007

The Asset Calculated Retire Date would be set to 1/1/2007.


Asset Calc Adjusted Retire DateThe Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date is determined by evaluating the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Dates that have been calculated for all the Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date is set to the most conservative (i.e., soonest) of the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Dates of these TMLs.

For example, if a piece of equipment or component has three TMLs with the following Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Dates:

1/1/2008 1/1/2010

1/1/2007

The Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date would be set to 1/1/2007.


Projected T-Min DateThe equipment or component-level Projected T-Min Date is determined by evaluating the Projected T-Min Dates that have been calculated for all the Active TMLs included in the TM Analysis. The Projected T-Min Date is set to the most conservative (i.e., soonest) Projected T-Min Date of these TMLs.

For example, if a piece of equipment or component has three TMLs with the following Projected T-Min Dates are:

1/1/2008 1/1/2010

1/1/2007

The Projected T-Min Date would be set to 1/1/2007 because it represents the date when the first location on the piece of equipment or component will reach its minimum thickness.


About TML Corrosion Analysis CalculationsThe calculations in this section are performed using values that are stored in Thickness Measurement Location and Thickness Measurement records in your TM Analysis. The results of these calculations are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record, and some of these values are displayed in the Corrosion Data section of the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace on the TM Analysis page .

The following image shows the TML Corrosion Analysis values that are displayed in the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace .


Types of TML Corrosion RatesThe following corrosion rates can be calculated for a given TML, in addition to the TML controlling corrosion rate. These values are stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record:

Short Term Corrosion Rate Long Term Corrosion Rate

Least Squares Corrosion Rate




TML Controlling Corrosion RateThe TML controlling corrosion rate is determined by evaluating the following corrosion rates that have been calculated for the TML: Short Term, Long Term, and Least Squares. The TML controlling corrosion rate is set to the highest (i.e., fastest) of these corrosion rates.


Short Term Corrosion Rate = 123 MILS/year Long Term Corrosion Rate = 112 MILS/year

Least Squares Corrosion Rate = 110 MILS/year

In this case, the TML controlling corrosion rate would be set to 123 MILS/year. If additional Thickness Measurements were later added to the TML, causing the corrosion rates to be calculated as:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = 150 MILS/year Long Term Corrosion Rate = 130 MILS/year


The TML controlling corrosion rate would be reset to 150 MILS/year.

If a corrosion rate cannot be calculated, either because the TML does not have enough measurement data or because other criteria dictate that the corrosion rate should not be calculated, the TML controlling corrosion rate will be set to the Minimum Corrosion Rate defined in the Analysis Settings.

If all of the calculated corrosion rates are is less than the specified minimum value and the Use Minimum Corrosion Rate check box is selected in the Asset Analysis Settings, the TML controlling corrosion rate will be set to the Minimum Corrosion Rate defined in the Analysis Settings.

Note: The Minimum Corrosion Rate can be defined in the Asset Analysis Settings and applied to one or more Thickness Measurement Location records in an analysis, or it can be defined for individual Thickness Measurement Location records via the TML Analysis Settings.


Long Term Corrosion RateLong Term Corrosion Rate is a calculation that is performed to indicate the rate of corrosion over the full duration of time for which measurements have been recorded. The Long Term Corrosion Rate will be calculated for a given TML only if the analysis settings for the related Equipment or TML Group record specify that Long Term Corrosion Rate should be used.

The Long Term Corrosion Rate is calculated using the Long Term Loss and Long Term Interval, where:

Long Term Corrosion Rate = Long Term Loss/Long Term Interval

...where:

Long Term Loss = Base Measurement Value - Last Measurement Value

...and:

Long Term Interval = Base Measurement Date - Last Measurement Date

For example, consider the following readings.


Base 1/1/1985 .2

Near 1/1/1990 .195

Last 1/1/1995 .19

In this case:

Long Term Corrosion Rate = .01 inches / 10 years = 1 MILS/year

Note: The Meridium APM system automatically converts the corrosion rate from inches per year to MILS per year.

Because the Long Term Corrosion Rate is based upon the base measurement and the last measurement, if only one measurement has been recorded, the Long Term Corrosion Rate cannot be calculated. If two or more measurements have been recorded, the Long Term Corrosion Rate can be calculated. If only two measurements have been recorded, the Long Term Corrosion Rate can be calculated but the Short Term Corrosion Rate cannot.

The following diagram shows a graphical representation of the Long-Term Corrosion Rate.

Note: The Long Term Loss can be calculated whenever two or more Thickness Measurements have been recorded for a TML.


Short Term Corrosion RateShort Term Corrosion Rate is the rate of corrosion as determined by the most-recently-recorded values. The Short Term Corrosion Rate will be calculated for a given Thickness Measurement Location record only if the Analysis Settings for the related Asset specify that Short Term Corrosion Rate should be used and there are three or more Thickness Measurements for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

The Short Term Corrosion Rate is calculated using the Short Term Loss and Short Term Interval, where:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = Short Term Loss / Short Term Interval

...where:


...and:

Short Term Interval = Last Measurement Date - Near Measurement Date

For example, consider the following readings.


Base 1/1/1985 .2

Near 1/1/1990 .195

Last 1/1/1995 .19

In this case:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = .005 inches / 5 years

Short Term Corrosion Rate = .001 inches/year = 1 MILS/year

Note: The Meridium APM system automatically converts the corrosion rate from inches per year to MILS per year.

Because the Short Term Corrosion Rate is based upon the near measurement and the last measurement, it can be calculated only when three or more measurements have been

recorded for a given Thickness Measurement Location record. If only two measurements have been recorded, only the Long Term Corrosion Rate can be calculated.


Least Squares Corrosion RateThe Least Squares Corrosion Rate is determined using the least squares linear regression method, which is a mathematical method of finding the best-fit line for a set of datapoints by minimizing the squares of the offsets. Consider the following example TML data.

Reading DateMeasurement (inches)

1 7/19/1990 (Time = 0) 0.165

27/1/1992 (Time = 1.95 years)

0.16

39/1/1994 (Time = 4.12 years)

0.165

43/1/1997 (Time = 4.67 years)

0.14

51/1/2000 (Time = 6.62 years)

0.1

61/1/2005 (Time = 7.5 years)

0.08

Represented graphically, the datapoints would look like this:

The line on the plot has been drawn to minimize the distance between the line and each of the datapoints. The slope of the line represents the Least Squares Corrosion Rate and can be determined using the standard linear expression y = ax + b, or in this specific case:

y = -0.0113x + 0.1819

Solving for y, the slope of the line is 11.313. This means that the Least Squares Corrosion Rate is 11.313 MILS/year.

Note: The Least Squares Corrosion Rate will be calculated for a given TML only if the analysis settings for the related Equipment or TML Group record specify that Least Squares Corrosion Rate should be used.


Maximum Historical Corrosion RateThe Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate is determined based upon the values that are calculated for the three calculated TML corrosion rates: Short Term, Long Term, and Least Squares. The Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate is set to the highest corrosion rate that has been calculated for any of the three corrosion rates over the life of the TML.


Short Term Corrosion Rate = 12.3 MILS/year Long Term Corrosion Rate = 11.2 MILS/year


In this case, the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate would be set to 12.3 MILS/year. If additional Thickness Measurements were later added to the TML, causing the corrosion rates to be calculated as:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = 11.5 MILS/year Long Term Corrosion Rate = 14 MILS/year

Least Squares Corrosion Rate = 13.5 MILS/year

Then the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate would be reset to 14 MILS/year. If additional adjustments were made to Thickness Measurements that caused the calculations to be reset to:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = 13.5 MILS/year Long Term Corrosion Rate = 12 MILS/year


Then the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate would remain at 14 MILS/year.

Note: The Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate can be calculated as long as at least one corrosion rate has already been calculated for the TML. It is based upon any of the three corrosion rates that have ever been calculated for the TML, according to the Asset Analysis Settings.


Asset Average Corrosion RateThe Asset Average Corrosion Rate field in the TML Corrosion Analysis record is populated with the equipment controlling corrosion rate if, in the analysis settings for the associated Equipment or TML Group record:

It is specified that the Average Corrosion Rate or Formula Corrosion Rate should be used.

-and-


These specifications are defined via the Asset Analysis Settings window . A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight these specifications.


Types of TML Next Inspection DatesThe following Next Inspection Dates will be calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis:

Interval Next Inspection Date Factor Remaining Life Date




Interval Next Inspection DateThe Interval Next Inspection Date is useful for creating an inspection schedule if you want Thickness Measurements to be recorded at regular intervals, such as every five years.

The Interval Next Inspection Date is calculated using the Default Inspection Interval specified in the analysis settings for the associated Thickness Measurement Location record via the TML Analysis Settings window .

Using the Default Inspection Interval, the Interval Next Inspection Date is calculated as:

Interval Next Inspection Date = Last Measurement Date + Default Inspection Interval

For example, if the Last Measurement Date is 1/1/2005 and the Default Inspection Interval is 60 months (i.e., 5 years), then the Next Inspection Date would be calculated as:

Interval Next Inspection Date = 1/1/2000 + 60 months

Interval Next Inspection Date = 1/1/2005

Note: The Interval Next Inspection Date will be calculated for TMLs only when the Inspection Interval check box is selected on the Asset Analysis Settings window .


Factor Remaining Life DateThe Factor Remaining Life Date represents an inspection date that is calculated using the Remaining Life Factor. The Remaining Life Factor is defined in the analysis settings that are associated with an Equipment or TML Group record for the purpose of calculating the Scheduled Next Inspection Date depending upon the Remaining Life.

If a TML is below t-min (i.e., the Last Measurement Value for the TML Corrosion Analysis record is less than or equal to the Minimum Thickness value in the associated Thickness Measurement Location record), the Remaining Life for that TML will be less than or equal to 0 (zero). In this case:

Factor Remaining Life Date = Last Measurement Date

If the Remaining Life value for the associated TML Corrosion Analysis record is greater than 0 (zero), however, the Factor Remaining Life Date is calculated using the following equation:

Factor Remaining Life Date = (Remaining Life x Remaining Life Factor) + Current Date

For example, assume that you want the Scheduled Next Inspection Date always to be one half the Remaining Life of the TML. In other words, if the Remaining Life is 20 years, you want to perform the next inspection in 10 years. If the Remaining Life is 10 years, you want to perform the next inspection in 5 years. In other words, you want the inspection date to be recalculated as the Remaining Life is updated. To do this, you would set the Remaining Life Factor to 0.5. Consider the following values:

Remaining Life = 36 months Remaining Life Factor = 0.5


Using these values, the Factor Remaining Life Date would be calculated as:

Factor Remaining Life Date = (36 x .5) + 1/1/2000

Factor Remaining Life Date = 7/1/2001

Note: The Factor Remaining Life date will be calculated for TMLs only if the Factor Remaining Life check box is selected on the Asset Analysis Settings window .


Scheduled Next Inspection DateThe Scheduled Next Inspection Date is determined by the analysis settings that have been defined for the Equipment or TML Group record.

If the analysis settings specify that both the Interval Next Inspection Date and the Factor Remaining Life Date should be calculated, the Scheduled Next Inspection Date will be set to the earliest of:



If the analysis settings specify that only the Interval Next Inspection Date should be calculated, the Scheduled Next Inspection Date will be set to the Interval Next Inspection Date.

If the analysis settings specify that only the Factor Remaining Life Date should be calculated, the Scheduled Next Inspection Date will be set to the Factor Remaining Life Date.

If the analysis settings specify that neither the Interval Next Inspection Date nor the Factor Remaining Life Date should be calculated, then the Scheduled Next Inspection Date will be set to the Projected T-Min Date.

A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight these settings on the Asset Analysis Settings window .


Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection DateThe Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date is calculated when, in the analysis settings for the associated Equipment or TML Group record:


-and-


The Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date is determined in the same way that the Scheduled Next Inspection Date is derived, except that equipment or component averages are used in place of TML values in the calculations of the various values that can be used to populate Scheduled Next Inspection Date.

The specifications listed above are defined via the Asset Analysis Settings window . A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight these specifications.


Remaining LifeRemaining Life represents how long after the Last Measurement Date a piece of equipment or component can be in service, based upon the T-Min value and the current rate of corrosion. Remaining Life is stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record and is calculated using the following equation:

Remaining Life = (Last Measurement Value - T-Min Value) / TML controlling corrosion rate


Last Measurement = .19 inches T-Min = .18 inches

TML controlling corrosion rate = .001 inches per year

Given these values, Remaining Life would be calculated as:

Remaining Life = (.19 - .18) / .001 Remaining Life = .01/.001

Remaining Life = 10 years (120 months)

Note that the Remaining Life, which is stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record, is not the same as the Estimated Remaining Life from Today, which is displayed in the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace.

Note: If a T-Min value does not exist for a TML, the value 0 (zero) will be used for performing this calculation.


Estimated Remaining Life from TodayEstimated Remaining Life from Today is calculated when you select a Thickness Measurement Location node in the TM Explorer pane on the TM Analysis page .

This value is calculated for viewing purposes only and is not stored in the database.

Estimated Remaining Life from Today takes the Remaining Life that was calculated for the Last Measurement Date and compares it to the current date to indicate how long beyond today the piece of equipment or component will be in service.

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = Remaining Life - (Current Date - Last Measurement Date)


Last Measurement Date = 1/1/2003 Remaining Life (from Last Measurement Date) = 7 years


In this case:

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = 7 years - (1/1/2005 - 1/1/2003)

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = 7 years - 2 years

Estimated Remaining Life from Today = 5 years

A red outline has been added to the following image to highlight where Estimated Remaining Life from Today is displayed in the TML Corrosion Analysis Details workspace on the TML Analysis page .


Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining LifeThe Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life is calculated when, in the analysis settings for the associated Equipment or TML Group record:


-and-


The Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life is calculated like TML Remaining Life, except that instead of using the TML controlling corrosion rate, it uses the Asset Average Corrosion Rate. In other words:

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life = (Last Measurement Value - T-Min Value) / Asset Average Corrosion Rate

The Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life value is used in the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date and the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date calculations for the TML.

The specifications listed at the beginning of this topic are defined via the Asset Analysis Settings window . A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight these specifications.


Retirement DateThe Retirement Date for a TML indicates the date on which a given piece of equipment or component should be taken out of service, based upon the rate of corrosion for the TML and the T-Min value, which are represented together as Remaining Life. In other words:

Retirement Date = Last Measurement Date + Remaining Life


Last Measurement Date = 1/1/2000

Remaining Life = 36 months

In this case:

Retirement Date = 1/1/2000 + 36 months

Retirement Date = 1/1/2003


Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement DateThe Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection date is calculated when, in the analysis settings for the associated Equipment or TML Group record:


-and-


The Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date is calculated like TML Retirement Date, except that instead of using the TML Remaining Life, it uses the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life. In other words:

Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date = Last Measurement Date + Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life

The Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life value is used in the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date and the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date calculations for the TML.

The specifications listed at the beginning of this topic are defined via the Asset Analysis Settings window . A red outline has been added to the following image of the Asset Analysis Settings window to highlight these specifications.


Projected T-Min DateThe Projected T-Min Date is the date on which a TML will reach its minimum thickness, based upon the current rate of corrosion and the current T-Min value. In other words:

Projected T-Min Date = Remaining Life + Last Measurement Date


Remaining Life = 36 months

Last Measurement Date = 1/1/2005

In this case:

Projected T-Min Date = 36 months + 1/1/2005

Projected T-Min Date = 1/1/2008


Maximum Allowable Working Pressure CalculationMaximum Allowable Working Pressure is calculated for piping TMLs. Maximum Allowable Working Pressure is not calculated for pressure vessel TMLs or tank TMLs.

The formulas for calculating Maximum Allowable Working Pressure are defined in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup reference table, which determine the formula that will be used based upon certain attributes of the Thickness Measurement Location record. In this topic, we describe the baseline Maximum Allowable Working Pressure formula that is used by default for ALL piping TMLs. If desired, you can define custom formulas by creating custom rules and modifying the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

The Maximum Allowable Working Pressure is calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis using the following baseline formula:

Max. Pressure = (2 x Allowable Stress x Joint Factor x (Minimum Thickness - Additional Thickness)) / Outside Diameter - (2 x Temperature Factor x (Minimum Thickness - Additional Thickness))

Note: The Maximum Allowable Working Pressure calculation always uses the Allowable Stress value from the Thickness Measurement Location record, regardless of its source (i.e., looked up or user-defined).

Consider the following example, where the following values are defined in the Thickness Measurement Location record:

Allowable Stress = 21300 Pounds Force Per Square Inch Joint Factor = 1

Minimum Thickness = .1 Inches

Additional Thickness = 0

Outside Diameter = 5 inches

Temperature Factor = 1

Based on these values, the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure would be calculated as:

Maximum Allowable Working Pressure = (2 x 21300 x 1 x ( .1 - 0 )) / (5 - (2 x 1 x ( .1 - 0 ))

Maximum Allowable Working Pressure = 887.5 Pounds Force Per Square Inch

For the Meridium APM system to calculate the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure, the following values must be populated in the Thickness Measurement Location record:

Material Specification Material Grade

Design Code

Joint Factor

Minimum Thickness

Outside Diameter

Temperature Factor


MeanThe Mean represents the average for all Thickness Measurement values that have been recorded for a TML, calculated by dividing the sum of the Thickness Measurement values by the number of Thickness Measurements that exist. In other words:

Mean = Thickness Measurements / # of Thickness Measurements

For example, consider the following three Thickness Measurements:

.3 Inches .27 Inches

.22 Inches

In this case, the Mean Thickness Measurement value would be calculated as:

Mean = (.3 + .27 + .22) / 3

Mean = .2633 Inches


Mean Absolute DeviationMean Absolute Deviation is a value that is calculated for TMLs to represent the average difference (i.e., deviation) of the Thickness Measurements from the Mean measurement value. This value is calculated by summing the difference between all measurement values and the mean measurement value and dividing that value by the number of measurements.

Mean Absolute Deviation = (|Mean - Thickness Measurements|) / # of Measurements


Mean = .2633 inches Measurement 1 = .3 inches

Measurement 2 = .27 inches


Using these values, the Mean Absolute Deviation would be calculated as:

Mean Absolute Deviation = (|.2633 - .3| + |.2633 - .27| + |.2633 - .22|) / 3

Mean Absolute Deviation = .0289


VarianceVariance allows you to evaluate how spread out a TML's Thickness Measurements are, and it is used to calculate the standard deviation. Variance is calculated using the following equation:

Variance = (Mean - Measurement Values)2/ (Number of Measurements - 1)


Mean = .2633 inches Measurement 1 = .3 inches



Using these values, variance would be calculated as:

Variance = ((.2633 - .3)2 + (.2633 - .27)2+ (.2633 - .22)2) / (3-1)

Variance = (.00134689 + .00004489 + .00187489) / 2

Variance = .001633335


Standard DeviationStandard deviation serves as an indicator of how spread out Thickness Measurement values are. It is calculated as the square root of the variance, or:

Standard Deviation =

Consider an example where the variance value is .0016335, the standard deviation would be calculated as:

Standard Deviation =

Standard Deviation = 0.04041658


Reading ToleranceThe Reading Tolerance setting determines how much variation is allowed between values in the Readings field. When values are entered in the Readings field, they are averaged. Then, the Reading Tolerance value is used to determine which values fall within an acceptable range of the average value. If any of the values fall outside of the acceptable range, the value in the Readings Pass/Fail field will be set to Fail.

Note: Reading Tolerance is not a value that is stored within Thickness Measurement records themselves. Rather, it is defined in the TM Global Preferences and applies to ALL Thickness Measurement records. It is described in detail here because the global setting is used for performing validation within individual Thickness Measurement records and setting the Readings Pass/Fail field in those records.

For instance, consider an example where the Reading Tolerance value is 0.03 inches, and a Thickness Measurement record contains the following values in the Readings field:

0.3 0.31

0.36

The average of these three values is 0.3233. So, the Meridium APM system will evaluate each individual Reading value and determine whether it falls within 0.03 inches of 0.3233. Readings will either pass or fail the evaluation. Pass conditions are as follows:

For Reading values that are less than the average Reading value, if you add the Reading Tolerance value to the Reading value, the result is greater than or equal to the average value.

For Reading values that are greater than the average Reading value, if you subtract the Reading Tolerance value from the Reading value, the result is less than or equal to the average value.

The following table summarizes how this evaluation is performed for our example readings, keeping in mind that the average of the three readings is 0.3233.

Reading Value

Reading Value Compared to Average

Tolerance Calculation

(Reading + Reading Tolerance)

Result of Tolerance Calculation Compared to Average

Pass/Fail Result

0.30.300 < 0.3233

0.3 + 0.03 = 0.33 0.33 is greater than 0.323 Pass

0.310.310 < 0.3233

0.31 + 0.03 = 0.34 0.34 is greater than 0.323 Pass

0.360.360 > 0.3233

0.36 - 0.03 = 0.330.33 is not less than or equal to 0.3233

Fail

Since one of the readings failed the Reading Tolerance evaluation, the value in the Reading Pass/Fail field will be set to Fail.


Measurement CalculationsMeasurement data is stored in three fields in Thickness Measurement records:

Readings: Stores one or more values representing thickness measurement data collected at a specific TML.

Uncorrected Measurement: Stores the unadjusted measurement value.

Measurement Value: Stores the final, adjusted measurement value.

Measurement data is recorded in these fields using the following workflow:

1. When a Thickness Measurement record is created, users enter data into the Readings field.

2. A calculation is performed against the values in the Readings field, and the result is used to populate the Uncorrected Measurement field automatically.

3. The Measurement Value field is populated automatically with the value in the Uncorrected Measurement field.

Note: The Uncorrected Measurement field is meant to serve as an intermediate storage location between the Readings field and the Measurement Value field. In the baseline TM product, the Measurement Value is simply populated with the value in the Uncorrected Measurement field. If desired, however, you can create custom rules to perform additional adjustment or correction calculations.

The type of calculation that is performed in step 2 is determined by the settings defined for measurement readings in the TM Global Preferences. The baseline TM product offers three calculation options: Average, Minimum, and Maximum.

Note: Alternatively, you can define a custom formula that will be used to calculate measurement data. In this topic, however, we describe only the baseline options.

For example, consider a Thickness Measurement record that contains the following values in the Readings field:

0.3 0.31

0.312

In this case:

Using the Average calculation method, the Uncorrected Measurement value would be calculated as:

Uncorrected Measurement = Readings / n

Uncorrected Measurement = (0.3 + 0.31 + 0.312) / 3

Uncorrected Measurement = 0.3073

Using the Minimum calculation method, the Uncorrected Measurement value would be set to 0.31.

Using the Maximum calculation method, the Uncorrected Measurement value would be set to 0.312.


About Measurement and Corrosion Rate Variance ValidationMeasurement variance is the difference between the Measurement Value for a new Thickness Measurement record and the Measurement Value for the previous Thickness Measurement record. Using the assumption that only a certain amount variation should occur between measurements within a given amount of time, you can use measurement variance as a means for validating measurement data that falls outside of the expected range.

Note: The previous Measurement Value may or may not be the same as the Last Measurement Value for the TML Corrosion Analysis record. If the last Thickness

Measurement record has been saved, the two will be the same. If data for the last Thickness Measurement record has been entered but not saved, that data will be used as the previous Measurement Value instead of the stored Last Measurement Value. The comparison is always performed using the most recent data.

Similarly, corrosion rate variance is the amount of variation that is allowed between the Short Term Corrosion Rate for a given TML and the expected corrosion rate. Using the assumption that corrosion should occur at a somewhat predictable rate, you can use corrosion rate variance as a means for validating measurement data with corrosion rate is not consistent with the expected rate. In Thickness Monitoring, the expected corrosion rate is equal to the Minimum Corrosion Rate value defined in the analysis settings for the associated Thickness Measurement Location record via the TML Analysis Settings window.

Via the Allowable Measurement Variance and Corrosion Rate Variance settings on the TML Analysis Settings window, you have the option of defining how much measurement and corrosion rate variation is allowed.

When values have been defined for the Allowable Measurement Variance and Corrosion Rate Variance settings, the Meridium APM system will evaluate the measurement values that you enter and validate whether they fall within the acceptable range. Measurement values that fall outside of the acceptable range will be flagged via the Verify Measurement field as requiring manual validation.

Note that:

Two or more Thickness Measurement records must exist before validation will occur. In other words, even if the variance values are defined in the TML Analysis Settings, no measurement variance validation will be performed against the first Thickness Measurement record that is created for a Thickness Measurement Location record.

Measurement and corrosion rate variance validation is performed against unsaved data. In other words, when you create new Thickness Measurement records, validation is performed whenever the Measurement Value field is populated with a value. The Verify Measurement field will be populated with a value based upon the validation that has been performed on the newly entered data.

Measurement and corrosion rate variance validation are performed only on actual measurements. This validation is not performed against nominal measurements.

Measurement and corrosion rate variance validation will be performed only if the Corrosion Rate Variance setting is greater than 0 (zero).

A red outline has been added to the following image of the TML Analysis Settings window to highlight the Allowable Measurement Variance and Corrosion Rate Variance settings.


How Validation is PerformedMeasurement and corrosion rate variance evaluations serve as a mechanism for validating measurement data as it is entered. Using the assumption that only a certain amount of growth or loss should occur over a certain amount of time or at a certain rate, measurement and corrosion rate variance allow you to evaluate the measurement data that has been entered to ensure that it falls within the expected range. If it fails evaluation, the value in the Verify Measurement field will be set to Yes as an indication that you need to validate the measurement data.

Three values in the analysis settings for the associated Thickness Measurement Location record are used for evaluating measurement and corrosion rate variance:

Minimum Corrosion Rate Allowable Measurement Variance

Corrosion Rate Variance

Together, these values, combined with the measurement data that has been entered, allow the Meridium APM system to perform measurement variance evaluations.

A red outline has been added to the following image of the TML Analysis Settings window to highlight these settings.

Assumptions

Measurement Variation = | Previous Measurement Value - New Measurement Value |

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = Measurement Variation / (New Measurement Value Date - Previous Measurement Value Date)

Measurement Ratio = Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate / Minimum Corrosion Rate

Note: The Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate used here is calculated using the same equation that is used for calculating the Short Term Corrosion Rate in TML Corrosion Analysis records. The difference here is that this Short Term Corrosion Rate is a temporary value that exists for the purposes of the measurement variance evaluation. This value will not exist in the TML Corrosion Analysis record until the analysis is saved.

Loss Evaluation

The following table describes the measurement variance evaluation that is performed on new Measurement Values that are less than the previous Measurement Value.

If the Measurement Variation is:

...and the Measurement Ratio is:

...then in the Thickness Measurement record, the value in the Verify Measurement field is set to:

...and in the TML Corrosion Analysis record,1 the value in the Verify Measurements field will be set to:2

...and in the TML Corrosion Analysis record,1 the Short Term Corrosion Rate field will be populated with the:2

...and the value in the Allowable Measurement Variance Applied field will be set to:

Less than the Allowable Measurement Variance value

Less than or equal to 1 (one)

No No

The Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate value

No

Less than the Allowable Measurement Variance value

Greater than 1 (one)

Yes Yes 0 (zero) Yes

Greater than the Allowable Measurement Variance value

Less than or equal to the Corrosion Rate Variance value

No No


No

Greater than the Allowable Measurement

Greater than the Corrosion Rate Variance

Yes Yes The Temporary Short Term

No

Variance value

valueCorrosion Rate value

1. The TML Corrosion Analysis that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record to which the Thickness Measurement record is linked.

2. Occurs when the analysis is saved.

Growth Evaluation

The following table describes the measurement variance evaluation that is performed on new Measurement Values that are greater than the previous Measurement Value.

if the Measurement Variation is:

...then in the Thickness Measurement record, the value in the Verify Measurement field is set to:

...and in the TML Corrosion Analysis record,1 the value in the Verify Measurements field will be set to:2

...and in the TML Corrosion Analysis record,1 the Short Term Corrosion Rate field will be populated with the:2

...and the value in the Allowable Measurement Variance Applied field will be set to:

Less than or equal to the Allowable Measurement Variance value

No No


No

Greater than or equal to the Allowable Measurement Variance value

Yes Yes


No


Example of Measurement and Corrosion Rate Validation

Consider an example where the following TML Analysis Settings are defined:

Minimum Corrosion Rate: 5 Mils/Year Allowable Measurement Variance: 0.04 Inches

Corrosion Rate Variance: 2

And assume that the following measurement data already exists for the TML:

MeasurementMeasurement Value (Inches)


1 0.3 3/1/1995

2 0.29 3/1/2000

3 0.275 3/1/2005

Now, assume that you take a fourth measurement reading on 3/1/2010 with the value 0.220 Inches.

Calculations

Based upon the data shown in this example, the following calculations will be performed when the new measurement data is entered:

Measurement Variation

Measurement Variation = | Previous Measurement Value - New Measurement Value |

Measurement Variation = | 0.275 - 0.22 |

Measurement Variation = | 0.275 - 0.22 |

Measurement Variation = 0.055 Inches

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = Measurement Variation / (New Measurement Value Date - Previous Measurement Value Date)

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = 0.055 / (3/1/2010 - 3/1/2005)

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = 0.055 / (5 years)

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = 0.011 Inches/Year

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = 0.011 Inches/Year

Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate = 11 Mils/Year

Measurement Ratio

Measurement Ratio = Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate / Minimum Corrosion Rate

Measurement Ratio = 11 / 5

Measurement Ratio = 2.2

Loss Evaluation

Because the new measurement value is less than the previously recorded measurement value, a loss evaluation is performed using the new measurement data and the calculations shown above. As a result of the evaluation, the following conclusions can be drawn:

The Measurement Variation (0.055) is greater than the Allowable Measurement Variance (0.04).

The Measurement Ratio (2.2) is greater than the Corrosion Rate Variance (2).

Therefore:

In the Thickness Measurement record, the value in the Verify Measurement field will be set to Yes.

-and-

in the TML Corrosion Analysis record, the value in the Verify Measurements field will be set to Yes.

-and-

In the TML Corrosion Analysis record, the Short Term Corrosion Rate field will be populated with the Temporary Short Term Corrosion Rate (11 Mils/Year).

-and-

In the TML Corrosion Analysis record, the value in the Allowable Measurement Variance Applied field will be set to No.


Asset Corrosion AnalysisEach Asset Corrosion Analysis record contains fields that store calculations and summary information derived from data stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis records that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location records for the Equipment or TML Group record. The TM Analysis page displays only some of the fields that are stored in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record. Other fields can be viewed by opening the Asset Corrosion Analysis record in the Meridium APM Record Manager or by building a query on the Asset Corrosion Analysis family.

The following table provides a complete list of the fields that exist in each Asset Corrosion Analysis record. Note that only a subset of these fields appear on the TM Analysis page .

Field Description

Analysis ID

A unique alphanumeric string that identifies the Asset Corrosion Analysis within the system. The Analysis ID consists of the ID from the related Equipment or TML Group records, the text Corrosion Analysis, and the TML Analysis Type: UT, RT, or TML.

For example, if the Asset ID is Piping Circuit 123 and the TML Analysis Type is UT, the Analysis ID would be: Piping Circuit 123 - Corrosion Analysis UT.


The current corrosion rate of the piece of equipment or component, determined using the corrosion rates that exist for the associated Thickness Measurement Location records and the Asset Analysis Settings.

Asset Calculated Next Insp Date

The most conservative (i.e., soonest) Scheduled Next Inspection Date, taken from the Thickness Measurement Location records that

are linked to the Asset Corrosion Analysis.

Asset Controlling Next Insp Date

The Asset Calculated Next Insp Date or, if Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected in the Analysis Settings, the Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date.

Asset Calculated Remaining Life

The most conservative (i.e., shortest) Remaining Life value, taken from the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Asset Corrosion Analysis.

Asset Controlling Remaining Life

The Asset Calculated Remaining Life or, if Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected in the Analysis Settings, the Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life.

Asset Calculated Retire Date

The most conservative (i.e., soonest) Retirement Date, taken from the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Asset Corrosion Analysis.

Asset Controlling Retire Date

The Asset Calculated Retire Date or, if Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box is selected in the Analysis Settings, the Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date.

Average Corrosion Rate

A value that indicates the average rate at which the piece of equipment or component is corroding, calculated by taking the sum of the Controlling Corrosion Rates of the Thickness Measurement Location records and dividing it by the number of Thickness Measurement Location records.

Average Corrosion Rate TML's Used

A text field that stores a list of Thickness Measurement Location records that were used for calculating the Average Corrosion Rate for the Asset Corrosion Analysis. This list is used to construct the Based On list of Thickness Measurement Location records that appear as hyperlinks on the TM Analysis page .

Maximum Corrosion Rate

A value that represents the fastest rate at which the piece of equipment or component is corroding, determined by evaluating the Controlling Corrosion Rates of all Thickness Measurement Location records and using the highest value.

Statistical Corrosion Rate

A corrosion rate that is calculated by first eliminating Thickness Measurement Location records corrosion rates that are identified as statistical outliers and then calculating the piece of equipment or component-level corrosion rate as the average of the remaining Thickness Measurement Location records corrosion rates.

Statistical Corrosion Rate TMLs Used

A text field that stores a list of Thickness Measurement Location records that were used for calculating the Statistical Corrosion Rate for the Asset Corrosion Analysis. This list is used to construct the Based On list of Thickness Measurement Location records that appear as hyperlinks on the TM Analysis page .

Asset Calc Adjusted Next Insp Date

The most conservative Asset Average Corrosion Rate Next Inspection Date. This field is populated only if the Controlling Corrosion Rate setting in the Asset Analysis Settings has been set to Average or Formula at some point and the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box was selected at the same time.

Asset Calc Adjusted Remaining Life

The most conservative Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life. This field is populated only if the Controlling Corrosion Rate setting in the Asset Analysis Settings has been set to Average or Formula at some point and the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box was selected at the same time.

Asset Calc Adjusted Retire Date

The most conservative Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date. This field is populated only if the Controlling Corrosion Rate setting in the Asset Analysis Settings has been set to Average or Formula at some point and the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box was selected at the same time.

Average Corrosion Rate Standard Deviation

This field is not populated in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Calculated DateThe date on which values in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record were last updated.

Corrosion Inspection Type

A value that indicates the TML Analysis Type (UT, RT, or TML) of Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to a given Asset Corrosion Analysis. This field is populated automatically when you create the first Thickness Measurement Location of a given type and link it to an Equipment or TML Group record. An Asset Corrosion Analysis is created at the same time and populated with the value in the TML Analysis Type field that is selected in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Maximum Allowable Working Pressure

The most conservative (i.e., the lowest value) from the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure values calculated for related Thickness Measurement Location records.


The highest corrosion rate that has ever been calculated for any Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to the Asset Corrosion Analysis.


TML Corrosion AnalysisFor each Thickness Measurement Location record that is linked to an Equipment or TML Group record, the Meridium APM system performs various automatic calculations using the related Thickness Measurement records and settings defined for the analysis. These calculations are stored in a TML Corrosion Analysis record, which is created and linked to each Thickness Measurement Location record when it is first saved. Fields in the TML Corrosion Analysis record are read-only and are updated automatically based upon changes made to the Thickness Measurement Location record and any related Thickness Measurement record.

Click any hyperlink in the table to access more information about how specific values are calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis.

Field Description Notes

Allowable Measurement Variance Applied

A value that indicates whether the Allowable Measurement Variance has been used to determine the Short Term Corrosion Rate.

None

Analysis IDAn alphanumeric ID that uniquely identifies the TML Corrosion Analysis record within the system.

The Analysis ID includes values from the TML ID and TML Analysis Type fields in the related Thickness Measurement Location record.

Analysis State

This field exists in TML Corrosion Analysis records but is not used by Thickness Monitoring and should never contain a value.

None


The average corrosion rate for the piece of equipment or component, calculated using the Corrosion Rate

This field is populated in the TML Corrosion Analysis record only if the Controlling Corrosion Rate

from all the Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to the Equipment or TML Group record.

setting in the Asset Analysis Settings has been set to Average or Formula at some point and the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box was selected at the same time.


The Next Inspection Date, calculated using the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life instead of the Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

This field is populated in the TML Corrosion Analysis record only if the Controlling Corrosion Rate setting in the Asset Analysis Settings has been set to Average or Formula at some point and the Apply CCR to TML Rem Life Next Insp Date Calc check box was selected at the same time.


The Remaining Life for the Thickness Measurement Location record, calculated using the Asset Average Corrosion Rate instead of the Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Thickness Measurement Location record.


Asset Average Corrosion Rate Retirement Date

The Retirement Date for the Thickness Measurement Location record, calculated using the Asset Average Corrosion Rate Remaining Life instead of the Remaining Life calculated using the Controlling Corrosion Rate for the Thickness Measurement Location record.


Base Measurement Value

Of the Thickness Measurements that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record, the Measurement Value from the Thickness Measurement record that represents the measurement that was recorded first chronologically, based upon the value in the Measurement

The Base Measurement Value field is populated only when at least one Thickness Measurement record has been created for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Taken Date field.

Base Measurement Date

The Measurement Taken Date stored in the Thickness Measurement record that is used for the Base Measurement Value.

The Base Measurement Date field is populated only when the Base Measurement Value field is also populated.

Base Model Value

A value stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record but is not displayed by default on the TML Analysis page or on the TML Analysis Datasheet.

This value can be viewed for a Thickness Measurement Location record by accessing the statistical details from the TML Analysis Plot page.

Chi-square




The current corrosion rate for the Thickness Measurement Location record, which is the maximum corrosion rate of the three calculated corrosion rates: Short Term, Long Term, and Least Squares.

If Thickness Measurement records are not available and corrosion rates cannot be calculated, the Corrosion Rate will be set to the Minimum Corrosion Rate defined in the TML Analysis Settings.

Note that this field is labeled Corrosion Rate by default on the TML Analysis Section tab of the TML with Analysis Details page. It is labeled Controlling Corrosion Rate on the TML Analysis page. These are the same fields, and they display the same value.

Corrosion Inspection Type

The type of TM Analysis, which is based upon the value in the TML Analysis Type field in the related Thickness Measurement Location record.

Using a baseline configuration, the possible Corrosion Inspection Type values are UT, RT, and TML.

Custom Calculation A Corrosion Rate

The corrosion rate determined by custom corrosion rate A, as defined in the global preferences.

The values in this table correspond to the baseline field and datasheet captions that exist for these fields. These captions are not dynamic based upon the label specified for

the corrosion rates in the global preferences. If you want these captions to match the custom labels that you have defined for these calculations, you will need to customize the captions via the Configuration Manager application.

Custom Calculation A Loss

The loss value calculated by custom corrosion rate A, as defined in the global preferences.

The values in this table correspond to the baseline field and datasheet captions that exist for these fields. These captions are not dynamic based upon the label specified for the corrosion rates in the global preferences. If you want these captions to match the custom labels that you have defined for these calculations, you will need to customize the captions via the Configuration Manager application.

Custom Calculation B Corrosion Rate

The corrosion rate determined by custom corrosion rate B, as defined in the global preferences.

The values in this table correspond to the baseline field and datasheet captions that exist for these fields. These captions are not dynamic based upon the label specified for the corrosion rates in the global preferences. If you want these captions to match the custom labels that you have defined for these calculations, you will need to customize the captions via the Configuration Manager application.

Custom Calculation B Loss

The loss value calculated by custom corrosion rate B, as defined in the global preferences.

The values in this table correspond to the baseline field and datasheet captions that exist for these fields. These captions are not dynamic based upon the label specified for the corrosion rates in the global preferences. If you want these captions to match the custom labels that you have defined for these calculations, you will need to customize the captions via the

Configuration Manager application.

Descriptive Statistics Is Valid




A date calculated using the Remaining Life Factor.

When the associated TML is below t-min, this field is populated with the value in the Last Measurement Date field.

When the associated TML is not below t-min, a calculation is used to determine the value with which this field is populated.


The date that the next inspection would need to be performed on a TML, according to the Default Inspection Interval.

None

Kurtosis

A value stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record but is not displayed by default on the TML Analysis page or the TML Analysis Datasheet.


Last Measurement Date

The Measurement Taken Date stored in the Thickness Measurement record that is used for the Last Measurement Value.

The Last Measurement Date field is populated only when the Last Measurement Value field is also populated.

Last Measurement Value

Of the Thickness Measurements that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record, the Measurement Value from the Thickness Measurement record that represents the measurement that was recorded last chronologically, based upon the value in the Measurement Taken Date field.

The Last Measurement Value is populated only when two or more Thickness Measurements exist for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Least Squares A value that represents the corrosion The Least Squares Corrosion Rate

Corrosion Rate

rate that was determined using the Least Squares linear regression method. The Least Squares method plots the thickness measurements for the Thickness Measurement Location record and then draws a line that minimizes the sum of the squares of the offsets of the datapoints. The Least Squares Corrosion Rate represents the slope of the line on the plot.

will be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records only if the Asset Analysis Settings specify that it should be used.

Linear Regression Is Valid



Long Term Corrosion Rate

The Long Term Corrosion Rate will be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records only if the Asset Analysis Settings specify that it should be used.

For the Thickness Measurement Location record, the rate of corrosion between the Base Measurement Value and the Last Measurement Value, calculated using the equation:

Long Term Corrosion Rate = Long Term Loss/Long Term Interval

Long Term Loss

The Long Term Loss will be calculated only if the Asset Analysis Settings specify that the Long Term Corrosion Rate should be used.

For the Thickness Measurement Location record, the amount of material lost between the Base Measurement Value and the Last Measurement Value, calculated using the equation:

Long Term Loss = Base Measurement Value - Last Measurement Value

Maximum Allowable Working

The maximum pressure at which the associated piece of equipment is designed to operate. This value will

This value is calculated only for Equipment or TML Group records that represent pipes or components

Pressure

be calculated only if the Thickness Measurement Location record contains the data necessary to perform the calculation.

that make up pipes.

Maximum Bound



Maximum (Inches)




The highest value calculated as the corrosion rate for this Thickness Measurement Location record, for the life of the Thickness Measurement Location record. The Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate may come from any of the three possible corrosion rates: Short Term, Long Term, or Least Squares.

Because this field contains an historical value, the Maximum Historical Corrosion Rate may differ from all current corrosion rates.

Mean



Mean Absolute Deviation



Minimum



Minimum Bound



Minimum Corrosion Rate Used

A setting that indicates whether the value in the Corrosion Rate field has been calculated from the available Thickness Measurement records or set to the Minimum Corrosion Rate value defined in the TML Analysis Settings.

If the Minimum Corrosion Rate from the TML Analysis Settings has been used, this check box will be selected.

Model



Near Measurement Value

Of the Thickness Measurements that are linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record, the Measurement Value from the Thickness Measurement record that represents the measurement that was recorded next-to-last chronologically, based upon the value in the Measurement Taken Date field.

The Near Measurement Value field is populated only when two or more Thickness Measurements exist for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Near Measurement Date

The Measurement Taken Date stored in the Thickness Measurement record that is used for the Near Measurement Value.

The Near Measurement Date field is populated only when the Near Measurement Value field is also populated.


The date when the TML will reach its minimum thickness, taking into account the current rate of corrosion and the T-Min value for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

None

R Squared A value stored in the TML Corrosion Analysis record but is not

This value can be viewed for a Thickness Measurement Location

displayed by default on the TML Analysis page or on the TML Analysis Datasheet.

record by accessing the statistical details from the TML Analysis Plot page.

Range



Remaining Life

A value that represents how long after the Last Measurement Date a piece of equipment or component will be in service, based upon the T-Min value and the current rate of corrosion.

None


The date on which the TML should be inspected next.

This may be one of the following values, depending upon which dates have been calculated according to the TML analysis settings:

Factor Remaining Life Date Interval Next Inspection

Date

Projected T-min Date

Short Term Loss

The Short Term Loss will be calculated only if the Asset Analysis Settings specify that the Short Term Corrosion Rate should be used.

For the Thickness Measurement Location record, the amount of material lost between the Near Measurement Value and the Last Measurement Value, calculated using the equation:


Short Term Corrosion Rate

The Short Term Corrosion Rate will be calculated for Thickness Measurement Location records only if the Asset Analysis Settings specify that it should be used.

For the Thickness Measurement Location record, the rate of corrosion between the Near Measurement Value and the Last Measurement Value, calculated using the equation:

Short Term Corrosion Rate = Short Term Loss/Short Term Interval

Skewness



Standard Deviation



TML Thickness Analysis Settings Key

This field is not used by Thickness Monitoring and will never contain a value.

None

Variance



Verify Measurements

A value that indicates whether the TML Corrosion Analysis is associated with Thickness Measurement records where the value in the Measurement Value field requires manual verification based upon the Allowable Measurement Variance and/or Corrosion Rate Variance validation.

This field is populated with a list of System Codes in the MI_YES_NO System Code Table.



Thickness Measurement Location records contain various fields that store information to identify a TML. When you create a new Thickness Measurement Location record, you will need to supply information in some of these fields. The values in other fields will be populated or calculated automatically based upon other values in the Thickness Measurement Location record and values in related records.

The following table provides a list of various fields that are defined for the Thickness Measurement Location family in the baseline Meridium APM database. Depending upon how your system has been configured, additional fields may be available in your Thickness Measurement Location records, and some fields may not behave exactly as described in the table. Note that fields are listed in alphabetical order in the table; they may appear in a different order on each screen. Note also that this list is not comprehensive; some baseline fields have been omitted.


Access

Any special requirements for how a location must be accessed. By default, three options are available in this field: Man Lift, Ladder, and Scaffold.

A value should be selected in this field when the Thickness Measurement Location record is created but can be modified after the Thickness Measurement Location record has been created, if necessary.

Allowable Stress

A value that represents the maximum amount of pressure that can safely be withstood at a given TML.

You cannot type a value in the Allowable Stress field. Meridium APM provides an interface that allows you to look up the Allowable Stress value for a Thickness Measurement Location record based upon other values that are stored in the same record.

Analysis Required - Deprecated as of 3.4.5

A logical field that is still used by the Meridium APM system to determine when a given TM Analysis needs to be updated. This field is set by the Meridium APM system as changes are made in Thickness Monitoring.

Certain changes that are made to the Thickness Measurement Location record and its associated Thickness Measurement records and analysis settings cause this field to be set to True. Whenever this field is set to True, the Meridium APM system knows that an analysis must be performed and performs it automatically when you save your changes.

This field is not on the Thickness Measurement Location datasheet.

Code Year (Allowable Stress Lookup)

The year in which the design code was defined.

The Code Year (Allowable Stress Lookup) field is populated with a list of values that come from the Piping Stress, PV Stress, or Tank Stress reference table and correspond to the value selected in the Design Code field. This value is used for looking up the Allowable Stress value for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Code Year (T-Min Formula)

The year in which the design code was defined.

The Code Year (T-Min Formula) field is populated with a list of years that exist in Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records and correspond to the value in the Design Code field in the Thickness Measurement Location record. The value in the Code Year (T-Min Formula) field is used for determining which formula will be used for calculating the T-Min and Maximum Allowable Working Pressure values.

Corroded Area Columns

The number of columns in the corroded area grid.

The number of cells in the corroded area grid, as determined by the number of rows and columns, determines how many measurement values will be recorded for the area.

Corroded Area Length

A value that indicates the length of the corroded area in inches.

Together, the Corroded Area Length and the Corroded Area Width represent the overall size of the corroded area.

Corroded Area Rows

The number of rows in the corroded area grid.

The number of cells in the corroded area grid, as determined by the number of rows and columns, determines how many measurement values will be recorded for the area.

Corroded Area Width

A value that indicates the width of the corroded area in inches.

Together, the Corroded Area Length and the Corroded Area Width represent the overall size of the corroded area.

Distance from Bottom

A numeric value that indicates how far the TML is from the bottom of the tank.

This field applies only to Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to Equipment or TML Group records that represent tanks or components that

make up a tank.

Design Code

The design code associated with the TML that is used for calculating the minimum thickness value.

The Design Code field contains a list of System Codes that exist in the DSCD System Code Table. The value in the Design Code field is used to determine the equipment type of a given Thickness Measurement Location record. The MI_ASSET_TYPE System Code Table contains references to System Codes in the DSCD System Code Table. Meridium APM is able to use these references to derive the equipment type associated with each design code.

Exclude from Analysis

A field that specifies whether or not the Thickness Measurement Location record will be excluded from the TM Analysis. If this check box is selected, the Thickness Measurement Location record will not be used when performing asset corrosion calculations, and the Scheduled Next Inspection Date, Projected T-Min Date, and Estimated Remaining Life for the TML will be set to null.

In addition, for excluded Thickness Measurement Location records, the Thickness Measurement Location record corrosion rates will be calculated for the TML Corrosion Analysis but will not impact the Asset Corrosion Analysis.

This field is read-only in the Thickness Measurement Location record and displays the value that is defined via the Exclude TMLs feature.

Only members of the MI Thickness Monitoring Inspector Security Group can exclude Thickness Measurement Location records from an analysis.

Inspection Sequence Number

A numeric value that indicates the order in which a given TML will be inspected with respect to the other TMLs for the same piece of equipment or component.

This value is meant to facilitate TML-inspection workflows and is not used in any calculations.

Insulated Flag

Indicates whether the piece of equipment or component is insulated at the location represented by the Thickness Measurement Location record.

This check box should be selected if the equipment is insulated. Note that this field serves as a visual indicator only; it does not control or affect any function in TM.

Is Corroded Area?

Indicates whether the Thickness Measurement Location record represents a corroded area rather than a specific, corroded location. When this check box is selected, measurement values will represent the thickness of the entire area rather than the thickness of a specific location.

When this check box is selected, the values in the Corroded Area Columns and Corroded Area Rows fields will create a corroded area "grid" that you will use for recording measurement values.

LocationThe location of the TML on the piece of equipment or component.

This field is meant to provide a textual description of the TMLs location on the piece of equipment or component. When creating a new Thickness Measurement Location record, you should type a description that will help you and others locate this TML on the piece of equipment or component.

Minimum Thickness

The T-Min value for the TML, which is the minimum wall thickness allowed at the specific location. Typically, you will want to replace a piece of equipment or component before any of its TMLs reach the minimum thickness.

The minimum thickness can be entered manually by typing the desired value in this field, or it can be calculated on the T-Min Calculations page . If this field does not contain a value, a value of 0 (zero) will be used in any calculations that use the T-Min value.

Minimum Thickness Type

A value that indicates how the T-Min value was obtained. This field is populated with one of the following values:

Calculated Nominal

User-Defined

This field is populated automatically only after the T-Min value for the Thickness Measurement Location record has been saved.

Nominal A value that is meant to If a value exists in the Nominal Thickness

Thickness

represent the value of the first measurement recorded for a TML if the base measurement is to be recorded from a design specification or other published standard.

field in a Thickness Measurement Location record that is not linked to any Thickness Measurement records, when you access the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page, the Measurement Value cell for that Thickness Measurement Location record will be populated with the Nominal Thickness value.

Number of Readings

A value that indicates the number of values that can be entered in the Readings field in Thickness Measurement records that are linked to a given Thickness Measurement Location record. The data entry grid that is available in the Readings field will be constructed based upon the value in this field (i.e., the number of rows it contains will correspond to the value in this field).

This field accepts only whole number, numeric values between 1 (one) and 26.

Renew Historical Sequence Number

A value that indicates the number of times a given Thickness Measurement Location record has been renewed.

This field is read-only and contains no value if the Thickness Measurement Location record has never been renewed.

Status Changed By

The name of the Meridium APM Security User who last changed the value in the Status Indicator field.

This field is read-only and is populated automatically whenever the Status Indicator is changed. When a Thickness Measurement Location record is first created, this field is populated with the name of the Security User who created the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Status Changed Date

The date on which the value in the Status Indicator field was last changed.

This field is read-only and is populated automatically whenever the Status Indicator is changed. When a Thickness Measurement Location record is first created, this field is populated with the current date.

Status Indicator

A value that indicates the status of the Thickness Measurement Location record, either Active or Inactive. Inactive Thickness Measurement Location records or measurements are not included in calculations.

On the datasheet, this field contains a list of values from the MI_STATUS_INDICATOR System Code Table. In the baseline Meridium APM database, the list contains the following values:

Active

Inactive

Whenever this value is modified, the Status Changed By and Status Changed Date will be updated automatically.

When the value in this field is changed from Active to Inactive, values will be deleted from the following fields in the associated TML Corrosion Analysis record:

Remaining Life Projected T-Min Date




Tank Diameter

For a TML on a tank, a value that indicates the diameter of the tank.

This value is only used for Thickness Measurement Location records that are linked to Equipment or TML Group records that represent tanks or components that make up a tank.

If this field contains a value that is greater than 200 feet, T-Min cannot be calculated for the Thickness Measurement Location record.

TML Analysis Type

The value used by the Asset Corrosion Analysis to determine how to group the analysis results. A value must be selected in this field when

A baseline rule populates this field with a list of values that are stored in the Corrosion Inspection Type field in all Corrosion Analysis Settings records that are associated with the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness

the Thickness Measurement Location record is created.

Measurement Location record is linked. In the baseline database, these values are stored as System Codes in the System Code Table CITP (Corrosion Inspection Type). By default, this System Code Table contains three System Codes: UT, RT, and TML.

UT (ultrasonic thickness) and RT (radiographic thickness) are provided for customers who want to classify Thickness Measurement Location records according to inspection type and then perform calculations on each set of Thickness Measurement Location records.

TML is provided for customers who do not wish to classify Thickness Measurement Location record according to inspection type and instead prefer to analyze them all together.

You can modify the System Codes in this System Code Table if you want to use custom TML Analysis Types.

TML Asset ID

The Record ID of the Equipment or TML Group record for which the Thickness Measurement Location record is created.

This field is populated automatically after the Thickness Measurement Location record is first saved based upon the Component ID Field setting for the Equipment or TML Group family. This field is disabled throughout TM so that this value cannot be modified.

TML Comment

Additional information about the TML. This field is meant to store descriptive information that is not recorded in another field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

You should type in this field any additional information that is necessary to record about the TML. This field is used for informational purposes only.

TML ID The alphanumeric ID that uniquely identifies a Thickness Measurement Location record

A value must be entered in this field when a Thickness Measurement Location record is created. Note that the TML ID field will be

within a given TM Analysis.color-coded if one of the associated measurements meets certain conditions.


Thickness MeasurementThickness Measurement records contain various fields that store information to identify a specific thickness reading at a TML. When you create a new Thickness Measurement record, you will need to supply information in some of these fields. The values in other fields will be populated automatically based upon other values in the Thickness Measurement and Thickness Measurement Location records. Thickness Measurement fields can be viewed and modified on:

The TM TMLs/Measurements page . The TM Measurement Data Entry page .

The TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page .

The following table provides a list of various fields that are defined for the Thickness Measurement family in the baseline Meridium APM database. Depending upon how your system has been configured, additional fields may be available in your Thickness Measurement records, and some fields may not behave exactly as described in the table. Note that fields are listed in alphabetical order in the table; they may appear in a different order on each screen in Meridium APM.


Corroded Area Measurement Values

A field that displays a string of values representing the corroded area thickness measurements.

This field should contain values that have been entered using the corroded area grid only. You should not add or modify values in this field by typing in the field itself.

Historical Sequence Number

A value that identifies the renewal sequence of the Thickness Measurement record.

For example, if a Thickness Measurement Location record has three Active Thickness Measurement records, when the Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed for the first time, the Historical Sequence Number of those three Thickness Measurements will

be set to 1 (one). If the Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed again, the Historical Sequence Number of any Thickness Measurement records that are Active at the time of the renewal will be set to 2 (two).

Instrument Probe

A value that uniquely identifies the specific probe that was used to collect the measurement value. This field is populated only when a measurement is recorded using a handheld device.

None

Measurement Comment

Additional information about the measurement. This field is meant to store descriptive information that is not recorded in another field in the Thickness Measurement record.

You should type in this field any additional information about the measurement. This field is used for informational purposes only.

Measurement ID

The Record ID of the Thickness Measurement record.

The value from the Record ID field is copied to the Measurement ID field when the Thickness Measurement record is saved. Note that if you modify the ID Template of the Thickness Measurement family and update existing Record IDs, values in the Measurement ID field will not be updated in existing Thickness Measurement records until those records are saved.


The person who recorded the measurement value.

This list in this field contains the names of individual(s) who have been granted the TM Technician role.

When you create a Thickness Measurement record, if you have been granted the TM Technician role, the value is set by default to your name. You can change the value by selecting another name in the list.

The default rule on the Measurement

Taken By field specifies that the list is restricted, meaning that you cannot type your own value in the list. If the default rule has been modified to make the list unrestricted, you will be able to type a value in this field, and save it with the Thickness Measurement record.


The date that the measurement value was recorded.

This may be the date that the Thickness Measurement record was created, or it may be a different date, particularly if the Thickness Measurement record was created some time after the measurement was physically recorded.

Measurement Status Changed By

The first and last name of the Meridium APM Security User who last changed the value in the Measurement Status Indicator field.

This value is updated whenever the value in the Measurement Status Indicator field is changed, either manually or automatically (e.g., when the root Thickness Measurement Location record is renewed).

Measurement Status Indicator

A field that indicates whether the Thickness Measurement is Active or Inactive.

Thickness Measurement records that are flagged as Inactive are not used for performing TML Corrosion Analysis calculations.

Measurement Value

The value, in inches, for a given thickness measurement. The Measurement Value represents the thickness of the piece of equipment or component at the TML on the Measurement Taken Date.

The Measurement Value can be a reading that was taken physically or that was recorded based upon a design code or specification. In the baseline TM product, the Measurement Value field is populated automatically with the value in the Uncorrected Measurement field.

Measurement Verified

An indication of whether or not the Measurement Value has been manually verified. After the value in the Verify Measurement field has been set to Yes, this field should be set to Yes to indicate that the measurement data in question has been validated and corrected if needed.

This field is populated with a list of System Codes in the MI_YES System Code Table.

Nominal

A check box that indicates whether the measurement was taken physically (the check box is not selected) or recorded from another source, such as a published design specification (the check box is selected).

All Nominal Thickness Measurements will be set automatically to Inactive after two, subsequent Actual Thickness Measurement records have been created. Thickness Measurement records that are marked as Inactive will not be used for performing TML Corrosion Analysis calculations. This means that after two or more Actual Thickness Measurements exist, Nominal Thickness Measurements will no longer be used in calculations.

Probe ID/Instrument ID

The unique ID of the device that was used to record the measurement. This field is populated when a measurement is recorded using a datalogger.

The Instrument ID field is labeled Probe ID on the default Thickness Measurement datasheet, which you can access on the TM TMLs/Measurements page. The Probe ID field on the datasheet should not be confused with the Instrument Probe field, which identifies the actual probe that was used to record the measurement.

Readings

Values that represent the readings that were collected for a given thickness measurement. The Readings field provides access to an editable grid that contains one row per reading value that can be entered.

After values have been entered in to the Readings field in a given Thickness Measurement record, a calculation will be performed to populate the value in the Uncorrected Measurement field in that same record. The calculation that is performed is determined by the Global Preferences that have been defined for measurement readings.

The number of values that can be recorded in the Readings field corresponds to the value in the Number of Readings field in the Thickness Measurement Location record to which the Thickness Measurement record is linked.

Readings Pass/Fail

A value that indicates whether the values in the Readings field passed or failed evaluation

This field is populated with a list of System Codes in the MI_PASS_FAIL_ONLY System Code

based upon the Reading Tolerance setting.

Table.

Status Changed Date

The date that the value in the Status Indicator field was last changed.

This field is updated automatically whenever the value in the Status Indicator field changes.

TemperatureThe temperature at which the measurement value was recorded.

This is an optional field that, by default, stores the value entered by the user. This field is provided so that custom rules can be developed, if desired, to allow for a calculation that will adjust the measurement value based upon the temperature at which the reading was taken.

Uncorrected Measurement

A numeric value that is the result of the calculation that was performed against values in the Readings field.

The Uncorrected Measurement field is meant to serve as an intermediate storage location between the Readings and Measurement Value fields. If desired, you can create custom rules for the Measurement Value field so that the Uncorrected Measurement value is adjusted based upon additional factors and the result of that calculation becomes the value in the Measurement Value field.

Verify Measurement

A value that indicates whether the value in the Measurement Value field requires manual verification based upon the Allowable Measurement Variance and/or Corrosion Rate Variance validation.

This field is populated with a list of System Codes in the MI_YES_NO System Code Table.


About Thickness Monitoring Task Records

Thickness Monitoring Task records can be used to manage the inspection schedules for pieces of equipment that you analyze in TM. Thickness Monitoring Task records will be created automatically when you create a Corrosion Analysis Settings record for an Equipment or TML Group record in a TM Analysis. If you select the Auto Manage Tasks check box on the Global Preferences page, when you update a Thickness Measurement Location record, the corresponding Thickness Monitoring Task record will be updated automatically.

The Auto Manage Tasks setting is disabled by default. If the Risk Based Inspection license is active, you should accept the default setting because you will use the Task records generated from RBI, rather than TM, to determine your inspection intervals. If the Risk Based Inspection license is not active, you should enable the Auto Manage Tasks setting.

In the following image, the Auto Manage Tasks check box is selected, indicating that Thickness Monitoring Task records will be created and updated automatically. A red outline to the Tasks Settings pane has been added to the image to highlight the Auto Manage Tasks check box.

Note: The Meridium APM system will create and update Thickness Monitoring Task records automatically only if the Component ID setting is defined for the Equipment or TML Group family.


Accessing Thickness Monitoring Task Records from TMYou can access Thickness Monitoring Task records from either the TM Analysis page or the TM TMLs/Measurements page. In either case, the Meridium APM system displays a list of all Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked to any Equipment or TML Group record that is included in the analysis.

Note that when you access the Thickness Monitoring Task records, the Meridium APM system displays them on the Task List page in Task Management, where the grid displays the results of the AvailableTMTasks query, which is stored in the following folder in the Meridium APM Catalog: \\Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Queries.

The following instructions explain how to access the Thickness Monitoring Task records from the TM Analysis page.

To access Thickness Monitoring Task records from the TM Analysis page:

On the TM Analysis page, on the Analysis Tasks menu, click the View Tasks link.

The Task List page in Task Management appears.

The grid displays a list of Thickness Monitoring Task records that are linked to any Equipment or TML Group record that is included in the TM Analysis from which you accessed the page. Each row represents a single Thickness Monitoring Task record. You can click any hyperlinked Task ID to open the Task record in the Record Manager.


Thickness Monitoring Task FieldsThe following table lists the Thickness Monitoring Task fields that are populated automatically when a Thickness Monitoring Task record is created.

Field Value

Coverage 0 (zero)

Desired Interval

0 (zero)

Max DateThe value in the Calculated Date field in the associated Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Max Interval 0 (zero)

Min DateThe value in the Calculated Date field in the associated Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Min Interval 0 (zero)


Next Date

Null

Note: When the analysis is saved, this field is populated with the value in the Asset Controlling Next Insp Date field in the associated Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Related Entity ID

The Record ID of the Equipment or TML Group record to which the Thickness Monitoring Task record is linked.

Source Type Thickness Monitoring Analysis

Task Description

Task Description

Task ID

<Task Type> - <Component ID Field>

...where:

<Task Type> is the value in the Task Type field in the Task record.

<Component ID Field> is the value in the Component ID Field list on the Asset Family Preferences page.

Task TypeThe value in the Corrosion Inspection Type field in the associated Asset Corrosion Analysis record.

Note: All fields on the datasheet are disabled.


About Thickness Monitoring Reference TablesVarious reference tables are used throughout Thickness Monitoring. Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records are delivered in the Meridium APM baseline database, but other types of records must be created manually or imported. The following table lists the Meridium Reference Table records that are used in Thickness Monitoring, how they are used, and notes about creating or importing these records. This section of the documentation provides details on each of these records.

datamanagement.chm::/reference_table_records.htm

Meridium Reference Table record

Use Notes

Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup

Identify formulas that should be used to determine each of the following values for a Thickness Measurement Location record:

Calculated T-Min

Maximum Allowable Working Pressure

You can use the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records as they are delivered in the baseline Meridium APM database, or you can modify these records to suit your specific needs.

Piping Nominal T-Min

Locate the appropriate Nominal T-Min value for each Thickness Measurement Location record when you calculate T-min values.

For Nominal T-Min values to be determined, you must create Piping Nominal T-Min records manually using values from industry standards.

Piping Stress

Locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for Thickness Measurement Location records that contain a value in the Design Code field that corresponds with the value Piping in the Asset Type field.

For Allowable Stress values to be retrieved, you must create Piping Stress records manually using values from industry standards.

PV Stress

Locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for Thickness Measurement Location records that contain a value in the Design Code field that corresponds with the value Pressure Vessel in the Asset Type field.

Meridium, Inc. provides PV Stress records that you can import.

Tank Stress

Locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for Thickness Measurement Location records that contain the value API 653 in the Design Code and Welded Shell in the Tank Type field.

Meridium, Inc. provides Tank Stress records that you can import.

Tank T-Min Annular Ring

Locate the appropriate Calculated T-Min value for each Thickness Measurement Location record with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Annular Ring in the Tank Type

For Calculated T-Min values to be determined, you must create Tank T-Min Annular Ring records manually using values from industry standards.

field.


Thickness Monitoring Rules LookupRecords in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup family make up the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup reference table. Meridium APM provides a set of baseline Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records and the associated Rules Library projects. You can use the baseline records as they are delivered, or you can modify them to suit your specific needs. Like all reference table records, Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records are best viewed in the Bulk Data Form or through a query.

Hint: The TM Administrative Tasks page contains a link that lets you view these records in the Bulk Data Form.

The following table provides a list of the fields that exist in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup family, descriptions of these fields, and information about any corresponding TML fields.

Field Name

Field Description Corresponding TML Field

Asset Type

Contains a value that identifies the type of equipment to which a Thickness Measurement Location record is linked. The value in this field determines which values are available in the Design Code field. For example, when Piping is selected in the Asset Type field, only piping design codes will appear in the Design Code field.

None. This field exists simply to facilitate the creation of new Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records by filtering values in the Design Code field.

Design CodeContains a list of design codes that are appropriate for the equipment type selected in the Asset Type field.

Design Code

Code YearContains a list of years associated with the selected Design Code.

Code Year (T-Min Formula)

Component Type

Contains a list of component types.

Determined by the equipment type, which is derived from the value in the Design Type field, and can be any of the following fields:

Vessel Type for Pressure Vessel TMLs.

Tank Type for Tank TMLs.

No mapping for Tank TMLs.

Formula Classification

Contains a list of formula classifications.

Determined by the equipment type, which is derived from the value in the Design Type field, and can be any of the following fields:

Piping Formula for Piping TMLs.

PV Formula for Pressure Vessel TMLs.

No mapping for Tank TMLs.

T-Min Formula Rule

Contains a reference to a project in the Rules Library.

None. This value is derived for each Thickness Measurement Location record based upon values in other fields. Although the derived value is not stored in the Thickness Measurement Location record itself, it identifies the formula that will be used to determine the Calculated T-Min value for a Thickness Measurement Location record.

MAWP Formula Rule

Contains a reference to a project in the Rules Library.

None. This value is derived for each Thickness Measurement Location record based upon values in other fields. Although the derived value is not stored in the Thickness

Measurement Location record itself, it is used to determine the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure value for a Thickness Measurement Location record.


How Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup Records Are UsedMeridium APM determines which formula to use for calculating the Calculated T-Min value by matching values in the Thickness Measurement Location record to values in the Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup reference table. For example, consider the following Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

Asset Type

Design Code

Component Type

Code Year

Formula Classification

T-Min Formula Rule MAWP Formula Rule

Record 1

Piping

B31.3

N/A1995

A

Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\T-Min Calculator\TMinCalculator\CalculateTMinASME_B31_3A_1995

Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\MAWP\MAWPPiping\CalculateMAWP

Record 2

Piping

B31.3

N/A1995

B

Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\T-Min Calculator\TMinCalculator\CalculateTMinASME_B31_3B_1995


Recor

Pipin

B31.3

N/A 1995

C Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\T-Min

Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\

d 3 gCalculator\TMinCalculator\CalculateTMinASME_B31_3C_1995

MAWP\MAWPPiping\CalculateMAWP

Record 4

Piping

B31.3

N/A1995

D

Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\T-Min Calculator\TMinCalculator\CalculateTMinASME_B31_3D_1995


Now, consider a Thickness Measurement Location record that contains the following values:

Design Code: B31.3 Code Year (T-Min Formula): 1995

Piping Formula: A

Based upon the values in the Thickness Measurement Location record:

The following function will be used to determine the Calculated T-Min value: Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\T-Min Calculator\TMinCalculator\CalculateTMinASME_B31_3A_1995.

The following function will be used to calculate the Maximum Allowable Working Pressure: Rules Library\Meridium\Thickness Monitoring\MAWP\MAWPPiping\CalculateMAWP.

Because Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records determine which formulas will be used for performing certain calculations, you will need to modify the existing records or create your own records if you want to perform custom calculations. You can define custom calculations by:

Creating custom rules in the Rules Library. Modifying Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records or creating new ones to

reference those rules in the T-Min Formula Rule or MAWP Formula Rule field, as appropriate.


Piping Nominal T-Min

Records in the Piping Nominal T-Min family make up the Piping Nominal T-Min reference table, which the Meridium APM system uses to locate the appropriate Nominal T-Min value for each Thickness Measurement Location record when you calculate T-Min values. Since the baseline Meridium APM product does not include any records in the Piping Nominal T-Min family, you must create these records manually using values from industry standards. After these records exist, when you calculate T-Min values, the Meridium APM system will map values from fields in the Thickness Measurement Location records to values in the corresponding fields in Piping Nominal T-Min records to find the associated Nominal T-Min value.

Note: Only the fields that are selected in the Nominal T-Min Lookup settings will be used for retrieving Nominal T-Min values for Equipment and TML Group records that represent piping equipment.

The following table lists the default fields in the Piping Nominal T-Min family and the corresponding fields in the Thickness Measurement Location family. The table provides the full list of mappings for all fields in the Piping Nominal T-Min family. Each mapping with be used only if that field is selected to be used for Nominal T-Min retrieval according to the settings on the Global Preferences page .

Piping Nominal T-Min Field

Corresponding Thickness Measurement Location Field

Design Code Design Code

Material Grade Material Grade



Material Type Material Type

Nominal Pipe Diameter

Piping Nominal Diameter

Nominal T-MinNone. Values from input fields are used to find the corresponding Nominal T-Min value, which is used to populate the Nominal T-Min cell on the T-Min Calculations page.

Pipe Type

None. This field cannot be selected in the Fields for Nominal T-Min Lookup list on the Global Preferences page and has no corresponding Thickness Measurement Location field. Therefore, it will never be used for looking up Nominal T-Min values.


Piping StressRecords in the Piping Stress family make up the Piping Stress reference table, which the Meridium APM system uses to locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for Thickness Measurement Location records that contain a value in the Design Code field that corresponds with the value Piping in the Asset Type field.

Since the baseline Meridium APM product does not include any records in the Piping Stress family, you must create these records manually using values from industry standards. After these records exist, when you look up Allowable Stress values, Meridium APM will map values from fields in the Thickness Measurement Location records to values in the corresponding fields in Piping Stress records to find the associated Allowable Stress value.

The following table lists the fields that exist in the Piping Stress family in the baseline Meridium APM database and indicates how each one corresponds to a field in the Thickness Measurement Location family.

Piping Stress Field

Corresponding TML Field

Notes

Allowable Stress

Allowable Stress

The Lookup Value on the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box will become the Allowable Stress value from the Piping Stress record that corresponds to other values mapped from the Thickness Measurement Location record. This value can be used to populate the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record, or it can be overridden by a user-defined value.

Code YearCode Year (Allowable Stress Lookup)

The Code Year (Allowable Stress Lookup) must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the Piping Stress reference table.

Design Code Design Code The Design Code must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to

retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the Piping Stress reference table.

Material Grade

Material Grade

The Material Grade must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the Piping Stress reference table.



The Material Specification must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the Piping Stress reference table.

Material Type Material Type Not used for retrieving Allowable Stress.

Metal Temperature

Design Temperature

The Design Temperature must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the Piping Stress reference table.



Not used for retrieving Allowable Stress.





PV StressRecords in the PV Stress family make up the PV Stress reference table, which Meridium APM uses to locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for Thickness Measurement Location records that contain a value in the Design Code field that corresponds with the value Pressure Vessel in the Asset Type field.

The baseline Meridium APM product does not include any records in the PV Stress family, but Meridium, Inc. provides PV Stress records that you can import. Regardless of whether this reference table is populated with custom data or the records that Meridium, Inc. provides, when you look up Allowable Stress values, the Meridium APM system will map values from fields in the Thickness Measurement Location records to values in the corresponding fields in PV Stress records to find the associated Allowable Stress value.

The following table lists the fields that exist in the PV Stress family in the baseline Meridium APM database and indicates how each one corresponds to a field in the Thickness Measurement Location family.

PV Stress FieldCorresponding TML Field

Notes

Allowable Stress Allowable Stress

The Lookup Value on the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box will become the Allowable Stress value from the PV Stress record that corresponds to other values mapped from the Thickness Measurement Location record. This value can be used to populate the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record, or it can be overridden by a user-defined value.

Code YearCode Year (Allowable Stress Lookup)

The Code Year (Allowable Stress Lookup) must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the PV Stress reference table.


The Design Code must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the PV Stress reference table.


The Material Grade must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the PV Stress reference table.



The Material Specification must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the PV Stress reference table.

Material Type Material Type Not used for retrieving Allowable Stress.

Metal TemperatureDesign Temperature

The Design Temperature must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Allowable Stress value from the PV Stress reference table.








Tank StressRecords in the Tank Stress family make up the Tank Stress reference table, which Meridium APM uses to locate the appropriate Allowable Stress value for Thickness Measurement Location records that contain the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Welded Shell in the Tank Type field.

The baseline Meridium APM product does not include any records in the Tank Stress family, but Meridium, Inc. provides Tank Stress records that you can import. Regardless of whether this reference table is populated with custom data or the records that Meridium, Inc. provides, when you look up Allowable Stress values, the Meridium APM system will map values from fields in the Thickness Measurement Location records to values in the corresponding fields in Tank Stress records to find the associated Allowable Stress value.

The following table lists the fields that exist in the Tank Stress family in the baseline Meridium APM database and indicates how each one corresponds to a field in the Thickness Measurement Location family.

Tank Stress FieldCorresponding TML Field

Notes

Allowable Stress Allowable Stress

The Allowable Stress value is calculated using the Minimum Tensile Strength and Minimum Yield Strength values that are retrieved from the Tank Stress reference table and is used to populate the Lookup Value text box on the Allowable Stress Lookup dialog box . This value can be used to populate the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record, or it can be overridden by a user-defined value.

Code Year Code Year The Code Year (Allowable Stress Lookup) must

(Allowable Stress Lookup)

be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Minimum Tensile Strength value and the Minimum Yield Strength value, which are used to calculate the Allowable Stress value.


The Design Code must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Minimum Tensile Strength value and the Minimum Yield Strength value, which are used to calculate the Allowable Stress value.


The Material Grade must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Minimum Tensile Strength value and the Minimum Yield Strength value, which are used to calculate the Allowable Stress value.



The Material Specification must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Minimum Tensile Strength value and the Minimum Yield Strength value, which are used to calculate the Allowable Stress value.

Material Type Material Type Not used for calculating Allowable Stress.

Metal TemperatureDesign Temperature

The Design Temperature must be specified in the Thickness Measurement Location record for Meridium APM to retrieve the Minimum Tensile Strength value and the Minimum Yield Strength value, which are used to calculate the Allowable Stress value.



The Minimum Tensile Strength is retrieved from the Tank Stress reference table using the value mapped from the Thickness Measurement Location record. The value that is retrieved is used to populate the corresponding field in the Thickness Measurement Location record and to calculate the Allowable Stress value.



The Minimum Yield Strength is retrieved from the Tank Stress reference table using the value mapped from the Thickness Measurement Location record. The value that is retrieved is used to populate the corresponding field in the Thickness Measurement Location record and to calculate the Allowable Stress value.


About InterpolationMeridium APM can determine which Allowable Stress value to use for calculating T-Min and Maximum Allowable Working Pressure by looking in the Piping Stress reference table or the PV Stress reference table, as appropriate, and finding a record where the Material Specification, Material Grade, and Design Code match exactly the values in the Thickness Measurement Location record. Multiple records with varying temperatures and stress values may exist for a given combination of Material Specification, Material Grade, and Design Code values. So, after a match is found on Material Specification, Material Grade, and Design Code, Meridium APM then evaluates Design Temperature.

If the Design Temperature in the Thickness Measurement Location record is an exact match to a temperature value in a Piping Stress or PV Stress record, Meridium APM will simply use the corresponding Allowable Stress value. For example, consider a Thickness Measurement Location record that contains the following values:

Material Specification = SA-216 Material Grade = B

Design Code = ASME B31.3

Design Temperature = 100

Now, consider a Piping Stress record that contains the following values:




Allowable Stress = 20000

In this case, the values in the Thickness Measurement Location record are an exact match to the values in the Piping Stress record. Therefore, Meridium APM will use the Allowable Stress value of 20000 to calculate Maximum Allowable Working Pressure and T-Min.

If the Piping Stress or PV Stress reference table does not contain an exact match on the Design Temperature defined in the Thickness Measurement Location record, Meridium APM will use one of two methods for determining Allowable Stress, depending upon whether or not the Global Preferences specify that interpolation should be used.

If interpolation should not be used, Meridium APM will use the Allowable Stress value for the lower bound temperature value.

If interpolation should be used, Meridium APM will determine the interpolated stress value using the values that exist in the Piping Stress table.


When Interpolation Is UsedIf Meridium APM cannot find an exact match in the Piping Stress or PV Stress reference table, and the Global Preferences specify that interpolation should be used, Meridium APM will calculate the interpolated Allowable Stress value using the temperature and stress values that make up a range that includes the TML Design Temperature.

For example, consider a Piping Stress reference table that contains the following two records.

Record #1 Record #2

Material Specification SA-403 SA-403

Material Grade WP316 WP316

Design Code ASME B31.3 ASME B31.3

Design Temperature 100 200

Allowable Stress 20000 18000


Material Specification = SA-403 Material Grade = WP316



The TML Design Temperature falls within the range established by the two Piping Stress records in the table. Linear interpolation assumes that stress varies linearly as a function of temperature within the defined range. Using this assumption, the Allowable Stress at 150 degrees can be calculated using the following formula:

Sx = S1 - (T1 - Tx) / (T1 - T2) * (S1 - S2)

Where:

Sx = Allowable Stress for Thickness Measurement Location record (unknown) S1 = Allowable Stress at Lower Boundary

S2 = Allowable Stress at Upper Boundary

T1 = Temperature at Lower Boundary

Tx = Temperature defined for TML

T2 = Temperature at Upper Boundary

Given the values from our example, we would solve for Sx as:

Sx = 20000 - ((100 - 150) / (100 - 200) * (20000 - 18000))

Sx = 19000

This interpolated Allowable Stress value will then be used to populate the Allowable Stress field in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Note: For Meridium APM to determine Allowable Stress in this way, the Piping Stress and PV Stress reference tables must contain records that establish the range that includes the TML Design Temperature.


When Interpolation Is Not UsedIf Meridium APM cannot find an exact match in the Piping Stress or PV Stress reference table, and the Global Preferences specify that interpolation should not be used, Meridium APM will use an Allowable Stress value that corresponds to the lowest temperature value in the temperature range that includes the TML Design Temperature.

For example, consider a Piping Stress reference table that contains the following two records.

Record #1 Record #2

Material Specification SA-403 SA-403

Material Grade WP316 WP316

Design Code ASME B31.3 ASME B31.3

Design Temperature 100 200

Allowable Stress 20000 18000





In this case, the Design Temperature in the TML is not an exact match to a Piping Stress record. The TML Design Temperature, however, does fall within the temperature range established by the two Piping Stress records in the table. So, in this case, Meridium APM will use the record that contains the most conservative, or lowest, Allowable Stress value. Therefore, in this case, an Allowable Stress value of 18,000 will be used in the Thickness Measurement Location record.

Note: For Meridium APM to determine Allowable Stress in this way, the Piping Stress and PV Stress reference tables must contain records that establish the range that includes the TML Design Temperature.


Tank T-Min Annular RingRecords in the Tank T-Min Annular Ring family make up the Tank T-Min Annular Ring reference table, which Meridium APM uses to locate the appropriate Calculated T-Min value for each Thickness Measurement Location record with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Annular Ring in the Tank Type field.

The baseline Meridium APM product does not include any records in the Tank T-Min Annular Ring family. For Calculated T-Min values to be determined, you must create Tank T-Min Annular Ring records manually using values from industry standards. After these records exist, when you calculate T-Min values, Meridium APM will use these records to return Calculated T-Min values for Thickness Measurement Location records with the value API 653 in the Design Code field and Annular Ring in the Tank Type field.

The following table lists the default fields in the Tank T-Min Annular Ring family and the corresponding fields in the Thickness Measurement Location family.

Tank T-Min Annular Ring Field

Corresponding TML Field

Notes

Hydrostatic Test Stress Lower Bound

Allowable Stress

The Hydrostatic Test Stress Lower Bound field establishes the lower boundary of a stress range. An Allowable Stress value from a Thickness Measurement Location record that falls within the established range is considered a match.

Hydrostatic Test Stress Upper Bound

Allowable Stress

The Hydrostatic Test Stress Upper Bound field establishes the upper boundary of a stress range. An Allowable Stress value from a Thickness Measurement Location record that falls within the established range is considered a match.

Plate Thickness Plate Thickness The Plate Thickness Lower Bound field

Lower Bound

establishes the lower boundary of a plate thickness range. A Plate Thickness value from a Thickness Measurement Location record that falls within the established range is considered a match.

Plate Thickness Upper Bound

Plate Thickness

The Plate Thickness Upper Bound field establishes the upper boundary of a plate thickness range. A Plate Thickness value from a Thickness Measurement Location record that falls within the established range is considered a match.

T-MinMinimum Thickness

The T-Min value that corresponds to the stress range and plate thickness range identified by the Allowable Stress and Plate Thickness values in the Thickness Measurement Location record becomes the Calculated T-Min value for that record. This value can be used to populate the Minimum Thickness field in the Thickness Measurement Location record, or a user-defined value can be specified instead.


System Code Tables Used by Thickness MonitoringThe following System Code Tables are used in Thickness Monitoring. The Used By column explains how the System Code Table is used by any baseline rules that are provided by Meridium APM. You may want to add or modify rules to customize your implementation.

Table ID Table Description Used in Thickness Monitoring

CRAMCorrosion Analysis Methods

Unknown

CITP Corrosion Inspection Type

To populate the Corrosion Inspection Type field in Corrosion Analysis

Settings records.

DPAC Datapoint Access Unknown

DPCN Datapoint Condition Unknown

DPCRDatapoint Corrosion Analysis Methods

Unknown

DPIN Datapoint Insulation Unknown

DPTP Datapoint Type Unknown

DSCD Design CodeTo populate the Design Code list in the Thickness Measurement Location records.

INSTInspection Status Code

Unknown

INSMInspection Interval Types

Unknown

MI_ASSET_TYPE Asset TypeTo populate the Asset Type list in Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

MI_RESOURCE_ROLE List of user rolesTo populate the Role list in Resource Role records.

MI_STATUS_INDICATOR TML Status IndicatorTo populate the Status Indicator list in Thickness Measurement Location records.

PIPFMU Pipe FormulaTo populate the Formula Classification list in Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

PVFMUPressure Vessel Formula

To populate the Formula Classification list in Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

SLCRStraight Line Corrosion Methods

Unknown

STCRStatistical Corrosion Methods

Unknown

TNKT Tank TypeTo populate the Component Type list in Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

VSTP Vessel TypeTo populate the Component Type list in Thickness Monitoring Rules Lookup records.

T_MIN_CUSTOM EQUATIONS

T-Min Calculator Custom Equations

Unknown

Other standard System Code Tables such as UOME, MATG and MATL are also used in Thickness Monitoring.


URL Paths for Thickness Monitoring FeaturesThe following table lists and describes the paths for accessing features in Meridium APM Thickness Monitoring. Note that to construct a valid URL, you must prepend meridium:// to the paths listed in the following table. In some cases, you must define parameters following the path.

Feature Path Description

TM Start Page ThicknessMonitoring

Displays the Thickness Monitoring Functions page. This path does not accept any parameters.

TM Administrative Tasks

ThicknessMonitoring/Admintask

Displays the TM Administrative Tasks page. This path does

not accept any parameters.

TM Analysis ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis

Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate the Equipment or TML Group record you want to open on the TM Analysis page. In addition, this path accepts parameters that let you access the TM analysis for a specific entity.

Archived Analyses

ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis/Archive

Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate the Equipment or TML Group record for which to open the associated archived analysis. In addition, this path accepts parameters that let you access the archived analyses for a specific entity.

Analysis Plots ThicknessMonitoring/AnalysisPlots

Serves as the path for accessing analysis plots. This path accepts parameters that let you customize the URL.

Bulk Analyze ThicknessMonitoring/BulkAnalyze Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate the Equipment or TML Group record for which to perform a bulk analysis. This path accepts parameters that let you customize the

URL.

Datalogger ThicknessMonitoring/DataloggerLaunches the Select a Device and Properties dialog box.

TMLs/ Measurements

ThicknessMonitoring/Datapoint

Serves as the path for accessing the TM TMLs/ Measurements page. This path accepts parameters that let you customize the URL.

Exclude TMLs ThicknessMonitoring/ExcludeTML

Launches the Find Items window, where you can find an Equipment or TML Group record for which to display the Exclude TMLs dialog box. In addition, this path accepts parameters that let you access the Exclude TMLs dialog box for a specific piece of equipment.

Measurement Data Entry

ThicknessMonitoring/Measurement/ BulkEntry

Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate the Equipment or TML Group record that you want to open on the TM Measurement Data Entry page. The path accepts parameters to let you customize the URL.

Preferences ThicknessMonitoring/Preferences Serves as the path for accessing pages where you can set TM preferences. This path accepts parameters that let you customize the

URL.

TM Quick View

ThicknessMonitoring/QuickView

Displays the Find Items window, where you can perform a search to locate the Equipment or TML Group record you want to open on the TM Quick View page. This path accepts parameters that let you access the TM Quick View page for a specific Equipment or TML Group record.

T-Min Calculator

ThicknessMonitoring/TMinCalculator

Serves as the path for accessing the T-Min Calculator. The path accepts parameters that let you customize the URL.


Parameters for the TM Analysis URLThe URL for accessing a TM Analysis, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Note that if you construct a link from this URL with no parameter, the Find Items window will appear, where you can perform a search to locate the Equipment or TML Group record whose analysis summary you want to view. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Parameter Name

DescriptionAccepted Value(s)

Notes

EntyKey Specifies the Equipment or TML Group record(s) whose analysis summary

A numeric Entity Key.

This parameter is optional and must be used only if you want to access the TM analysis for one or more specific Equipment or TML Group records.

you want to view.

You can specify multiple FamilyKey/EntyKey pairs to open more than one Equipment or TML Group record. For every FamilyKey value, there must be a corresponding EntyKey value, and vice versa, even if the FamilyKey is the same for all records. For example, FamilyKey=1,2,3&EntyKey=1,2,3 (records 1,2, and 3 belong to different families, 1,2, and 3, respectively) or FamilyKey=1,1,1&EntyKey=1,2,3 (entities 1,2, and 3 belong to the same family, 1).

FamilyKey

Specifies the family associated with the Equipment or TML Group record(s) identified by the EntyKey parameter.

A numeric Family Key.

This parameter is required only if you specify more than one value for the EntyKey parameter. If you specify a single Entity Key, Meridium APM can determine the Family Key automatically.


ExplorerPath

Specifies the configured explorer that will be used to display the content of the TM Explorer pane on the TM Analysis page.

The Catalog path and item name of a configured explorer.

This parameter is optional. The Summary Analysis configured explorer will be used even if this parameter is omitted.

Selected

In a URL that will be used to access the TM Analysis page for more than one root Equipment record, specifies the Equipment record that will be selected by default in the TM Explorer pane.


This parameter is optional and is needed only when more than one root Equipment record is displayed in the TM Explorer pane. If multiple root Equipment records are displayed and this parameter is omitted, the first Equipment record will be selected.

This parameter cannot be used to determine the selection of TML Group records.


Examples of the TM Analysis URL meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis

Launches the Find Items window, where you can search for an Equipment or TML Group record for which to access the TM Analysis page.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis?EntyKey=2808497

Opens the TM Analysis page, which displays the corrosion analysis for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2808497.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis?EntyKey=2808497&FamilyKey=150460

Opens the TM Analysis page, which displays the corrosion analysis for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2808497, which belongs to the family with the Family Key 150460.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis?EntyKey=2808497&FamilyKey=150460&ExplorerPath=Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers\Summary Analysis

Opens the TM Analysis page, which displays the corrosion analysis for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2808497 and builds the content of the TM Explorer pane using the Summary Analysis configured explorer.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis?EntyKey=2808497,2457987&FamilyKey=150460,150460&Selected=2457987

Opens the TM Analysis page for the Equipment records with the Entity Keys 2808497 and 2457987. The Equipment record with the Entity Key 2457987 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Parameters for the Archived Analyses URLThe URL for accessing Archived Corrosion Analyses, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis/Archive, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Parameter Name


Notes

EntyKey

Specifies the Equipment or TML Group record(s) whose archived analyses that you want to access.


This parameter is optional.


FamilyKey Specifies the family associated with the Equipment or TML Group



record(s) identified by the EntyKey parameter.


Selected

In a URL that will be used to access the TM Analysis page for more than one root Equipment record, specifies the Equipment record that will be selected by default in the TM Explorer pane.


This parameter is optional and is needed only when more than one root Equipment record is displayed in the TM Explorer pane. If multiple root Equipment records are displayed and this parameter is omitted, the first Equipment or TML Group record will be selected.


Examples of the Archived Analyses URL meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis/Archive

Launches the Find Items window, which you can use to find an Equipment or TML Group record for which to view archived corrosion analyses.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis/Archive?EntyKey=2806775&FamilyKey=6425148

Displays the TM Analysis Archive page, where you can view the archived TM analysis for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2806775, which belongs to the family identified by the Family Key 6425148.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis/Archive?EntyKey=2806775,2657848&FamilyKey=6425148,6425148&Selected=2806775

Displays the TM Analysis Archive page, where you can view the archived TM analysis for the Equipment records with the Entity Keys 2806775 and 2657848. The Equipment record with the Entity Key 2806775 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Parameters for the Analysis Plots URLThe URL for accessing the Asset Analysis Plot page, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/AnalysisPlots, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Note: The parameter values for the Analysis Plots URL are case sensitive. When constructing URLs to access Analysis Plots, use the exact case that appears in the following table.

Parameter Name


Notes

AnalysisType

Specifies the analysis type for which you want to view the analysis plots.

UT

RT

TML

This parameter is required when Plot=EntityAnalysis.

EntityKey

For the analysis plot that you want to access, specifies the Equipment or TML Group record with which the analysis is associated.



FamilyKey

Specifies the family associated with the Equipment or TML Group record that you define via the EntityKey parameter.



Plot

Specifies which plot you want to view.

EntityAnalysis

TMLAnalysis

This parameter is required.

TMLKey

Specifies the Thickness Measurement Location record for which to display the TML plot.


This parameter is required when Plot=TMLAnalysis.


Examples of Analysis Plots URLs meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/AnalysisPlots?

Plot=EntityAnalysis&EntityKey=2806775&FamilyKey=6425148&AnalysisType=UT

Displays the Asset Analysis Plot page for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2806775.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/AnalysisPlots?Plot=TMLAnalysis&TMLKey=2806778

Displays the TML Analysis Plot page for the Thickness Measurement Location record with the Entity Key 2806778.


Parameters for the Bulk Analyze URLThe URL for accessing the Bulk Analyze dialog box, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/BulkAnalyze, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Note that both of these parameters are optional. If you use one parameter, however, you must also use the other. In other words, the URL should contain no parameters or both parameters listed in the following table. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Parameter Name


Notes

EntyKey

Specifies the Equipment or TML Group record(s) for which you want to perform a bulk analysis.


The entity should belong to the family specified by the FamilyKey parameter.

FamilyKey




Note the following details about the parameters listed here:

You can specify multiple FamilyKey/EntyKey pairs to open more than one Equipment or TML Group record.

For every FamilyKey value, there must be a corresponding EntyKey value, and vice versa, even if the FamilyKey is the same for all records. For example, FamilyKey=1,2,3&EntyKey=1,2,3 (records 1,2, and 3 belong to different families, 1,2, and 3, respectively) or FamilyKey=1,1,1&EntyKey=1,2,3 (entities 1,2, and 3 belong to the same family, 1).


Examples of the Bulk Analyze URL meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/BulkAnalyze

Launches the Find Items window, which you can use to search for an Equipment or TML Group record for which to perform a bulk analysis.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/BulkAnalyze?EntyKey=2806775&FamilyKey=6425148

Launches the Bulk Analyze dialog box, where you can perform a bulk analysis for the Equipment or TML Group record whose Entity ID is 2806775, which belongs to family whose Family ID is 6425148.


Parameters for the Preferences URLThe URL for accessing a TM Preferences, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Preferences, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Note: The parameter values for the TM Preferences URL are case sensitive. When constructing URLs to access any of the Thickness Monitoring Preferences pages, use the exact case that appears in the following table.

Parameter Name


Notes

FamilyKey

Specifies the family associated with the entity for which you want to perform a bulk analysis.


The FamilyKey parameter is required when View=EquipmentFamily.

View

Specifies which page to access. whether you want to access the Global Preferences page, the Asset Family Preferences page, or the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.

EquipmentFamily

FieldMappings

Global

ResetUP

SetColor

EquipmentFamily: Displays the Asset Family Preferences page.

FieldMappings: Displays the Common Data Field Mappings page.

Global: Displays the Global Preferences page.

ResetUP: Displays the Reset User Preferences page.

SetColor: Displays the TM Color-Coding Preferences page.


Examples of the Preferences URL meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Preferences?View=Global

Displays the Global Preferences page.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Preferences?View=EquipmentFamily&FamilyKey=104560

Launches the Equipment Family Preferences page for the family with the Family Key 104560.


Parameters for the TM TMLs/Measurements URLThe URL for accessing the TM TMLs/Measurements page, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Datapoint, accepts the parameters described in the following table. For examples of using these parameters, click here.

Parameter Name


Notes

View

Specifies that you want to access the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

MasterDetail

This parameter is required. Note that the parameter value is case sensitive and must be used exactly as shown: MasterDetail.

ExplorerPath Specifies the configured explorer that will be used to display the content of the TM Explorer pane


This parameter is optional. This parameter is optional. The TMLs and Measurements configured explorer will be used even if this parameter is omitted.

on the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

EntyKey

Specifies the Equipment or TML Group record(s) for which to open the TM TMLs/Measurements page.


This parameter is optional. If you define this parameter, however, you must also define the FamilyKey parameter.


FamilyKey




You can specify multiple FamilyKey/EntyKey pairs to open more than one Equipment or TML Group record. For every FamilyKey value, there must be a corresponding EntyKey value, and vice versa, even if the FamilyKey is the same for all records. For example, FamilyKey=1,2,3&EntyKey=1,2,3 (records 1,2, and 3 belong to different families, 1,2, and 3, respectively) or FamilyKey=1,1,1&EntyKey=1,2,3

(entities 1,2, and 3 belong to the same family, 1).

Selected

In a URL that will be used to access the TM TMLs/Measurements page for more than one root Equipment record, specifies the Equipment record that will be selected by default in the TM Explorer pane.





Examples of the TM TMLs/Measurements URL

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/DataPoint?View=MasterDetail

Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for an Equipment or TML Group record for which to open the TM TMLs/Measurements page.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/DataPoint?View=MasterDetail&EntyKey=2806775&FamilyKey=6425148

Opens the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the Equipment or TML Group record identified by the Entity Key 2806775, which belongs to the family with the Family Key 6425148.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/DataPoint?View=MasterDetail&EntyKey=2808497&FamilyKey=150460&ExplorerPath=Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers\TMLs and Measurements

Opens the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2808497 and builds the content of the TM Explorer pane using the TMLs and Measurements configured explorer.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/DataPoint?EntyKey=2808497, 2457987&FamilyKey=150460, 150460&Selected=2457987

Opens the TM TMLs/Measurements page for the Equipment records with the Entity Keys 2808497 and 2457987. The Equipment record with the Entity Key 2457987 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Parameters for the Exclude TMLs URLThe URL for accessing the Exclude TMLs feature, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/ExcludeTML, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Parameter Name


Notes

EntityKey

Specifies the entity for which you want to access the Exclude TMLs dialog box.



FamilyKey

Specifies the family associated with the entity for which you want to access the Exclude TMLs dialog box.


This parameter is required if you also define the EntityKey parameter. The FamilyKey that you specify should be for the family to which the specified entity belongs.

Note the following details about the parameters listed here:

You can specify multiple FamilyKey/EntyKey pairs to open more than one Equipment or TML Group record.

For every FamilyKey value, there must be a corresponding EntyKey value, and vice versa, even if the FamilyKey is the same for all records. For example, FamilyKey=1,2,3&EntyKey=1,2,3 (records 1,2, and 3 belong to different families, 1,2, and 3, respectively) or FamilyKey=1,1,1&EntyKey=1,2,3 (entities 1,2, and 3 belong to the same family, 1).


Examples of the Exclude TMLs URL meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/ExcludeTML

Launches the Find Items window, where you can search for an Equipment or TML Group record for which to display the Exclude TMLs dialog box.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/ExcludeTML?EntyKey=2806775&FamilyKey=64251484090

Opens the Exclude TMLs dialog box, displaying a list of TMLs that exist for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2806775.


Parameters for the Measurement Data Entry URLThe URL for accessing the Measurement Data Entry page, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Measurement/BulkEntry, accepts the parameters described in the following table. For examples of using these parameters, click here.

Parameter Name DescriptionAccepted Value(s)

Notes

View

Specifies to display the Measurement Data Entry page.

DataEntry

This parameter is required. Note that the parameter value is case sensitive and must be used exactly as shown: DataEntry.

EntyKey

Specifies the Equipment or TML Group record(s) for which to open


This parameter is optional. If you define this parameter, however, you must also define the FamilyKey parameter.

the Measurement Data Entry page.


FamilyKey





ExplorerPath Specifies the configured explorer that will be used to display the

The Catalog path and item name of a

This parameter is optional. The Measurement Data Entry configured explorer will be used even if this parameter is omitted.

content of the TM Explorer pane on the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

configured explorer.

Selected

In a URL that will be used to access the TM Measurement Data Entry page for more than one root Equipment record, specifies the Equipment record that will be selected by default in the TM Explorer pane.


This parameter is optional and is needed only when more than one root Equipment record is displayed in the TM Explorer pane. If multiple root Equipment records are displayed and this parameter is omitted, the first Equipment or TML Group record will be selected.


SHOW_NOMINAL

Specifies if Meridium APM should display the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page.

Y

NThis parameter is optional.


Examples of the Measurement Data Entry URL

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Measurement/BulkEntry?View=DataEntry

Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for an Equipment or TML Group record to open in the TM Measurement Data Entry page.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Measurement/BulkEntry?View=DataEntry&FamilyKey=6425148&EntyKey=2012352

Opens the Measurement Data Entry page for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2806775, which belongs to the family identified by the Family Key 6425148.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Measurement/BulkEntry?View=DataEntry&FamilyKey=6425148&EntyKey=2012352&ExplorerPath=Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers\Measurement Data Entry

Opens the Measurement Data Entry page for the Equipment or TML Group record with Entity Key 2012352 and builds the content of the TM Explorer pane using the Measurement Data Entry configured explorer.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Measurement/BulkEntry?View=DataEntry&SHOW_NOMINAL=Y

Displays the Find Items window, where you can search for an Equipment or TML Group record to open in the TM Initial Measurement Data Entry page.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/Analysis?EntyKey=2808497, 2457987&FamilyKey=150460, 150460&Selected=2457987

Opens the TM Analysis page for the Equipment records with the Entity Keys 2808497 and 2457987. The Equipment record with the Entity Key 2457987 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Parameters for the Quick View URLThe URL for accessing the TM Quick View page, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/QuickView, accepts the parameters described in the following table. Click here for examples of using these parameters.

Parameter Name


Notes

EntityKey Specifies the Equipment or



TML Group record(s) for which you want to access the TM Quick View.

You can specify multiple FamilyKey/EntityKey pairs to open more than one Equipment or TML Group record. For every FamilyKey value, there must be a corresponding EntityKey value, and vice versa, even if the FamilyKey is the same for all records. For example, FamilyKey=1,2,3&EntityKey=1,2,3 (records 1,2, and 3 belong to different families, 1,2, and 3, respectively) or FamilyKey=1,1,1&EntityKey=1,2,3 (entities 1,2, and 3 belong to the same family, 1).

FamilyKey

Specifies the family associated with the Equipment or TML Group record(s) identified by the EntityKey parameter.




ExplorerPath

Specifies the configured explorer that will be used to display the content of the TM Explorer pane on the TM Quick View page.


This parameter is optional. The Quick View configured explorer will be used even if this parameter is omitted.

Selected

In a URL that will be used to access the TM Quick View page for more than one root Equipment record, specifies the Equipment record that will be selected by default in the TM Explorer pane.





Examples of Quick View URLs meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/QuickView

Launches the Find Items window, which lets you search for an Equipment or TML Group record and open the associated TM Quick View page.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/QuickView?EntyKey=2806775&FamilyKey=64251484090

Opens the TM Quick View for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2806775.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/QuickView?EntyKey=2806775&FamilyKey=64251484090&ExplorerPath=Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers\Quick View

Opens the TM Quick View page for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2806775 and builds the content of the TM Explorer pane using the Quick View configured explorer.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/QuickView?EntyKey=2808497, 2457987&FamilyKey=150460, 150460&Selected=2457987

Opens the TM Quick View page for the Equipment records with the Entity Keys 2808497 and 2457987. The Equipment record with the Entity Key 2457987 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Parameters for the T-Min Calculator URLThe URL for accessing the T-Min Calculator, meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/TMinCalculator, accepts the parameters described in the following table. For examples of using these parameters, click here.

Note: The parameter values for the T-Min Calculator URL are case sensitive. When constructing URLs for the T-Min Calculator, use the exact case that appears in the following table.

Parameter Name


Notes

View

Specifies that you want to view the T-Min Calculations page.

Calculator This parameter is required.

EntityKey

Specifies the Equipment or TML Group record(s) for which to open the T-Min Calculations page.




FamilyKey Specifies the A numeric This parameter is required only if you specify more than one value for the

family associated with the Equipment or TML Group record(s) identified by the EntityKey parameter.

Family Key.

EntyKey parameter. If you specify a single Entity Key, Meridium APM can determine the Family Key automatically.


ExplorerPath

Specifies the configured explorer that will be used to display the content of the TM Explorer pane on the T-Min Calculations page.


This parameter is optional. The T-Min Calculator configured explorer will be used even if this parameter is omitted.

SELECTED

In a URL that will be used to access the T-Min Calculations page for more than one root Equipment record, specifies the Equipment record that will be selected by default in the TM Explorer pane.





Examples of T-Min Calculator URLs meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/TMinCalculator?View=Calculator

Launches the Find Items window, where you can search for an Equipment or TML Group record for which to access the T-Min Calculator.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/TMinCalculator?View=Calculator&FamilyKey=6425148&EntityKey=2012352

Opens the T-Min Calculator page for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2012352, which belongs to the family identified by the Family Key 6425148.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/TMinCalculator?View=Calculator&FamilyKey=6425148&EntityKey=2012352&ExplorerPath=Public\Meridium\Modules\Thickness Monitoring\Explorers\T-Min Calculator

Opens the T-Min Calculations page for the Equipment or TML Group record with the Entity Key 2012352 and builds the content of the TM Explorer pane using the T-Min Calculator configured explorer.

meridium://ThicknessMonitoring/TMinCalculator?EntyKey=2808497, 2457987&FamilyKey=150460, 150460&SELECTED=2457987

Opens the T-Min Caluclations page for the Equipment records with the Entity Keys 2808497 and 2457987. The Equipment record with the Entity Key 2457987 is selected in the TM Explorer pane.


Active MeasurementA Thickness Measurement record whose Measurement Status Indicator field is set to Active. Active measurements are used to perform calculations in your TM Analyses.


Actual MeasurementA Thickness Measurement record whose Nominal field is set to False. An actual measurement represents a reading that is taken manually at a TML on a piece of equipment.


ComponentA part that makes up a piece of equipment or any further subdivision of that part. For example, a shell and tube heat exchanger could be made up of the following components:

Shell

Tube

The shell component could be further subdivided into the following components:

Tube bundles Baffles

Nozzles

If you follow the Thickness Monitoring Best Practice, TML Group records can be used to store information about components. If you do not follow the TM Best Practice, you may use other records to store information about components.


Controlling Corrosion RateThe pertinent corrosion rate for a given piece of equipment, component, or TML that will be used for predicting inspection and retirement dates in your TM Analysis.

For a TML, this value is stored in the Corrosion Rate field in the TML Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the Thickness Measurement Location record.

When referring to the pertinent corrosion rate for a given TML, the term TML controlling corrosion rate is used.

For a piece of equipment, this value is stored in the Controlling Corrosion Rate field in the Asset Corrosion Analysis record that is linked to the Equipment. When referring to the pertinent corrosion rate for a given piece of equipment, the term equipment controlling corrosion rate is used.

This term is used in the TM Calculations documentation.


Inactive MeasurementA Thickness Measurement record whose Measurement Status Indicator field is set to Inactive. Inactive measurements are not used to perform calculations in your TM Analyses.


Nominal MeasurementA Thickness Measurement record whose Nominal field is set to True. A nominal measurement represents a reading that is not taken physically, but is recorded from some other source, such as a design specification.


Piping TMLA Thickness Measurement Location record whose Design Code value is associated with an Equipment record that represents a pipe. This term is used in the TM Calculations documentation.


Pressure Vessel TMLA Thickness Measurement Location record whose Design Code value is associated with an Equipment record that represents a pressure vessel. This term is used in the TM Calculations documentation.


Tank TMLA Thickness Measurement Location record whose Design Code value is associated with an Equipment record that represents a tank. This term is used in the TM Calculations documentation.


TM AnalysisThe combination of Thickness Monitoring records, created by you and the Meridium APM system, and the links between these records that allow you to manage and analyze corrosion data for pieces of equipment and/or components.


TML Analysis Type

The combination of the following elements that determine the types of Thickness Measurement Location records that can be created in a TM Analysis and how they are classified:

System Codes in the CITP (Corrosion Inspection Type) System Code Table. The value specified in the Corrosion Inspection Type field in a given Corrosion

Analysis Settings record in your TM Analysis.


TML CR SDThe standard deviation of the TML controlling corrosion rate. This term is used in the TM Calculations documentation.


TML GroupA group of TMLs on a piece of equipment and/or component. TML Group records are used to organize a group of TMLs for an entire piece of equipment or one or more components that make up a piece of equipment.


# of TMLsThe number of Active Thickness Measurement Location records included in a TM Analysis. This term is used in the TM Calculations documentation.
